Whitespace cleanup: remove trailing whitespace

Remove all trailing whitespace from the following list of files:
*.cpp *.h *.conf *.qdoc *.pro *.pri *.mm *.rc *.pl *.qps *.xpm *.txt *README
excluding 3rdparty, test-data and auto generated code.

Note A): the only non 3rdparty c++-files that still
have trailing whitespace after this change are:
* src/corelib/codecs/cp949codetbl_p.h
* src/corelib/codecs/qjpunicode.cpp
* src/corelib/codecs/qbig5codec.cpp
* src/corelib/xml/qxmlstream_p.h
* src/tools/qdoc/qmlparser/qqmljsgrammar.cpp
* src/tools/uic/ui4.cpp
* tests/auto/other/qtokenautomaton/tokenizers/*
* tests/benchmarks/corelib/tools/qstring/data.cpp
* util/lexgen/tokenizer.cpp

Note B): in about 30 files some overlapping 'leading tab' and
'TAB character in non-leading whitespace' issues have been fixed
to make the sanity bot happy. Plus some general ws-fixes here
and there as asked for during review.

Change-Id: Ia713113c34d82442d6ce4d93d8b1cf545075d11d
Reviewed-by: Oswald Buddenhagen <oswald.buddenhagen@digia.com>

594 files changed, 3536 insertions, 3559 deletions

diff --git a/config.tests/unix/clock-monotonic/clock-monotonic.cpp b/config.tests/unix/clock-monotonic/clock-monotonic.cpp
index 27a653600c..7b7d92bef5 100644
--- a/config.tests/unix/clock-monotonic/clock-monotonic.cpp
+++ b/config.tests/unix/clock-monotonic/clock-monotonic.cpp
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ int main(int, char **)
 #else
 #  error "Feature _POSIX_MONOTONIC_CLOCK not available"
     // MIPSpro doesn't understand #error, so force a compiler error
-    force_compiler_error = true; 
+    force_compiler_error = true;
 #endif
     return 0;
 }
diff --git a/config.tests/unix/getaddrinfo/getaddrinfotest.cpp b/config.tests/unix/getaddrinfo/getaddrinfotest.cpp
index d8dc343f2e..c8c8eb41da 100644
--- a/config.tests/unix/getaddrinfo/getaddrinfotest.cpp
+++ b/config.tests/unix/getaddrinfo/getaddrinfotest.cpp
@@ -59,6 +59,6 @@ int main()
     if (getaddrinfo("foo", 0, 0, &res) == 0)
         freeaddrinfo(res);
     gai_strerror(0);
-    
+
     return 0;
 }
diff --git a/doc/src/examples/customtypesending.qdoc b/doc/src/examples/customtypesending.qdoc
index 6cb28b1bd4..695ac2e057 100644
--- a/doc/src/examples/customtypesending.qdoc
+++ b/doc/src/examples/customtypesending.qdoc
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
     message to be sent.
 
     The \c Message class is defined in the following way:
-    
+
     \snippet examples/tools/customtypesending/message.h custom type definition
 
     The type is declared to the meta-type system with the Q_DECLARE_METATYPE()
diff --git a/examples/dbus/complexpingpong/complexping.cpp b/examples/dbus/complexpingpong/complexping.cpp
index b094bfd247..61c918534f 100644
--- a/examples/dbus/complexpingpong/complexping.cpp
+++ b/examples/dbus/complexpingpong/complexping.cpp
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ void Ping::start(const QString &name, const QString &oldValue, const QString &ne
             if (!reply.isNull())
                 printf("value = %s\n", qPrintable(reply.toString()));
         } else if (line.startsWith("value=")) {
-            iface->setProperty("value", line.mid(6));            
+            iface->setProperty("value", line.mid(6));
         } else {
             QDBusReply<QDBusVariant> reply = iface->call("query", line);
             if (reply.isValid())
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ void Ping::start(const QString &name, const QString &oldValue, const QString &ne
         if (iface->lastError().isValid())
             fprintf(stderr, "Call failed: %s\n", qPrintable(iface->lastError().message()));
     }
-}    
+}
 
 int main(int argc, char **argv)
 {
diff --git a/examples/dbus/complexpingpong/complexpong.cpp b/examples/dbus/complexpingpong/complexpong.cpp
index 3e4ba84001..fe122345f0 100644
--- a/examples/dbus/complexpingpong/complexpong.cpp
+++ b/examples/dbus/complexpingpong/complexpong.cpp
@@ -94,10 +94,10 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
 
     if (!QDBusConnection::sessionBus().registerService(SERVICE_NAME)) {
         fprintf(stderr, "%s\n",
-                qPrintable(QDBusConnection::sessionBus().lastError().message()));        
+                qPrintable(QDBusConnection::sessionBus().lastError().message()));
         exit(1);
     }
-    
+
     app.exec();
     return 0;
 }
diff --git a/examples/dbus/pingpong/pong.cpp b/examples/dbus/pingpong/pong.cpp
index 203bf53e0e..5f242569f1 100644
--- a/examples/dbus/pingpong/pong.cpp
+++ b/examples/dbus/pingpong/pong.cpp
@@ -67,13 +67,13 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
 
     if (!QDBusConnection::sessionBus().registerService(SERVICE_NAME)) {
         fprintf(stderr, "%s\n",
-                qPrintable(QDBusConnection::sessionBus().lastError().message()));        
+                qPrintable(QDBusConnection::sessionBus().lastError().message()));
         exit(1);
     }
 
     Pong pong;
     QDBusConnection::sessionBus().registerObject("/", &pong, QDBusConnection::ExportAllSlots);
-    
+
     app.exec();
     return 0;
 }
diff --git a/examples/ipc/sharedmemory/dialog.cpp b/examples/ipc/sharedmemory/dialog.cpp
index 3b41c22d3f..2be62b1b47 100644
--- a/examples/ipc/sharedmemory/dialog.cpp
+++ b/examples/ipc/sharedmemory/dialog.cpp
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ void Dialog::loadFromMemory()
  */
 void Dialog::detach()
 {
-    if (!sharedMemory.detach()) 
+    if (!sharedMemory.detach())
         ui.label->setText(tr("Unable to detach from shared memory."));
 }
 
diff --git a/examples/network/doc/src/blockingfortuneclient.qdoc b/examples/network/doc/src/blockingfortuneclient.qdoc
index bff2e29ea5..2d77d3fcba 100644
--- a/examples/network/doc/src/blockingfortuneclient.qdoc
+++ b/examples/network/doc/src/blockingfortuneclient.qdoc
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
     QTcpSocket::connectToHost() returns immediately, and when the connection
     has been established, QTcpSocket emits
     \l{QTcpSocket::connected()}{connected()}.
-    
+
     \li \e{The synchronous (blocking) approach.} In non-GUI and multithreaded
     applications, you can call the \c waitFor...() functions (e.g.,
     QTcpSocket::waitForConnected()) to suspend the calling thread until the
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@
     \snippet blockingfortuneclient/blockingclient.cpp 3
     \codeline
     \snippet blockingfortuneclient/blockingclient.cpp 4
-    
+
     Here, we simply display the fortune we received as the argument.
 
     \sa {Fortune Client Example}, {Fortune Server Example}
diff --git a/examples/network/doc/src/threadedfortuneserver.qdoc b/examples/network/doc/src/threadedfortuneserver.qdoc
index fe627d0141..1b64e30226 100644
--- a/examples/network/doc/src/threadedfortuneserver.qdoc
+++ b/examples/network/doc/src/threadedfortuneserver.qdoc
@@ -48,8 +48,8 @@
 
     FortuneServer inherits QTcpServer and reimplements
     QTcpServer::incomingConnection(). We also use it for storing the list of
-    random fortunes. 
-    
+    random fortunes.
+
     \snippet threadedfortuneserver/fortuneserver.cpp 0
 
     We use FortuneServer's constructor to simply generate the list of
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
     QThread::run(), and it has a signal for reporting errors.
 
     \snippet threadedfortuneserver/fortunethread.cpp 0
-    
+
     FortuneThread's constructor simply stores the socket descriptor and
     fortune text, so that they are available for run() later on.
 
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@
     But unlike the previous example, we finish off by calling
     QTcpSocket::waitForDisconnected(), which blocks the calling thread until
     the socket has disconnected. Because we are running in a separate thread,
-    the GUI will remain responsive.  
+    the GUI will remain responsive.
 
     \sa {Fortune Server Example}, {Fortune Client Example}, {Blocking Fortune
     Client Example}
diff --git a/examples/network/http/httpwindow.cpp b/examples/network/http/httpwindow.cpp
index 2f795ebe7f..2b689c7770 100644
--- a/examples/network/http/httpwindow.cpp
+++ b/examples/network/http/httpwindow.cpp
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ void HttpWindow::httpFinished()
                                  tr("Download failed: %1.")
                                  .arg(reply->errorString()));
         downloadButton->setEnabled(true);
-    } else if (!redirectionTarget.isNull()) {        
+    } else if (!redirectionTarget.isNull()) {
         QUrl newUrl = url.resolved(redirectionTarget.toUrl());
         if (QMessageBox::question(this, tr("HTTP"),
                                   tr("Redirect to %1 ?").arg(newUrl.toString()),
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ void HttpWindow::sslErrors(QNetworkReply*,const QList<QSslError> &errors)
             errorString += ", ";
         errorString += error.errorString();
     }
-    
+
     if (QMessageBox::warning(this, tr("HTTP"),
                              tr("One or more SSL errors has occurred: %1").arg(errorString),
                              QMessageBox::Ignore | QMessageBox::Abort) == QMessageBox::Ignore) {
diff --git a/examples/network/securesocketclient/sslclient.h b/examples/network/securesocketclient/sslclient.h
index 3caf6e2af1..8ebf2cc536 100644
--- a/examples/network/securesocketclient/sslclient.h
+++ b/examples/network/securesocketclient/sslclient.h
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ class SslClient : public QWidget
 public:
     SslClient(QWidget *parent = 0);
     ~SslClient();
-    
+
 private slots:
     void updateEnabledState();
     void secureConnect();
diff --git a/examples/network/torrent/addtorrentdialog.cpp b/examples/network/torrent/addtorrentdialog.cpp
index fac75ba465..d168633df3 100644
--- a/examples/network/torrent/addtorrentdialog.cpp
+++ b/examples/network/torrent/addtorrentdialog.cpp
@@ -117,14 +117,14 @@ void AddTorrentDialog::setTorrent(const QString &torrentFile)
 
     if (lastDestinationDirectory.isEmpty())
         lastDestinationDirectory = lastDirectory;
-    
+
     MetaInfo metaInfo;
     QFile torrent(torrentFile);
     if (!torrent.open(QFile::ReadOnly) || !metaInfo.parse(torrent.readAll())) {
         enableOkButton();
         return;
     }
-    
+
     ui.torrentFile->setText(torrentFile);
     ui.announceUrl->setText(metaInfo.announceUrl());
     if (metaInfo.comment().isEmpty())
diff --git a/examples/network/torrent/bencodeparser.cpp b/examples/network/torrent/bencodeparser.cpp
index 2abc41a852..6ef7234539 100644
--- a/examples/network/torrent/bencodeparser.cpp
+++ b/examples/network/torrent/bencodeparser.cpp
@@ -81,26 +81,26 @@ bool BencodeParser::getByteString(QByteArray *byteString)
     const int contentSize = content.size();
     int size = -1;
     do {
-	char c = content.at(index);
-	if (c < '0' || c > '9') {
-	    if (size == -1)
-		return false;
-	    if (c != ':') {
-		errString = QString("Unexpected character at pos %1: %2")
-		    .arg(index).arg(c);
-		return false;
-	    }
-	    ++index;
-	    break;
-	}
-	if (size == -1)
-	    size = 0;
-	size *= 10;
-	size += c - '0';
+        char c = content.at(index);
+        if (c < '0' || c > '9') {
+            if (size == -1)
+                return false;
+            if (c != ':') {
+                errString = QString("Unexpected character at pos %1: %2")
+                        .arg(index).arg(c);
+                return false;
+            }
+            ++index;
+            break;
+        }
+        if (size == -1)
+            size = 0;
+        size *= 10;
+        size += c - '0';
     } while (++index < contentSize);
 
     if (byteString)
-	*byteString = content.mid(index, size);
+        *byteString = content.mid(index, size);
     index += size;
     return true;
 }
@@ -109,38 +109,38 @@ bool BencodeParser::getInteger(qint64 *integer)
 {
     const int contentSize = content.size();
     if (content.at(index) != 'i')
-	return false;
+        return false;
 
     ++index;
     qint64 num = -1;
     bool negative = false;
 
     do {
-	char c = content.at(index);
-	if (c < '0' || c > '9') {
-	    if (num == -1) {
-		if (c != '-' || negative)
-		    return false;
-		negative = true;
-		continue;
-	    } else {
-		if (c != 'e') {
-		    errString = QString("Unexpected character at pos %1: %2")
-			.arg(index).arg(c);
-		    return false;
-		}
-		++index;
-		break;
-	    }
-	}
-	if (num == -1)
-	    num = 0;
-	num *= 10;
-	num += c - '0';
+        char c = content.at(index);
+        if (c < '0' || c > '9') {
+            if (num == -1) {
+                if (c != '-' || negative)
+                    return false;
+                negative = true;
+                continue;
+            } else {
+                if (c != 'e') {
+                    errString = QString("Unexpected character at pos %1: %2")
+                            .arg(index).arg(c);
+                    return false;
+                }
+                ++index;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+        if (num == -1)
+            num = 0;
+        num *= 10;
+        num += c - '0';
     } while (++index < contentSize);
 
     if (integer)
-	*integer = negative ? -num : num;
+        *integer = negative ? -num : num;
     return true;
 }
 
@@ -148,38 +148,38 @@ bool BencodeParser::getList(QList<QVariant> *list)
 {
     const int contentSize = content.size();
     if (content.at(index) != 'l')
-	return false;
+        return false;
 
-    QList<QVariant> tmp;    
+    QList<QVariant> tmp;
     ++index;
 
     do {
-	if (content.at(index) == 'e') {
-	    ++index;
-	    break;
-	}
-
-	qint64 number;
-	QByteArray byteString;
-	QList<QVariant> tmpList;
-	QMap<QByteArray, QVariant> dictionary;
-
-	if (getInteger(&number))
-	    tmp << number;
-	else if (getByteString(&byteString))
-	    tmp << byteString;
-	else if (getList(&tmpList))
-	    tmp << tmpList;
-	else if (getDictionary(&dictionary))
-	    tmp << QVariant::fromValue<QMap<QByteArray, QVariant> >(dictionary);
-	else {
-	    errString = QString("error at index %1").arg(index);
-	    return false;
-	}
+        if (content.at(index) == 'e') {
+            ++index;
+            break;
+        }
+
+        qint64 number;
+        QByteArray byteString;
+        QList<QVariant> tmpList;
+        QMap<QByteArray, QVariant> dictionary;
+
+        if (getInteger(&number))
+            tmp << number;
+        else if (getByteString(&byteString))
+            tmp << byteString;
+        else if (getList(&tmpList))
+            tmp << tmpList;
+        else if (getDictionary(&dictionary))
+            tmp << QVariant::fromValue<QMap<QByteArray, QVariant> >(dictionary);
+        else {
+            errString = QString("error at index %1").arg(index);
+            return false;
+        }
     } while (index < contentSize);
 
     if (list)
-	*list = tmp;
+        *list = tmp;
     return true;
 }
 
@@ -187,48 +187,48 @@ bool BencodeParser::getDictionary(QMap<QByteArray, QVariant> *dictionary)
 {
     const int contentSize = content.size();
     if (content.at(index) != 'd')
-	return false;
+        return false;
 
-    QMap<QByteArray, QVariant> tmp;    
+    QMap<QByteArray, QVariant> tmp;
     ++index;
 
     do {
-	if (content.at(index) == 'e') {
-	    ++index;
-	    break;
-	}
-
-	QByteArray key;
-	if (!getByteString(&key))
-	    break;
-
-	if (key == "info")
-	  infoStart = index;
-
-	qint64 number;
-	QByteArray byteString;
-	QList<QVariant> tmpList;
-	QMap<QByteArray, QVariant> dictionary;
-
-	if (getInteger(&number))
-	    tmp.insert(key, number);
-	else if (getByteString(&byteString))
-	    tmp.insert(key, byteString);
-	else if (getList(&tmpList))
-	    tmp.insert(key, tmpList);
-	else if (getDictionary(&dictionary))
-	    tmp.insert(key, QVariant::fromValue<QMap<QByteArray, QVariant> >(dictionary));
-	else {
-	    errString = QString("error at index %1").arg(index);
-	    return false;
-	}
-
-	if (key == "info")
-	  infoLength = index - infoStart;
+        if (content.at(index) == 'e') {
+            ++index;
+            break;
+        }
+
+        QByteArray key;
+        if (!getByteString(&key))
+            break;
+
+        if (key == "info")
+            infoStart = index;
+
+        qint64 number;
+        QByteArray byteString;
+        QList<QVariant> tmpList;
+        QMap<QByteArray, QVariant> dictionary;
+
+        if (getInteger(&number))
+            tmp.insert(key, number);
+        else if (getByteString(&byteString))
+            tmp.insert(key, byteString);
+        else if (getList(&tmpList))
+            tmp.insert(key, tmpList);
+        else if (getDictionary(&dictionary))
+            tmp.insert(key, QVariant::fromValue<QMap<QByteArray, QVariant> >(dictionary));
+        else {
+            errString = QString("error at index %1").arg(index);
+            return false;
+        }
+
+        if (key == "info")
+            infoLength = index - infoStart;
 
     } while (index < contentSize);
 
     if (dictionary)
-	*dictionary = tmp;
+        *dictionary = tmp;
     return true;
 }
diff --git a/examples/network/torrent/bencodeparser.h b/examples/network/torrent/bencodeparser.h
index 4fcaeab50a..5d3aeada04 100644
--- a/examples/network/torrent/bencodeparser.h
+++ b/examples/network/torrent/bencodeparser.h
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ class BencodeParser
 {
 public:
     BencodeParser();
-    
+
     bool parse(const QByteArray &content);
     QString errorString() const;
 
diff --git a/examples/network/torrent/filemanager.h b/examples/network/torrent/filemanager.h
index 721d62210d..41f1aa9a40 100644
--- a/examples/network/torrent/filemanager.h
+++ b/examples/network/torrent/filemanager.h
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public:
 
     inline void setMetaInfo(const MetaInfo &info) { metaInfo = info; }
     inline void setDestinationFolder(const QString &directory) { destinationPath = directory; }
-    
+
     int read(int pieceIndex, int offset, int length);
     void write(int pieceIndex, int offset, const QByteArray &data);
     void verifyPiece(int pieceIndex);
diff --git a/examples/network/torrent/mainwindow.cpp b/examples/network/torrent/mainwindow.cpp
index 8d664abb93..649dbb0a77 100644
--- a/examples/network/torrent/mainwindow.cpp
+++ b/examples/network/torrent/mainwindow.cpp
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ MainWindow::MainWindow(QWidget *parent)
     QAction *newTorrentAction = new QAction(QIcon(":/icons/bottom.png"), tr("Add &new torrent"), this);
     pauseTorrentAction = new QAction(QIcon(":/icons/player_pause.png"), tr("&Pause torrent"), this);
     removeTorrentAction = new QAction(QIcon(":/icons/player_stop.png"), tr("&Remove torrent"), this);
-    
+
     // File menu
     QMenu *fileMenu = menuBar()->addMenu(tr("&File"));
     fileMenu->addAction(newTorrentAction);
diff --git a/examples/network/torrent/mainwindow.h b/examples/network/torrent/mainwindow.h
index f0c3ea62c9..6ba42be81f 100644
--- a/examples/network/torrent/mainwindow.h
+++ b/examples/network/torrent/mainwindow.h
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public:
 
     QSize sizeHint() const;
     const TorrentClient *clientForRow(int row) const;
-    
+
 protected:
     void closeEvent(QCloseEvent *event);
 
@@ -94,12 +94,12 @@ private slots:
     void about();
     void setActionsEnabled();
     void acceptFileDrop(const QString &fileName);
-    
+
 private:
     int rowOfClient(TorrentClient *client) const;
     bool addTorrent(const QString &fileName, const QString &destinationFolder,
                     const QByteArray &resumeState = QByteArray());
-    
+
     TorrentView *torrentView;
     QAction *pauseTorrentAction;
     QAction *removeTorrentAction;
diff --git a/examples/network/torrent/metainfo.h b/examples/network/torrent/metainfo.h
index 741fe69299..17daca559e 100644
--- a/examples/network/torrent/metainfo.h
+++ b/examples/network/torrent/metainfo.h
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ public:
     // Total size
     qint64 totalSize() const;
 
-private: 
+private:
     QString errString;
     QByteArray content;
     QByteArray infoData;
diff --git a/examples/network/torrent/peerwireclient.h b/examples/network/torrent/peerwireclient.h
index 391a77b8d8..7cd08d90cb 100644
--- a/examples/network/torrent/peerwireclient.h
+++ b/examples/network/torrent/peerwireclient.h
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ struct TorrentBlock
                 && offset == other.offset
                 && length == other.length;
     }
-    
+
     int pieceIndex;
     int offset;
     int length;
diff --git a/examples/network/torrent/torrentclient.cpp b/examples/network/torrent/torrentclient.cpp
index 748e5185fe..b5969e552e 100644
--- a/examples/network/torrent/torrentclient.cpp
+++ b/examples/network/torrent/torrentclient.cpp
@@ -1020,7 +1020,7 @@ void TorrentClient::blockReceived(int pieceIndex, int begin, const QByteArray &d
     if (blocksLeftForPiece(piece) == 0) {
         // Ask the file manager to verify the newly downloaded piece
         d->fileManager.verifyPiece(piece->index);
-        
+
         // Remove this piece from all payloads
         QMultiMap<PeerWireClient *, TorrentPiece *>::Iterator it = d->payloads.begin();
         while (it != d->payloads.end()) {
@@ -1103,7 +1103,7 @@ void TorrentClient::scheduleUploads()
         }
 
         if ((client->peerWireState() & PeerWireClient::ChokingPeer) == 0) {
-            if ((qrand() % 10) == 0) 
+            if ((qrand() % 10) == 0)
                 client->abort();
             else
                 client->chokePeer();
@@ -1245,7 +1245,7 @@ void TorrentClient::schedulePieceForClient(PeerWireClient *client)
             if (d->state == WarmingUp || (qrand() & 4) == 0) {
                 int *occurrences = new int[d->pieceCount];
                 memset(occurrences, 0, d->pieceCount * sizeof(int));
-                
+
                 // Count how many of each piece are available.
                 foreach (PeerWireClient *peer, d->connections) {
                     QBitArray peerPieces = peer->availablePieces();
@@ -1342,7 +1342,7 @@ void TorrentClient::requestMore(PeerWireClient *client)
                          ? MaxBlocksInMultiMode : MaxBlocksInProgress);
     if (numBlocksInProgress == maxInProgress)
         return;
-    
+
     // Starting with the first piece that we're waiting for, request
     // blocks until the quota is filled up.
     foreach (TorrentPiece *piece, piecesInProgress) {
@@ -1446,7 +1446,7 @@ void TorrentClient::addToPeerList(const QList<TorrentPeer> &peerList)
             // Skip our own server.
             continue;
         }
-		
+
         bool known = false;
         foreach (TorrentPeer *knownPeer, d->peers) {
             if (knownPeer->port == peer.port
diff --git a/examples/network/torrent/torrentclient.h b/examples/network/torrent/torrentclient.h
index be50189b53..7f48d1697c 100644
--- a/examples/network/torrent/torrentclient.h
+++ b/examples/network/torrent/torrentclient.h
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ public:
     qint64 uploadedBytes() const;
     int connectedPeerCount() const;
     int seedCount() const;
-   
+
     // Accessors for the tracker
     QByteArray peerId() const;
     QByteArray infoHash() const;
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ signals:
 
     void downloadCompleted();
     void peerInfoUpdated();
-    
+
     void dataSent(int uploadedBytes);
     void dataReceived(int downloadedBytes);
     void progressUpdated(int percentProgress);
diff --git a/examples/network/torrent/trackerclient.h b/examples/network/torrent/trackerclient.h
index 17d237e665..6647422e3f 100644
--- a/examples/network/torrent/trackerclient.h
+++ b/examples/network/torrent/trackerclient.h
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ signals:
 
     void uploadCountUpdated(qint64 newUploadCount);
     void downloadCountUpdated(qint64 newDownloadCount);
-    
+
     void stopped();
 
 protected:
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ private:
     qint64 length;
     QString uname;
     QString pwd;
-    
+
     bool firstTrackerRequest;
     bool lastTrackerRequest;
     bool firstSeeding;
diff --git a/examples/opengl/cube/geometryengine.cpp b/examples/opengl/cube/geometryengine.cpp
index d573ade1e7..bf63934656 100644
--- a/examples/opengl/cube/geometryengine.cpp
+++ b/examples/opengl/cube/geometryengine.cpp
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ struct VertexData
 };
 
 GeometryEngine::GeometryEngine()
-{    
+{
 }
 
 GeometryEngine::~GeometryEngine()
diff --git a/examples/opengl/cube/mainwidget.cpp b/examples/opengl/cube/mainwidget.cpp
index 0ba859c6b8..8c87de6736 100644
--- a/examples/opengl/cube/mainwidget.cpp
+++ b/examples/opengl/cube/mainwidget.cpp
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ void MainWidget::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *e)
     // Mouse release position - mouse press position
     QVector2D diff = QVector2D(e->localPos()) - mousePressPosition;
 
-    // Rotation axis is perpendicular to the mouse position difference 
+    // Rotation axis is perpendicular to the mouse position difference
     // vector
     QVector3D n = QVector3D(diff.y(), diff.x(), 0.0).normalized();
 
diff --git a/examples/opengl/grabber/glwidget.cpp b/examples/opengl/grabber/glwidget.cpp
index f9e866b7c8..abe3a8540a 100644
--- a/examples/opengl/grabber/glwidget.cpp
+++ b/examples/opengl/grabber/glwidget.cpp
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ void GLWidget::initializeGL()
     gear3 = makeGear(reflectance3, 1.3, 2.0, 0.5, 0.7, 10);
 
     glEnable(GL_NORMALIZE);
-    glClearColor(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f);    
+    glClearColor(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
 }
 
 void GLWidget::paintGL()
diff --git a/examples/opengl/grabber/glwidget.h b/examples/opengl/grabber/glwidget.h
index 91e10edb6e..976d22a421 100644
--- a/examples/opengl/grabber/glwidget.h
+++ b/examples/opengl/grabber/glwidget.h
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ private:
     int yRot;
     int zRot;
     int gear1Rot;
-    
+
     QPoint lastPos;
 };
 
diff --git a/examples/opengl/hellogl_es2/bubble.cpp b/examples/opengl/hellogl_es2/bubble.cpp
index 50d64f37da..3e0f053bc8 100644
--- a/examples/opengl/hellogl_es2/bubble.cpp
+++ b/examples/opengl/hellogl_es2/bubble.cpp
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ void Bubble::move(const QRect &bbox)
     qreal rightOverflow = position.x() + radius - bbox.right();
     qreal topOverflow = position.y() - radius - bbox.top();
     qreal bottomOverflow = position.y() + radius - bbox.bottom();
-    
+
     if (leftOverflow < 0.0) {
         position.setX(position.x() - 2 * leftOverflow);
         vel.setX(-vel.x());
diff --git a/examples/opengl/hellogl_es2/glwidget.cpp b/examples/opengl/hellogl_es2/glwidget.cpp
index 2727c73fa5..a5c22447f0 100644
--- a/examples/opengl/hellogl_es2/glwidget.cpp
+++ b/examples/opengl/hellogl_es2/glwidget.cpp
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ void GLWidget::setScaling(int scale) {
         m_fScale = 1 + qreal(scale -50) / 50 * 0.5;
     else if (scale < 50)
         m_fScale =  1- (qreal(50 - scale) / 50 * 1/2);
-    else 
+    else
       m_fScale = 1;
 }
 
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ void GLWidget::paintGL()
     painter.drawText(20, 40, framesPerSecond + " fps");
 
     painter.end();
-    
+
     swapBuffers();
 
     QMutableListIterator<Bubble*> iter(bubbles);
diff --git a/examples/opengl/hellogl_es2/glwidget.h b/examples/opengl/hellogl_es2/glwidget.h
index 4536dc3749..8ed86b1e01 100644
--- a/examples/opengl/hellogl_es2/glwidget.h
+++ b/examples/opengl/hellogl_es2/glwidget.h
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ class GLWidget : public QGLWidget {
 public:
     GLWidget(QWidget *parent = 0);
     ~GLWidget();
-public slots: 
+public slots:
     void setScaling(int scale);
     void setLogo();
     void setTexture();
diff --git a/examples/opengl/hellogl_es2/mainwindow.cpp b/examples/opengl/hellogl_es2/mainwindow.cpp
index a9db386c4c..eb4ce0ac3e 100644
--- a/examples/opengl/hellogl_es2/mainwindow.cpp
+++ b/examples/opengl/hellogl_es2/mainwindow.cpp
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ MainWindow::MainWindow()
     QTimer *timer = new QTimer(this);
     QSlider *slider = new QSlider(this);
     slider->setOrientation(Qt::Horizontal);
-    
+
     slider->setRange(0, 100);
     slider->setSliderPosition(50);
     timer->setInterval(10);
diff --git a/examples/opengl/overpainting/bubble.cpp b/examples/opengl/overpainting/bubble.cpp
index c64cca7e0d..dbcb72bc93 100644
--- a/examples/opengl/overpainting/bubble.cpp
+++ b/examples/opengl/overpainting/bubble.cpp
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ void Bubble::move(const QRect &bbox)
     qreal rightOverflow = position.x() + radius - bbox.right();
     qreal topOverflow = position.y() - radius - bbox.top();
     qreal bottomOverflow = position.y() + radius - bbox.bottom();
-    
+
     if (leftOverflow < 0.0) {
         position.setX(position.x() - 2 * leftOverflow);
         vel.setX(-vel.x());
diff --git a/examples/qtconcurrent/imagescaling/imagescaling.cpp b/examples/qtconcurrent/imagescaling/imagescaling.cpp
index 6a0a73e867..01083edb4e 100644
--- a/examples/qtconcurrent/imagescaling/imagescaling.cpp
+++ b/examples/qtconcurrent/imagescaling/imagescaling.cpp
@@ -50,8 +50,8 @@ QImage scale(const QString &imageFileName)
     return image.scaled(QSize(imageSize, imageSize), Qt::IgnoreAspectRatio, Qt::SmoothTransformation);
 }
 
-Images::Images(QWidget *parent) 
-: QWidget(parent)
+Images::Images(QWidget *parent)
+    : QWidget(parent)
 {
     setWindowTitle(tr("Image loading and scaling example"));
     resize(800, 600);
@@ -66,11 +66,11 @@ Images::Images(QWidget *parent)
     cancelButton = new QPushButton(tr("Cancel"));
     cancelButton->setEnabled(false);
     connect(cancelButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), imageScaling, SLOT(cancel()));
-   
+
     pauseButton = new QPushButton(tr("Pause/Resume"));
     pauseButton->setEnabled(false);
     connect(pauseButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), imageScaling, SLOT(togglePaused()));
-   
+
     QHBoxLayout *buttonLayout = new QHBoxLayout();
     buttonLayout->addWidget(openButton);
     buttonLayout->addWidget(cancelButton);
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ void Images::open()
     }
 
     // Show a file open dialog at QStandardPaths::PicturesLocation.
-    QStringList files = QFileDialog::getOpenFileNames(this, tr("Select Images"), 
+    QStringList files = QFileDialog::getOpenFileNames(this, tr("Select Images"),
                             QStandardPaths::writableLocation(QStandardPaths::PicturesLocation),
                             "*.jpg *.png");
 
@@ -143,4 +143,3 @@ void Images::finished()
 }
 
 #endif // QT_NO_CONCURRENT
-
diff --git a/examples/qtconcurrent/progressdialog/main.cpp b/examples/qtconcurrent/progressdialog/main.cpp
index 155bb2ee11..c646105db6 100644
--- a/examples/qtconcurrent/progressdialog/main.cpp
+++ b/examples/qtconcurrent/progressdialog/main.cpp
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
     // Create a progress dialog.
     QProgressDialog dialog;
     dialog.setLabelText(QString("Progressing using %1 thread(s)...").arg(QThread::idealThreadCount()));
- 
+
     // Create a QFutureWatcher and connect signals and slots.
     QFutureWatcher<void> futureWatcher;
     QObject::connect(&futureWatcher, SIGNAL(finished()), &dialog, SLOT(reset()));
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
 
     // Display the dialog and start the event loop.
     dialog.exec();
-    
+
     futureWatcher.waitForFinished();
 
     // Query the future to check if was canceled.
diff --git a/examples/qtestlib/tutorial5/benchmarking.cpp b/examples/qtestlib/tutorial5/benchmarking.cpp
index 4ad984212b..55d25e8a36 100644
--- a/examples/qtestlib/tutorial5/benchmarking.cpp
+++ b/examples/qtestlib/tutorial5/benchmarking.cpp
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ void TestBenchmark::multiple()
     QFETCH(bool, useLocaleCompare);
     QString str1 = QLatin1String("This is a test string");
     QString str2 = QLatin1String("This is a test string");
-    
+
     int result;
     if (useLocaleCompare) {
         QBENCHMARK {
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ void TestBenchmark::series_data()
 {
     QTest::addColumn<bool>("useLocaleCompare");
     QTest::addColumn<int>("stringSize");
-    
+
     for (int i = 1; i < 10000; i += 2000) {
         QByteArray size = QByteArray::number(i);
         QTest::newRow(("locale aware compare--" + size).constData()) << true << i;
diff --git a/examples/sql/doc/src/querymodel.qdoc b/examples/sql/doc/src/querymodel.qdoc
index 9d9729192a..b25cc745e3 100644
--- a/examples/sql/doc/src/querymodel.qdoc
+++ b/examples/sql/doc/src/querymodel.qdoc
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
 
     \brief The Query Model example shows how to make customized versions of
     data obtained from a SQL query, using a model that encapsulates
-    the query and table views to display the results. 
+    the query and table views to display the results.
 
     \image querymodel-example.png
 */
diff --git a/examples/sql/doc/src/relationaltablemodel.qdoc b/examples/sql/doc/src/relationaltablemodel.qdoc
index cf10322c2d..36fe7e2dfb 100644
--- a/examples/sql/doc/src/relationaltablemodel.qdoc
+++ b/examples/sql/doc/src/relationaltablemodel.qdoc
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \example relationaltablemodel
     \title Relational Table Model Example
     \ingroup sql_examples
diff --git a/examples/sql/doc/src/tablemodel.qdoc b/examples/sql/doc/src/tablemodel.qdoc
index 146025c2d0..be1fb6b488 100644
--- a/examples/sql/doc/src/tablemodel.qdoc
+++ b/examples/sql/doc/src/tablemodel.qdoc
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \example tablemodel
     \title Table Model Example
     \ingroup sql_examples
diff --git a/examples/threads/queuedcustomtype/main.cpp b/examples/threads/queuedcustomtype/main.cpp
index 337970445f..98933c66f3 100644
--- a/examples/threads/queuedcustomtype/main.cpp
+++ b/examples/threads/queuedcustomtype/main.cpp
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ QImage createImage(int width, int height)
     int x = 0;
     int y = 0;
     int starWidth = image.width()/3;
-    int starHeight = image.height()/3; 
+    int starHeight = image.height()/3;
 
     QRect rect(x, y, starWidth, starHeight);
 
diff --git a/examples/tools/doc/contiguouscache.qdoc b/examples/tools/doc/contiguouscache.qdoc
index a02c1796c6..2f7ea716e6 100644
--- a/examples/tools/doc/contiguouscache.qdoc
+++ b/examples/tools/doc/contiguouscache.qdoc
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
 
     And thats it.  A perfectly reasonable cache, using minimal memory for a very large
     list.  In this case the accessor for getting the words into the cache
-    generates random information rather than fixed information.  This allows you 
+    generates random information rather than fixed information.  This allows you
     to see how the cache range is kept for a local number of rows when running the
     example.
 
diff --git a/examples/tools/doc/src/customtype.qdoc b/examples/tools/doc/src/customtype.qdoc
index a4a05350f3..56172a4e26 100644
--- a/examples/tools/doc/src/customtype.qdoc
+++ b/examples/tools/doc/src/customtype.qdoc
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
     With the type fully defined, implemented, and integrated with the
     meta-object system, we can now use it.
 
-    \section1 Using the Message 
+    \section1 Using the Message
 
     In the example's \c{main()} function, we show how a \c Message object can
     be printed to the console by sending it to the debug stream:
diff --git a/examples/touch/pinchzoom/mouse.cpp b/examples/touch/pinchzoom/mouse.cpp
index 9c5ca86e6a..40e6ccb127 100644
--- a/examples/touch/pinchzoom/mouse.cpp
+++ b/examples/touch/pinchzoom/mouse.cpp
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ void Mouse::timerEvent(QTimerEvent *)
     foreach (QGraphicsItem *item, dangerMice) {
         if (item == this)
             continue;
-        
+
         QLineF lineToMouse(QPointF(0, 0), mapFromItem(item, 0, 0));
         qreal angleToMouse = ::acos(lineToMouse.dx() / lineToMouse.length());
         if (lineToMouse.dy() < 0)
diff --git a/examples/widgets/animation/appchooser/main.cpp b/examples/widgets/animation/appchooser/main.cpp
index 2184d1bcdf..a65e998b32 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/animation/appchooser/main.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/animation/appchooser/main.cpp
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ void createStates(const QObjectList &objects,
 void createAnimations(const QObjectList &objects, QStateMachine *machine)
 {
     for (int i=0; i<objects.size(); ++i)
-        machine->addDefaultAnimation(new QPropertyAnimation(objects.at(i), "geometry"));    
+        machine->addDefaultAnimation(new QPropertyAnimation(objects.at(i), "geometry"));
 }
 
 int main(int argc, char **argv)
diff --git a/examples/widgets/animation/easing/window.h b/examples/widgets/animation/easing/window.h
index b47f236d95..d7fa927b49 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/animation/easing/window.h
+++ b/examples/widgets/animation/easing/window.h
@@ -63,11 +63,11 @@ private slots:
     void periodChanged(double);
     void amplitudeChanged(double);
     void overshootChanged(double);
-    
+
 private:
     void createCurveIcons();
     void startAnimation();
-    
+
     Ui::Form m_ui;
     QGraphicsScene m_scene;
     PixmapItem *m_item;
diff --git a/examples/widgets/animation/stickman/animation.cpp b/examples/widgets/animation/stickman/animation.cpp
index ebfbd1b5b8..730ee236e4 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/animation/stickman/animation.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/animation/stickman/animation.cpp
@@ -45,13 +45,13 @@
 #include <QIODevice>
 #include <QDataStream>
 
-class Frame 
+class Frame
 {
 public:
     Frame() {
     }
 
-    int nodeCount() const 
+    int nodeCount() const
     {
         return m_nodePositions.size();
     }
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ public:
     {
         m_nodePositions[idx] = pos;
     }
-    
+
 private:
     QVector<QPointF> m_nodePositions;
 };
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ Animation::Animation()
     m_frames.append(new Frame);
 }
 
-Animation::~Animation() 
+Animation::~Animation()
 {
     qDeleteAll(m_frames);
 }
@@ -89,10 +89,10 @@ Animation::~Animation()
 void Animation::setTotalFrames(int totalFrames)
 {
     while (m_frames.size() < totalFrames)
-        m_frames.append(new Frame);    
+        m_frames.append(new Frame);
 
     while (totalFrames < m_frames.size())
-        delete m_frames.takeLast();    
+        delete m_frames.takeLast();
 }
 
 int Animation::totalFrames() const
@@ -165,15 +165,15 @@ void Animation::load(QIODevice *device)
 
     QDataStream stream(device);
     stream >> m_name;
-    
+
     int frameCount;
     stream >> frameCount;
 
     for (int i=0; i<frameCount; ++i) {
-        
+
         int nodeCount;
         stream >> nodeCount;
-        
+
         Frame *frame = new Frame;
         frame->setNodeCount(nodeCount);
 
diff --git a/examples/widgets/animation/stickman/lifecycle.cpp b/examples/widgets/animation/stickman/lifecycle.cpp
index c49fac7905..09ca45e55b 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/animation/stickman/lifecycle.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/animation/stickman/lifecycle.cpp
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public:
         if (QSignalTransition::eventTest(e)) {
             QVariant key = static_cast<QStateMachine::SignalEvent*>(e)->arguments().at(0);
             return (key.toInt() == int(m_key));
-        } 
+        }
 
         return false;
     }
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ LifeCycle::LifeCycle(StickMan *stickMan, GraphicsView *keyReceiver)
     const int stickManNodeCount = m_stickMan->nodeCount();
     for (int i=0; i<stickManNodeCount; ++i) {
         QPropertyAnimation *pa = new QPropertyAnimation(m_stickMan->node(i), "pos");
-        m_animationGroup->addAnimation(pa);    
+        m_animationGroup->addAnimation(pa);
     }
 
     // Set up initial state graph
@@ -111,14 +111,14 @@ LifeCycle::LifeCycle(StickMan *stickMan, GraphicsView *keyReceiver)
 
     m_alive = new QState(m_machine);
     m_alive->setObjectName("alive");
-    
+
     // Make it blink when lightning strikes before entering dead animation
-    QState *lightningBlink = new QState(m_machine);    
+    QState *lightningBlink = new QState(m_machine);
     lightningBlink->assignProperty(m_stickMan->scene(), "backgroundBrush", QColor(Qt::white));
     lightningBlink->assignProperty(m_stickMan, "penColor", QColor(Qt::black));
     lightningBlink->assignProperty(m_stickMan, "fillColor", QColor(Qt::white));
     lightningBlink->assignProperty(m_stickMan, "isDead", true);
-    
+
 //! [5]
     QTimer *timer = new QTimer(lightningBlink);
     timer->setSingleShot(true);
@@ -126,13 +126,13 @@ LifeCycle::LifeCycle(StickMan *stickMan, GraphicsView *keyReceiver)
     QObject::connect(lightningBlink, SIGNAL(entered()), timer, SLOT(start()));
     QObject::connect(lightningBlink, SIGNAL(exited()), timer, SLOT(stop()));
 //! [5]
-  
+
     m_dead = new QState(m_machine);
     m_dead->assignProperty(m_stickMan->scene(), "backgroundBrush", QColor(Qt::black));
     m_dead->assignProperty(m_stickMan, "penColor", QColor(Qt::white));
     m_dead->assignProperty(m_stickMan, "fillColor", QColor(Qt::black));
     m_dead->setObjectName("dead");
-           
+
     // Idle state (sets no properties)
     m_idle = new QState(m_alive);
     m_idle->setObjectName("idle");
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ void LifeCycle::addActivity(const QString &fileName, Qt::Key key, QObject *sende
 QState *LifeCycle::makeState(QState *parentState, const QString &animationFileName)
 {
     QState *topLevel = new QState(parentState);
-    
+
     Animation animation;
     {
         QFile file(animationFileName);
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ QState *LifeCycle::makeState(QState *parentState, const QString &animationFileNa
         animation.setCurrentFrame(i);
 
 //! [1]
-        QState *frameState = new QState(topLevel);                       
+        QState *frameState = new QState(topLevel);
         const int nodeCount = animation.nodeCount();
         for (int j=0; j<nodeCount; ++j)
             frameState->assignProperty(m_stickMan->node(j), "pos", animation.nodePos(j));
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ QState *LifeCycle::makeState(QState *parentState, const QString &animationFileNa
 //! [2]
             previousState->addTransition(previousState, SIGNAL(propertiesAssigned()), frameState);
 //! [2]
-        
+
         previousState = frameState;
     }
 
diff --git a/examples/widgets/animation/stickman/node.cpp b/examples/widgets/animation/stickman/node.cpp
index b47a1e8433..0694ee3a2f 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/animation/stickman/node.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/animation/stickman/node.cpp
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ QRectF Node::boundingRect() const
 }
 
 void Node::paint(QPainter *painter, const QStyleOptionGraphicsItem *, QWidget *)
-{    
+{
     painter->setPen(Qt::white);
     painter->drawEllipse(QPointF(0.0, 0.0), 5.0, 5.0);
 }
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ void Node::mousePressEvent(QGraphicsSceneMouseEvent *)
 void Node::mouseMoveEvent(QGraphicsSceneMouseEvent *event)
 {
     if (m_dragging)
-        setPos(mapToParent(event->pos()));    
+        setPos(mapToParent(event->pos()));
 }
 
 void Node::mouseReleaseEvent(QGraphicsSceneMouseEvent *)
diff --git a/examples/widgets/animation/stickman/stickman.h b/examples/widgets/animation/stickman/stickman.h
index 337fe4a794..08928a48a6 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/animation/stickman/stickman.h
+++ b/examples/widgets/animation/stickman/stickman.h
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ public:
     virtual QRectF boundingRect() const;
     virtual void paint(QPainter *painter, const QStyleOptionGraphicsItem *option, QWidget *widget);
 
-    int nodeCount() const; 
+    int nodeCount() const;
     Node *node(int idx) const;
 
     void setDrawSticks(bool on);
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ private:
 
     Node *m_nodes[NodeCount];
     qreal m_perfectBoneLengths[BoneCount];
-    
+
     uint m_sticks : 1;
     uint m_isDead : 1;
     uint m_reserved : 30;
diff --git a/examples/widgets/dialogs/classwizard/classwizard.h b/examples/widgets/dialogs/classwizard/classwizard.h
index 751179f81b..34a35a2ce9 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/dialogs/classwizard/classwizard.h
+++ b/examples/widgets/dialogs/classwizard/classwizard.h
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ class OutputFilesPage : public QWizardPage
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 
-public:    
+public:
     OutputFilesPage(QWidget *parent = 0);
 
 protected:
diff --git a/examples/widgets/dialogs/classwizard/main.cpp b/examples/widgets/dialogs/classwizard/main.cpp
index 110ada0ed3..4a22dbb212 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/dialogs/classwizard/main.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/dialogs/classwizard/main.cpp
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
 int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 {
     Q_INIT_RESOURCE(classwizard);
-    
+
     QApplication app(argc, argv);
 
 #ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION
diff --git a/examples/widgets/dialogs/sipdialog/dialog.cpp b/examples/widgets/dialogs/sipdialog/dialog.cpp
index b3592f3308..c51feac0a5 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/dialogs/sipdialog/dialog.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/dialogs/sipdialog/dialog.cpp
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ Dialog::Dialog()
 //! [Dialog constructor part5]
     connect(button, SIGNAL(clicked()),
         qApp, SLOT(closeAllWindows()));
-    connect(QApplication::desktop(), SIGNAL(workAreaResized(int)), 
+    connect(QApplication::desktop(), SIGNAL(workAreaResized(int)),
         this, SLOT(desktopResized(int)));
 }
 //! [Dialog constructor part5]
diff --git a/examples/widgets/doc/src/addressbook-fr.qdoc b/examples/widgets/doc/src/addressbook-fr.qdoc
index 0d6ff16b57..9a7bc3a6b7 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/doc/src/addressbook-fr.qdoc
+++ b/examples/widgets/doc/src/addressbook-fr.qdoc
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
     \image addressbook-tutorial-screenshot.png
 
-    Ce tutoriel va nous amener à découvrir quelques technologies fondamentales fournies 
+    Ce tutoriel va nous amener à découvrir quelques technologies fondamentales fournies
     par Qt, tel que:
 
     \list
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
     réutilisé dans d'autres projets
     \endlist
 
-    Comme Qt ne fournit pas de widget standard pour un carnet d'adresses, nous 
+    Comme Qt ne fournit pas de widget standard pour un carnet d'adresses, nous
     partirons d'une classe de widget Qt standard et y ajouterons des fonctionnalités.
     La classe \c AddressBook crée dans ce tutoriel peut être réutilisée si on a besoin d'un
     widget carnet d'adresses basique.
@@ -148,12 +148,12 @@
     dans \c nameLine et \c addressText sont nécessaires à de nombreuses méthodes
     du carnet d'adresses.
 
-    Il n'est pas nécessaire de déclarer les objets QLabel que nous allons utiliser 
+    Il n'est pas nécessaire de déclarer les objets QLabel que nous allons utiliser
     puisque nous n'aurons pas besoin d'y faire référence après leur création.
     La façon dont Qt gère la parenté des objets est traitée dans la section suivante.
 
     La macro Q_OBJECT implémente des fonctionnalités parmi les plus avancées de Qt.
-    Pour le moment, il est bon de voir la macro Q_OBJECT comme un raccourci nous 
+    Pour le moment, il est bon de voir la macro Q_OBJECT comme un raccourci nous
     permettant d'utiliser les méthodes \l{QObject::}{tr()} et \l{QObject::}{connect()}.
 
     Nous en avons maintenant terminé avec le fichier \c addressbook.h et allons
@@ -295,13 +295,13 @@
 
     Le bouton \c addButton est affiché en invoquant la méthode \l{QPushButton::show()}
     {show()}, tandis que \c submitButton et \c cancelButton sont cachés en invoquant
-    \l{QPushButton::hide()}{hide()}. Ces deux boutons ne seront affichés que lorsque 
+    \l{QPushButton::hide()}{hide()}. Ces deux boutons ne seront affichés que lorsque
     l'utilisateur cliquera sur "Add", et ceci est géré par la méthode \c addContact()
     décrite plus loin.
 
     \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part2/addressbook.cpp connecting signals and slots
 
-    Nous connectons le signal \l{QPushButton::clicked()}{clicked()} de chaque bouton 
+    Nous connectons le signal \l{QPushButton::clicked()}{clicked()} de chaque bouton
     au slot qui gèrera l'action.
     L'image ci-dessous illustre ceci:
 
@@ -379,8 +379,8 @@
 
     \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part2/addressbook.cpp cancel
 
-    L'idée générale pour augmenter la flexibilité lors de l'ajout d'un 
-    contact est de donner la possiblité de cliquer sur "Add" 
+    L'idée générale pour augmenter la flexibilité lors de l'ajout d'un
+    contact est de donner la possiblité de cliquer sur "Add"
     ou "Cancel" à n'importe quel moment.
     L'organigramme ci-dessous reprend l'ensemble des interactions dévelopées
     jusqu'ici:
@@ -458,15 +458,15 @@
     \c mainLayout.
     \image addressbook-tutorial-part3-labeled-layout.png
 
-    Dans notre méthode \c addContact(), nous avons desactivé ces boutons 
-    pour être sûr que l'utilisateur n'utilise pas la navigation lors de 
+    Dans notre méthode \c addContact(), nous avons desactivé ces boutons
+    pour être sûr que l'utilisateur n'utilise pas la navigation lors de
     l'ajout d'un contact.
 
     \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part3/addressbook.cpp disabling navigation
 
     Dans notre méthode \c submitContact(), nous activons les boutons de
     navigation, \c nextButton et \c previousButton, en fonction de la
-    taille de \c contacts. Commen mentionné plus tôt, la navigation n'est 
+    taille de \c contacts. Commen mentionné plus tôt, la navigation n'est
     activée que si il y a plus d'un contact dans le carnet d'adresses.
     Les lignes suivantes montrent comment faire cela:
 
@@ -475,13 +475,13 @@
     Nous incluons aussi ces lignes de code dans le bouton \c cancel().
 
     Souvenez vous que nous voulons émuler une liste-liée ciruculaire à
-    l'aide de l'objet QMap, \c contacts. Pour faire cela, nous obtenons un itérateur 
+    l'aide de l'objet QMap, \c contacts. Pour faire cela, nous obtenons un itérateur
     sur \c contact dans la méthode \c next(), et ensuite:
 
     \list
         \li Si l'itérateur n'est pas à la fin de \c contacts, nous l'incrémentons
         \li Si l'itérateur est à la fin de \c contacts, nous changeons sa position
-        jusqu'au début de \c contacts. Cela donne l'illusion que notre QMap 
+        jusqu'au début de \c contacts. Cela donne l'illusion que notre QMap
         fonctionne comme une liste circulaire.
     \endlist
 
@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@
     Une fois que nous avons itéré jusqu'à l'objet recherché dans \c contacts,
     nous affichons son contenu sur \c nameLine et \c addressText.
 
-    De la même façon, pour la méthode \c previous(), nous obtenons un 
+    De la même façon, pour la méthode \c previous(), nous obtenons un
     itérateur sur \c contacts et ensuite:
 
     \list
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@
     \image addressbook-tutorial-screenshot.png
 
     Nous avons maintenant un carnet d'adresses qui ne se contente pas de
-    lister des contacts de façon ordonnée, mais permet également la 
+    lister des contacts de façon ordonnée, mais permet également la
     navigation. Il serait pratique d'inclure des fonctions telles qu'éditer et
     supprimer, afin que les détails associés à un contact puissent être
     modifiés lorsque c'est nécessaire. Cependant, cela requiert une légère
@@ -563,7 +563,7 @@
     \dots
     \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part4/addressbook.h mode declaration
 
-    Enfin, on déclare \c currentMode pour garder une trace du mode 
+    Enfin, on déclare \c currentMode pour garder une trace du mode
     actuellement utilisé.
 
     \section1 Implémentation de la classe AddressBook
@@ -637,7 +637,7 @@
     avant de tester sa valeur.
 
     Chacun des boutons est ensuite activé ou désactivé, en fonction du mode.
-    Le code source pour les cas \c AddingMode et \c EditingMode est visible 
+    Le code source pour les cas \c AddingMode et \c EditingMode est visible
     ci-dessous:
 
     \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part4/addressbook.cpp update interface() part 1
@@ -840,7 +840,7 @@
 
     \section1 Définition de la classe AddressBook
 
-    On déclare deux slots publics, \c saveToFile() et \c loadFromFile(), 
+    On déclare deux slots publics, \c saveToFile() et \c loadFromFile(),
     ainsi que deux objets QPushButton, \c loadButton et \c saveButton.
 
     \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part6/addressbook.h save and load functions declaration
@@ -863,11 +863,11 @@
     \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part6/addressbook.cpp tooltip 2
 
     Bien qu'on ne cite pas le code correspondant ici, nous ajoutons ces deux boutons au
-    layout de droite, \c button1Layout, comme pour les fonctionnalités précédentes, et 
+    layout de droite, \c button1Layout, comme pour les fonctionnalités précédentes, et
     nous connectons leurs signaux
     \l{QPushButton::clicked()}{clicked()} à leurs slots respectifs.
 
-    Pour la sauvegarde, on commence par récupérer le nom de fichier 
+    Pour la sauvegarde, on commence par récupérer le nom de fichier
     \c fileName, en utilisant QFileDialog::getSaveFileName(). C'est une
     méthode pratique fournie par QFileDialog, qui ouvre une boîte de
     dialogue modale et permet à l'utilisateur d'entrer un nom de fichier ou
@@ -966,7 +966,7 @@
     \section1 Définition de la classe AddressBook
 
     Nous ajoutons un objet QPushButton, \c exportButton, et un slot
-    public correspondant, \c exportAsVCard(), à notre classe \c AddressBook 
+    public correspondant, \c exportAsVCard(), à notre classe \c AddressBook
     dans le fichier \c addressbook.h.
 
     \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part7/addressbook.h exportAsVCard() declaration
@@ -1001,7 +1001,7 @@
     cela échoue, nous affichons un QMessageBox pour informer l'utilisateur
     à propos de l'origine du problème et nous quittons la méthode. Sinon, nous passons le
     fichier comme paramètre pour créer un objet QTextStream, \c out. De la même façon que
-    QDataStream, la classe QTextStream fournit les fonctionnalités pour 
+    QDataStream, la classe QTextStream fournit les fonctionnalités pour
     lire et écrire des fichiers de texte. Grâce à celà, le fichier \c{.vcf}
     généré pourra être ouvert et édité à l'aide d'un simple éditeur de texte.
 
@@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@
     à un nom de famille défini ou non. Si oui, nous utilions les détails de
     \c nameList pour remplir le champ, dans le cas contraire on écrit uniquement le contenu
     de \c firstName.
- 
+
     \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part7/addressbook.cpp export function part3
 
     Nous continuons en écrivant l'adresse du contact. Les points-virgules
@@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@
     \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part7/addressbook.cpp export function part4
 
     À la fin de la méthode, un QMessageBox est affiché pour informer l'utilisateur
-    que la vCard a été exportée avec succès. 
+    que la vCard a été exportée avec succès.
 
     \e{vCard est une marque déposée de \l{http://www.imc.org}
     {Internet Mail Consortium}}.
diff --git a/examples/widgets/doc/src/addressbook-tutorial.qdoc b/examples/widgets/doc/src/addressbook-tutorial.qdoc
index db3d785616..089ab2319d 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/doc/src/addressbook-tutorial.qdoc
+++ b/examples/widgets/doc/src/addressbook-tutorial.qdoc
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
     have worked through this tutorial, we recommend reading the
     \l{mainwindows/application}{Application} example, which presents a
     small GUI application, with menus, toolbars, a status bar, and so
-    on.  
+    on.
 */
 
 /*!
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@
 
     Notice that \c addressLabel is positioned using Qt::AlignTop as an
     additional argument. This is to make sure it is not vertically centered in
-    cell (1,0). For a basic overview on Qt Layouts, refer to the 
+    cell (1,0). For a basic overview on Qt Layouts, refer to the
     \l{Layout Management} documentation.
 
     In order to install the layout object onto the widget, we have to invoke
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@
 
     \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part3/addressbook.cpp connecting navigation signals
 
-    The image below is the expected graphical user interface. 
+    The image below is the expected graphical user interface.
 
     \image addressbook-tutorial-part3-screenshot.png
 
diff --git a/examples/widgets/doc/src/addressbook.qdoc b/examples/widgets/doc/src/addressbook.qdoc
index ea0cb46830..becff14f3f 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/doc/src/addressbook.qdoc
+++ b/examples/widgets/doc/src/addressbook.qdoc
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@
 
     \snippet itemviews/addressbook/addresswidget.cpp 4a
 
-    Next we extract data from the row the user intends to 
+    Next we extract data from the row the user intends to
     edit. This data is displayed in an instance of \c AddDialog
     with a different window title. The \c table is only
     updated if changes have been made to data in \c aDialog.
diff --git a/examples/widgets/doc/src/codeeditor.qdoc b/examples/widgets/doc/src/codeeditor.qdoc
index 2848908233..3db55eddc5 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/doc/src/codeeditor.qdoc
+++ b/examples/widgets/doc/src/codeeditor.qdoc
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
 
     We will now move on to the definitions and implementations of \c
     CodeEditor and \c LineNumberArea. Let's start with the \c
-    LineNumberArea class. 
+    LineNumberArea class.
 
     \section1 The LineNumberArea Class
 
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
     \snippet widgets/codeeditor/codeeditor.cpp resizeEvent
 
     When the size of the editor changes, we also need to resize the
-    line number area. 
+    line number area.
 
     \snippet widgets/codeeditor/codeeditor.cpp cursorPositionChanged
 
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
 
     The \c lineNumberAreaPaintEvent() is called from \c LineNumberArea
     whenever it receives a paint event. We start off by painting the
-    widget's background. 
+    widget's background.
 
     \snippet widgets/codeeditor/codeeditor.cpp extraAreaPaintEvent_1
 
@@ -163,11 +163,11 @@
     numbers in the extra area for each line. Notice that in a plain
     text edit each line will consist of one QTextBlock; though, if
     line wrapping is enabled, a line may span several rows in the text
-    edit's viewport. 
+    edit's viewport.
 
     We get the top and bottom y-coordinate of the first text block,
     and adjust these values by the height of the current text block in
-    each iteration in the loop. 
+    each iteration in the loop.
 
     \snippet widgets/codeeditor/codeeditor.cpp extraAreaPaintEvent_2
 
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@
 
     In addition to line numbers, you can add more to the extra area,
     for instance, break points.
-        
+
     QSyntaxHighlighter gives the possibility to add user data to each
     text block with
     \l{QSyntaxHighlighter::}{setCurrentBlockUserData()}. This can be
diff --git a/examples/widgets/doc/src/coloreditorfactory.qdoc b/examples/widgets/doc/src/coloreditorfactory.qdoc
index 6728d88252..ad4a37492e 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/doc/src/coloreditorfactory.qdoc
+++ b/examples/widgets/doc/src/coloreditorfactory.qdoc
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
 
     After the new factory has been set, all standard item delegates
     will use it (i.e, also delegates that were created before the new
-    default factory was set). 
+    default factory was set).
 
     The \c createGUI() function sets up the table and fills it
     with data.
@@ -135,17 +135,17 @@
 
     \list
     \li If the editor widget has no user property defined, the delegate
-	   asks the factory for the property name, which it in turn
-	   asks the item editor creator for. In this case, you can use 
-	   the QItemEditorCreator class, which takes the property 
-	   name to use for editing as a constructor argument.
+        asks the factory for the property name, which it in turn
+        asks the item editor creator for. In this case, you can use
+        the QItemEditorCreator class, which takes the property
+        name to use for editing as a constructor argument.
     \li If the editor requires other constructors or other
-	   initialization than provided by QItemEditorCreatorBase, you
-	   must reimplement
-	   QItemEditorCreatorBase::createWidget().
+        initialization than provided by QItemEditorCreatorBase, you
+        must reimplement
+        QItemEditorCreatorBase::createWidget().
     \li You could also subclass QItemEditorFactory if you only want
-	   to provide editors for certain kinds of data or use another
-	   method of creating the editors than using creator bases.
+        to provide editors for certain kinds of data or use another
+        method of creating the editors than using creator bases.
     \endlist
 
     In this example, we use a standard QVariant data type. You can
diff --git a/examples/widgets/doc/src/diagramscene.qdoc b/examples/widgets/doc/src/diagramscene.qdoc
index f05ad42130..92048cdcaf 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/doc/src/diagramscene.qdoc
+++ b/examples/widgets/doc/src/diagramscene.qdoc
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 
     In this example we show how to create such custom graphics
     scenes and items by implementing classes that inherit
-    QGraphicsScene and QGraphicsItem. 
+    QGraphicsScene and QGraphicsItem.
 
     In particular we show how to:
 
@@ -65,21 +65,21 @@
     The example consists of the following classes:
     \list
     \li \c MainWindow creates the widgets and display
-	   them in a QMainWindow. It also manages the interaction 
-	   between the widgets and the graphics scene, view and 
-	   items.
+        them in a QMainWindow. It also manages the interaction
+        between the widgets and the graphics scene, view and
+        items.
     \li \c DiagramItem inherits QGraphicsPolygonItem and
-	   represents a flowchart shape. 
+        represents a flowchart shape.
     \li \c TextDiagramItem inherits QGraphicsTextItem and
-	   represents text items in the diagram. The class adds
-	   support for moving the item with the mouse, which is not
-	   supported by QGraphicsTextItem.
+        represents text items in the diagram. The class adds
+        support for moving the item with the mouse, which is not
+        supported by QGraphicsTextItem.
     \li \c Arrow inherits QGraphicsLineItem and is an arrow
-	   that connect two DiagramItems. 
+        that connect two DiagramItems.
     \li \c DiagramScene inherits QGraphicsDiagramScene and
-	   provides support for \c DiagramItem, \c Arrow and 
-	   \c DiagramTextItem (In addition to the support already
-	   handled by QGraphicsScene).
+        provides support for \c DiagramItem, \c Arrow and
+        \c DiagramTextItem (In addition to the support already
+        handled by QGraphicsScene).
     \endlist
 
     \section1 MainWindow Class Definition
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
 
     The \c MainWindow class creates and lays out the widgets in a
     QMainWindow. The class forwards input from the widgets to the
-    DiagramScene. It also updates its widgets when the diagram 
+    DiagramScene. It also updates its widgets when the diagram
     scene's text item changes, or a diagram item or a diagram text item
     is inserted into the scene.
 
@@ -104,8 +104,8 @@
     \snippet graphicsview/diagramscene/mainwindow.cpp 0
 
     In the constructor we call methods to create the widgets and
-    layouts of the example before we create the diagram scene. 
-    The toolbars must be created after the scene as they connect 
+    layouts of the example before we create the diagram scene.
+    The toolbars must be created after the scene as they connect
     to its signals. We then lay the widgets out in the window.
 
     We connect to the \c itemInserted() and \c textInserted() slots of
@@ -115,20 +115,20 @@
     update the widgets that display font properties if the item
     selected is a \c DiagramTextItem.
 
-    The \c createToolBox() function creates and lays out the widgets 
+    The \c createToolBox() function creates and lays out the widgets
     of the \c toolBox QToolBox. We will not examine it with a
-    high level of detail as it does not deal with graphics framework 
+    high level of detail as it does not deal with graphics framework
     specific functionality. Here is its implementation:
 
     \snippet graphicsview/diagramscene/mainwindow.cpp 21
-    
+
     This part of the function sets up the tabbed widget item that
-    contains the flowchart shapes. An exclusive QButtonGroup always 
+    contains the flowchart shapes. An exclusive QButtonGroup always
     keeps one button checked; we want the group to allow all buttons
     to be unchecked.
     We still use a button group since we can associate user
-    data, which we use to store the diagram type, with each button. 
-    The \c createCellWidget() function sets up the buttons in the 
+    data, which we use to store the diagram type, with each button.
+    The \c createCellWidget() function sets up the buttons in the
     tabbed widget item and is examined later.
 
     The buttons of the background tabbed widget item is set up in the
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
     \snippet graphicsview/diagramscene/mainwindow.cpp 22
 
     We set the preferred size of the toolbox as its maximum. This
-    way, more space is given to the graphics view. 
+    way, more space is given to the graphics view.
 
     Here is the \c createActions() function:
 
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
     with this function is used in the tool box.
 
     Here is the \c createColorMenu() function:
-    
+
     \snippet graphicsview/diagramscene/mainwindow.cpp 30
 
     This function creates a color menu that is used as the
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@
 
     \snippet graphicsview/diagramscene/mainwindow.cpp 32
 
-    This function creates an icon with a filled rectangle in the 
+    This function creates an icon with a filled rectangle in the
     color of \a color. It is used for creating icons for the color
     menus in the \c fillColorToolButton, \c fontColorToolButton, and
     \c lineColorToolButton.
@@ -240,8 +240,8 @@
     with.
 
     When one of the buttons in the background tabbed widget item is
-    clicked we change the brush; we find out which button it is by 
-    checking its text. 
+    clicked we change the brush; we find out which button it is by
+    checking its text.
 
     Here is the implementation of \c buttonGroupClicked():
 
@@ -255,37 +255,37 @@
     checked at a time.
 
     \c QButtonGroup assigns an id to each button. We have set the id
-    of each button to the diagram type, as given by DiagramItem::DiagramType 
-    that will be inserted into the scene when it is clicked. We can 
-    then use the button id when we set the diagram type with 
+    of each button to the diagram type, as given by DiagramItem::DiagramType
+    that will be inserted into the scene when it is clicked. We can
+    then use the button id when we set the diagram type with
     \c setItemType(). In the case of text we assigned an id that has a
     value that is not in the DiagramType enum.
-    
+
     Here is the implementation of \c deleteItem():
-    
+
     \snippet graphicsview/diagramscene/mainwindow.cpp 3
-    
+
     This slot deletes the selected item, if any, from the scene. It
     deletes the arrows first in order to avoid to delete them twice. If
     the item to be deleted is a \c DiagramItem, we also need to delete
     arrows connected to it; we don't want arrows in the scene that
     aren't connected to items in both ends.
-    
+
     This is the implementation of pointerGroupClicked():
-    
+
     \snippet graphicsview/diagramscene/mainwindow.cpp 4
-    
+
     The \c pointerTypeGroup decides whether the scene is in ItemMove
-    or InsertLine mode. This button group is exclusive, i.e., only 
+    or InsertLine mode. This button group is exclusive, i.e., only
     one button is checked at any time. As with the \c buttonGroup above
     we have assigned an id to the buttons that matches values of the
     DiagramScene::Mode enum, so that we can use the id to set the
     correct mode.
-    
+
     Here is the \c bringToFront() slot:
-    
+
     \snippet graphicsview/diagramscene/mainwindow.cpp 5
-    
+
     Several items may collide, i.e., overlap, with each other in
     the scene.  This slot is called when the user requests that an
     item should be placed on top of the items it collides with.
@@ -296,169 +296,169 @@
     lower values. When we bring an item to the front we can loop
     through the items it collides with and set a z-value that is
     higher than all of them.
-    
+
     Here is the \c sendToBack() slot:
-    
+
     \snippet graphicsview/diagramscene/mainwindow.cpp 6
-    
+
     This slot works in the same way as \c bringToFront() described
     above, but sets a z-value that is lower than items the item that
     should be send to the back collides with.
-    
+
     This is the implementation of \c itemInserted():
-    
+
     \snippet graphicsview/diagramscene/mainwindow.cpp 7
-    
+
     This slot is called from the \c DiagramScene when an item has been
     added to the scene. We set the mode of the scene back to the mode
     before the item was inserted, which is ItemMove or InsertText
-    depending on which button is checked in the \c pointerTypeGroup. 
+    depending on which button is checked in the \c pointerTypeGroup.
     We must also uncheck the button in the in the \c buttonGroup.
-    
+
     Here is the implementation of \c textInserted():
-    
+
     \snippet graphicsview/diagramscene/mainwindow.cpp 8
-    
+
     We simply set the mode of the scene back to the mode it had before
     the text was inserted.
-    
+
     Here is the \c currentFontChanged() slot:
-    
+
     \snippet graphicsview/diagramscene/mainwindow.cpp 9
-    
+
     When the user requests a font change, by using one of the
     widgets in the \c fontToolBar, we create a new QFont object and
     set its properties to match the state of the widgets. This is done
     in \c handleFontChange(), so we simply call that slot.
-    
+
     Here is the \c fontSizeChanged() slot:
-    
+
     \snippet graphicsview/diagramscene/mainwindow.cpp 10
-    
+
     When the user requests a font change, by using one of the
     widgets in the \c fontToolBar, we create a new QFont object and
     set its properties to match the state of the widgets. This is done
     in \c handleFontChange(), so we simply call that slot.
-    
+
     Here is the implementation of \c sceneScaleChanged():
-    
+
     \snippet graphicsview/diagramscene/mainwindow.cpp 11
-    
+
     The user can increase or decrease the scale, with the \c
     sceneScaleCombo, the scene is drawn in.
     It is not the scene itself that changes its scale, but only the
-    view.  
-    
+    view.
+
     Here is the \c textColorChanged() slot:
-    
+
     \snippet graphicsview/diagramscene/mainwindow.cpp 12
-    
+
     This slot is called when an item in the drop-down menu of the \c
-    fontColorToolButton is pressed. We need to change the icon on 
+    fontColorToolButton is pressed. We need to change the icon on
     the button to the color of the selected QAction. We keep a pointer
     to the selected action in \c textAction. It is in \c
     textButtonTriggered() we change the text color to the color of \c
     textAction, so we call that slot.
-    
+
     Here is the \c itemColorChanged() implementation:
-    
+
     \snippet graphicsview/diagramscene/mainwindow.cpp 13
-    
+
     This slot handles requests for changing the color of \c
     DiagramItems in the same manner as \c textColorChanged() does for
     \c DiagramTextItems.
-    
+
     Here is the implementation of \c lineColorChanged():
-    
+
     \snippet graphicsview/diagramscene/mainwindow.cpp 14
-    
+
     This slot handles requests for changing the color of \c Arrows in
     the same manner that \c textColorChanged() does it for \c
     DiagramTextItems.
-    
+
     Here is the \c textButtonTriggered() slot:
-    
+
     \snippet graphicsview/diagramscene/mainwindow.cpp 15
-    
+
     \c textAction points to the  QAction of the currently selected menu item
     in the \c fontColorToolButton's color drop-down menu. We have set
     the data of the action to the QColor the action represents, so we
     can simply fetch this when we set the color of text with \c
     setTextColor().
-    
+
     Here is the \c fillButtonTriggered() slot:
-    
+
     \snippet graphicsview/diagramscene/mainwindow.cpp 16
-    
+
     \c fillAction points to the selected menu item in the drop-down
     menu of \c fillColorToolButton(). We can therefore use the data of
     this action when we set the item color with \c setItemColor().
-    
+
     Here is the \c lineButtonTriggered() slot:
-    
+
     \snippet graphicsview/diagramscene/mainwindow.cpp 17
-    
+
     \c lineAction point to the selected item in the drop-down menu of
-    \c lineColorToolButton. We use its data when we set the arrow 
+    \c lineColorToolButton. We use its data when we set the arrow
     color with \c setLineColor().
-    
+
     Here is the \c handleFontChange() function:
-    
+
     \snippet graphicsview/diagramscene/mainwindow.cpp 18
-    
+
     \c handleFontChange() is called when any of the widgets that show
     font properties changes. We create a new QFont object and set its
     properties based on the widgets. We then call the \c setFont()
     function of \c DiagramScene; it is the scene that set the font of
     the \c DiagramTextItems it manages.
-    
+
     Here is the \c itemSelected() slot:
-    
+
     \snippet graphicsview/diagramscene/mainwindow.cpp 19
-    
+
     This slot is called when an item in the \c DiagramScene is
     selected. In the case of this example it is only text items that
     emit signals when they are selected, so we do not need to check
     what kind of graphics \a item is.
-    
+
     We set the state of the widgets to match the properties of the
     font of the selected text item.
-    
+
     This is the \c about() slot:
-    
+
     \snippet graphicsview/diagramscene/mainwindow.cpp 20
-    
+
     This slot displays an about box for the example when the user
     selects the about menu item from the help menu.
-    
+
     \section1 DiagramScene Class Definition
-    
+
     The \c DiagramScene class inherits QGraphicsScene and adds
     functionality to handle \c DiagramItems, \c Arrows, and \c
     DiagramTextItems in addition to the items handled by its super
     class.
-    
-    
+
+
     \snippet graphicsview/diagramscene/diagramscene.h 0
-    
+
     In the \c DiagramScene a mouse click can give three different
     actions: the item under the mouse can be moved, an item may be
     inserted, or an arrow may be connected between to diagram items.
     Which action a mouse click has depends on the mode, given by the
     Mode enum, the scene is in. The mode is set with the \c setMode()
     function.
-    
+
     The scene also sets the color of its items and the font of its
     text items.  The colors and font used by the scene can be set with
     the \c setLineColor(), \c setTextColor(), \c setItemColor() and \c
     setFont() functions. The type of \c DiagramItem, given by the
     DiagramItem::DiagramType function, to be created when an item is
     inserted is set with the \c setItemType() slot.
-    
+
     The \c MainWindow and \c DiagramScene share responsibility for
     the examples functionality. \c MainWindow handles the following
     tasks: the deletion of items, text, and arrows; moving diagram
-    items to the back and front; and setting the scale of the scene. 
+    items to the back and front; and setting the scale of the scene.
 
     \section1 DiagramScene Class Implementation
 
@@ -492,12 +492,12 @@
 
     \snippet graphicsview/diagramscene/diagramscene.cpp 3
 
-    This function sets the color the scene will use when creating 
+    This function sets the color the scene will use when creating
     \c DiagramItems. It also changes the color of a selected \c
     DiagramItem.
 
     This is the implementation of \c setFont():
-    
+
     \snippet graphicsview/diagramscene/diagramscene.cpp 4
 
     Set the font to use for new and selected, if a text item is
@@ -511,15 +511,15 @@
     connected to this slot. We remove the item if it has no text.
     If not, we would leak memory and confuse the user as the items
     will be edited when pressed on by the mouse.
-    
+
     The \c mousePressEvent() function handles mouse press event's
     different depending on which mode the \c DiagramScene is in. We
     examine its implementation for each mode:
-    
+
     \snippet graphicsview/diagramscene/diagramscene.cpp 6
 
     We simply create a new \c DiagramItem and add it to the scene at
-    the position the mouse was pressed. Note that the origin of its 
+    the position the mouse was pressed. Note that the origin of its
     local coordinate system will be under the mouse pointer position.
 
     \snippet graphicsview/diagramscene/diagramscene.cpp 7
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@
     line.
 
     \snippet graphicsview/diagramscene/diagramscene.cpp 8
-    
+
     The \c DiagramTextItem is editable when the
     Qt::TextEditorInteraction flag is set, else it is movable by the
     mouse. We always want the text to be drawn on top of the other
@@ -547,12 +547,12 @@
     can then call the QGraphicsScene implementation, which
     handles movement of items with the mouse. We make this call even
     if we are in another mode making it possible to add an item and
-    then keep the mouse button pressed down and start moving 
+    then keep the mouse button pressed down and start moving
     the item. In the case of text items, this is not possible as they
     do not propagate mouse events when they are editable.
 
     This is the \c mouseMoveEvent() function:
-    
+
     \snippet graphicsview/diagramscene/diagramscene.cpp 10
 
     We must draw the line if we are in InsertMode and the mouse button
@@ -567,7 +567,7 @@
     should be added to the scene:
 
     \snippet graphicsview/diagramscene/diagramscene.cpp 11
-    
+
     First we need to get the items (if any) under the line's start
     and end points. The line itself is the first item at these points,
     so we remove it from the lists. As a precaution, we check if the
@@ -603,7 +603,7 @@
     DiagramScene. It inherits QGraphicsPolygonItem and has a polygon
     for each shape. The enum DiagramType has a value for each of the
     flowchart shapes.
-    
+
     The class has a list of the arrows that are connected to it.
     This is necessary because only the item knows when it is being
     moved (with the \c itemChanged() function) at which time the
@@ -612,7 +612,7 @@
     buttons in \c MainWindow, see \c createColorToolButtonIcon() in
     \c MainWindow.
 
-    The Type enum is a unique identifier of the class. It is used by 
+    The Type enum is a unique identifier of the class. It is used by
     \c qgraphicsitem_cast(), which does dynamic casts of graphics
     items. The UserType constant is the minimum value a custom
     graphics item type can be.
@@ -646,7 +646,7 @@
     item.
 
     Here is the \c addArrow() function:
-    
+
     \snippet graphicsview/diagramscene/diagramitem.cpp 3
 
     This function simply adds the \a arrow to the items \c arrows list.
@@ -695,7 +695,7 @@
     possible to alter the mouse behavior of QGraphicsTextItem.
 
     \section1 DiagramTextItem Implementation
-    
+
     We start with the constructor:
 
     \snippet graphicsview/diagramscene/diagramtextitem.cpp 0
@@ -717,7 +717,7 @@
 
     \c DiagramScene uses the signal emitted when the text item looses
     focus to remove the item if it is empty, i.e., it contains no
-    text. 
+    text.
 
     This is the implementation of \c mouseDoubleClickEvent():
 
@@ -740,7 +740,7 @@
 
     The item's color can be set with \c setColor().
 
-    \c boundingRect() and \c shape() are reimplemented 
+    \c boundingRect() and \c shape() are reimplemented
     from QGraphicsLineItem and are used by the scene
     to check for collisions and selections.
 
@@ -769,7 +769,7 @@
     We need to reimplement this function because the arrow is
     larger than the bounding rectangle of the QGraphicsLineItem. The
     graphics scene uses the bounding rectangle to know which regions
-    of the scene to update. 
+    of the scene to update.
 
     Here is the \c shape() function:
 
@@ -779,14 +779,14 @@
     shape of the item. The QGraphicsLineItem::shape() returns a path
     with a line drawn with the current pen, so we only need to add
     the arrow head. This function is used to check for collisions and
-    selections with the mouse. 
+    selections with the mouse.
 
     Here is the \c updatePosition() slot:
 
     \snippet graphicsview/diagramscene/arrow.cpp 3
 
     This slot updates the arrow by setting the start and end
-    points of its line to the center of the items it connects. 
+    points of its line to the center of the items it connects.
 
     Here is the \c paint() function:
 
@@ -809,7 +809,7 @@
     one of the lines of the polygon. Note that the points in the
     polygon are relative to the local coordinate system of the item.
     We must therefore add the position of the end item to make the
-    coordinates relative to the scene. 
+    coordinates relative to the scene.
 
     \snippet graphicsview/diagramscene/arrow.cpp 6
 
diff --git a/examples/widgets/doc/src/dockwidgets.qdoc b/examples/widgets/doc/src/dockwidgets.qdoc
index 7f08572a30..2987ec1211 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/doc/src/dockwidgets.qdoc
+++ b/examples/widgets/doc/src/dockwidgets.qdoc
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
     that the entire name and address insertion is treated as a single
     operation by the QTextEdit, so a single undo will revert all the
     insertions.
-    
+
     \snippet mainwindows/dockwidgets/mainwindow.cpp 7
 
     This function works in a similar way to \c insertCustomer(). First
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@
     replace it with the standard paragraph that the user clicked. Again
     we use a \c beginEditBlock() ... \c endEditBlock() pair so that the
     insertion can be undone as a single operation.
-    
+
     \snippet mainwindows/dockwidgets/mainwindow.cpp 3
 
     Qt's QTextDocument class makes printing documents easy. We simply
diff --git a/examples/widgets/doc/src/easing.qdoc b/examples/widgets/doc/src/easing.qdoc
index 392cb4e826..1b5f0c8077 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/doc/src/easing.qdoc
+++ b/examples/widgets/doc/src/easing.qdoc
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
 
     \brief The Easing Curves example shows how to use easing curves to
     control the speed of an animation.
-    
+
     \image easing-example.png
 
 */
diff --git a/examples/widgets/doc/src/echoplugin.qdoc b/examples/widgets/doc/src/echoplugin.qdoc
index eae5269d62..7b7aa9b868 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/doc/src/echoplugin.qdoc
+++ b/examples/widgets/doc/src/echoplugin.qdoc
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
     System}{meta-object system}. The plugin \l{How to Create Qt
     Plugins}{overview document} gives a high-level introduction to
     plugins.
-    
+
     We have implemented a plugin, the \c EchoPlugin, which implements
     the \c EchoInterface. The interface consists of \c echo(), which
     takes a QString as argument. The \c EchoPlugin returns the string
@@ -68,8 +68,8 @@
     \snippet tools/echoplugin/echowindow/echowindow.h 0
 
     We load the plugin in \c loadPlugin() and cast it to \c
-    EchoInterface. When the user clicks the \c button we take the 
-    text in \c lineEdit and call the interface's \c echo() with it. 
+    EchoInterface. When the user clicks the \c button we take the
+    text in \c lineEdit and call the interface's \c echo() with it.
 
 
     \section1 EchoWindow Class Implementation
@@ -136,15 +136,15 @@
     System}{Qt's meta object system} aware of the interface. We do
     this so that it will be possible to identify plugins that
     implements the interface at run-time. The second argument is a
-    string that must identify the interface in a unique way. 
+    string that must identify the interface in a unique way.
 
 
     \section1 EchoPlugin Class Definition
 
     We inherit both QObject and \c EchoInterface to make this class a
     plugin. The Q_INTERFACES macro tells Qt which interfaces the class
-    implements. In our case we only implement the \c EchoInterface. 
-    If a class implements more than one interface, they are given as 
+    implements. In our case we only implement the \c EchoInterface.
+    If a class implements more than one interface, they are given as
     a comma separated list. The Q_PLUGIN_METADATA macro is included next
     to the Q_OBJECT macro. It contains the plugins IID and a filename
     pointing to a json file containing the metadata for the plugin.
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
 
     \snippet tools/echoplugin/plugin/echoplugin.cpp 0
 
-    We simply return the functions parameter. 
+    We simply return the functions parameter.
 
     \section1 The \c main() function
 
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
     \section1 The Profiles
 
     When creating plugins the profiles need to be adjusted.
-    We show here what changes need to be done. 
+    We show here what changes need to be done.
 
     The profile in the echoplugin directory uses the \c subdirs
     template and simply includes includes to directories in which
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@
 
     You can find an overview of the macros needed to create plugins
     \l{Macros for Defining Plugins}{here}.
-    
+
     We give an example of a plugin that extend Qt in the \l{Style
     Plugin Example}{style plugin} example. The \l{Plug & Paint
     Example}{plug and paint} example shows how to create static
diff --git a/examples/widgets/doc/src/fetchmore.qdoc b/examples/widgets/doc/src/fetchmore.qdoc
index 2f32a5d43d..1b1e87e06b 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/doc/src/fetchmore.qdoc
+++ b/examples/widgets/doc/src/fetchmore.qdoc
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
     \l{QAbstractItemModel::}{fetchMore()} and
     \l{QAbstractItemModel::}{canFetchMore()} from QAbstractItemModel.
     These functions are called by the item view when it needs more
-    items. 
+    items.
 
     The \c setDirPath() function sets the directory the model will
     work on. We emit \c numberPopulated() each time we add a batch of
diff --git a/examples/widgets/doc/src/flowlayout.qdoc b/examples/widgets/doc/src/flowlayout.qdoc
index f7f5496d07..b482edf946 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/doc/src/flowlayout.qdoc
+++ b/examples/widgets/doc/src/flowlayout.qdoc
@@ -35,27 +35,27 @@
     \image flowlayout-example.png Screenshot of the Flow Layout example
 
     The items are first laid out horizontally and then vertically when each line
-    in the layout runs out of space. 
+    in the layout runs out of space.
 
-	The Flowlayout class mainly uses QLayout and QWidgetItem, while the
-	Window uses QWidget and QLabel. We will only document the definition 
-	and implementation of \c FlowLayout below.
+    The Flowlayout class mainly uses QLayout and QWidgetItem, while the
+    Window uses QWidget and QLabel. We will only document the definition
+    and implementation of \c FlowLayout below.
 
     \section1 FlowLayout Class Definition
-    
-    The \c FlowLayout class inherits QLayout. It is a custom layout class 
-    that arranges its child widgets horizontally and vertically. 
+
+    The \c FlowLayout class inherits QLayout. It is a custom layout class
+    that arranges its child widgets horizontally and vertically.
 
     \snippet layouts/flowlayout/flowlayout.h 0
 
     We reimplement functions inherited from QLayout. These functions add items to
-    the layout and handle their orientation and geometry. 
-    
+    the layout and handle their orientation and geometry.
+
     We also declare two private methods, \c doLayout() and \c smartSpacing().
     \c doLayout() lays out the layout items, while the \c
     smartSpacing() function calculates the spacing between them.
 
-    \section1 FlowLayout Class Implementation 
+    \section1 FlowLayout Class Implementation
 
     We start off by looking at the constructor:
 
@@ -63,32 +63,32 @@
 
     In the constructor we call \c setContentsMargins() to set the left, top,
     right and bottom margin. By default, QLayout uses values provided by
-    the current style (see QStyle::PixelMetric). 
+    the current style (see QStyle::PixelMetric).
 
     \snippet layouts/flowlayout/flowlayout.cpp 2
 
-    In this example we reimplement \c addItem(), which is a pure virtual 
-    function. When using \c addItem() the ownership of the layout items is 
-    transferred to the layout, and it is therefore the layout's 
-    responsibility to delete them. 
-    
+    In this example we reimplement \c addItem(), which is a pure virtual
+    function. When using \c addItem() the ownership of the layout items is
+    transferred to the layout, and it is therefore the layout's
+    responsibility to delete them.
+
     \snippet layouts/flowlayout/flowlayout.cpp 3
-    
-    \c addItem() is implemented to add items to the layout. 
+
+    \c addItem() is implemented to add items to the layout.
 
     \snippet layouts/flowlayout/flowlayout.cpp 4
 
     We implement \c horizontalSpacing() and \c verticalSpacing() to get
-    hold of the spacing between the widgets inside the layout. If the value 
-    is less than or equal to 0, this value will be used. If not, 
+    hold of the spacing between the widgets inside the layout. If the value
+    is less than or equal to 0, this value will be used. If not,
     \c smartSpacing() will be called to calculate the spacing.
 
     \snippet layouts/flowlayout/flowlayout.cpp 5
-    
-    We then implement \c count() to return the number of items in the 
-    layout. To navigate the list of items we use \c itemAt() and 
-    takeAt() to remove and return items from the list. If an item is 
-    removed, the remaining items will be renumbered. All three 
+
+    We then implement \c count() to return the number of items in the
+    layout. To navigate the list of items we use \c itemAt() and
+    takeAt() to remove and return items from the list. If an item is
+    removed, the remaining items will be renumbered. All three
     functions are pure virtual functions from QLayout.
 
     \snippet layouts/flowlayout/flowlayout.cpp 6
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
     dependency, and \c heightForWidth() passes the width on to \c doLayout() which
     in turn uses the width as an argument for the layout rect, i.e., the bounds in
     which the items are laid out. This rect does not include the layout margin().
-    
+
     \snippet layouts/flowlayout/flowlayout.cpp 8
 
     \c setGeometry() is normally used to do the actual layout, i.e., calculate
@@ -116,30 +116,30 @@
     \snippet layouts/flowlayout/flowlayout.cpp 9
 
     \c doLayout() handles the layout if \c horizontalSpacing() or \c
-    verticalSpacing() don't return the default value. It uses 
-    \c getContentsMargins() to calculate the area available to the 
-    layout items. 
- 
+    verticalSpacing() don't return the default value. It uses
+    \c getContentsMargins() to calculate the area available to the
+    layout items.
+
     \snippet layouts/flowlayout/flowlayout.cpp 10
 
-	It then sets the proper amount of spacing for each widget in the 
-	layout, based on the current style. 
-	
+    It then sets the proper amount of spacing for each widget in the
+    layout, based on the current style.
+
     \snippet layouts/flowlayout/flowlayout.cpp 11
 
-	The position of each item in the layout is then calculated by 
-	adding the items width and the line height to the initial x and y 
-	coordinates. This in turn lets us find out whether the next item 
-	will fit on the current line or if it must be moved down to the next. 
-	We also find the height of the current line based on the widgets height. 
-	
+    The position of each item in the layout is then calculated by
+    adding the items width and the line height to the initial x and y
+    coordinates. This in turn lets us find out whether the next item
+    will fit on the current line or if it must be moved down to the next.
+    We also find the height of the current line based on the widgets height.
+
     \snippet layouts/flowlayout/flowlayout.cpp 12
 
-	\c smartSpacing() is designed to get the default spacing for either 
-	the top-level layouts or the sublayouts. The default spacing for 
-	top-level layouts, when the parent is a QWidget, will be determined 
-	by querying the style. The default spacing for sublayouts, when 
-	the parent is a QLayout, will be determined by querying the spacing 
-	of the parent layout.
+    \c smartSpacing() is designed to get the default spacing for either
+    the top-level layouts or the sublayouts. The default spacing for
+    top-level layouts, when the parent is a QWidget, will be determined
+    by querying the style. The default spacing for sublayouts, when
+    the parent is a QLayout, will be determined by querying the spacing
+    of the parent layout.
 
 */
diff --git a/examples/widgets/doc/src/fontsampler.qdoc b/examples/widgets/doc/src/fontsampler.qdoc
index b833390def..8a2678e2f8 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/doc/src/fontsampler.qdoc
+++ b/examples/widgets/doc/src/fontsampler.qdoc
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
   \title Font Sampler Example
   \ingroup examples-painting
   \brief The Font Sampler example shows how to preview and print multi-page documents.
-  
+
   The Font Sampler example shows how to preview and print multi-page documents.
 
   \image fontsampler-example.png
diff --git a/examples/widgets/doc/src/fridgemagnets.qdoc b/examples/widgets/doc/src/fridgemagnets.qdoc
index 5db2cd586c..abaeb2c52a 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/doc/src/fridgemagnets.qdoc
+++ b/examples/widgets/doc/src/fridgemagnets.qdoc
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@
     top-level corner of the drag pixmap, to be the point we calculated
     above. This makes the process of dragging the label feel more natural
     because the cursor always points to the same place on the label
-    during the drag operation. 
+    during the drag operation.
 
     We start the drag operation using QDrag's \l{QDrag::}{exec()} function,
     requesting that the magnet is copied when the drag is completed.
diff --git a/examples/widgets/doc/src/mdi.qdoc b/examples/widgets/doc/src/mdi.qdoc
index b35975d50c..c3f74f7a9f 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/doc/src/mdi.qdoc
+++ b/examples/widgets/doc/src/mdi.qdoc
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \example mainwindows/mdi
     \title MDI Example
     \ingroup examples-mainwindow
diff --git a/examples/widgets/doc/src/moveblocks.qdoc b/examples/widgets/doc/src/moveblocks.qdoc
index c9eecc9769..b41b16519d 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/doc/src/moveblocks.qdoc
+++ b/examples/widgets/doc/src/moveblocks.qdoc
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
         \li \c StateSwitcher inherits QState and can add
               \c {StateSwitchTransition}s to other states.
               When entered, it will randomly transition to one of these
-              states. 
+              states.
         \li \c StateSwitchTransition is a custom transition that
            triggers on \c{StateSwitchEvent}s.
         \li \c StateSwitchEvent is a QEvent that triggers \c{StateSwitchTransition}s.
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
     \c StateSwitcher is a state designed for a particular purpose and
     will always be a top-level state. We use \c m_stateCount to keep
     track of how many states we are managing, and \c m_lastIndex to
-    remember which state was the last state to which we transitioned. 
+    remember which state was the last state to which we transitioned.
 
     \snippet animation/moveblocks/main.cpp 11
 
diff --git a/examples/widgets/doc/src/pixelator.qdoc b/examples/widgets/doc/src/pixelator.qdoc
index 1e9af00361..c8b04bb4bc 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/doc/src/pixelator.qdoc
+++ b/examples/widgets/doc/src/pixelator.qdoc
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@
 
     This enables the items to be drawn without any gaps between them. Removing
     the headers also prevents the user from adjusting the sizes of individual
-    rows and columns. 
+    rows and columns.
 
     We also set the minimum section size to 1 on the headers. If we
     didn't, the headers would default to a larger size, preventing
diff --git a/examples/widgets/doc/src/recentfiles.qdoc b/examples/widgets/doc/src/recentfiles.qdoc
index 939ef8b939..58f28b2832 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/doc/src/recentfiles.qdoc
+++ b/examples/widgets/doc/src/recentfiles.qdoc
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \example mainwindows/recentfiles
     \title Recent Files Example
     \ingroup examples-mainwindow
diff --git a/examples/widgets/doc/src/regexp.qdoc b/examples/widgets/doc/src/regexp.qdoc
index 9dc3878c10..0523204fce 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/doc/src/regexp.qdoc
+++ b/examples/widgets/doc/src/regexp.qdoc
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \example tools/regexp
     \title Regular Expressions Example
     \ingroup examples-widgets-tools
diff --git a/examples/widgets/doc/src/rogue.qdoc b/examples/widgets/doc/src/rogue.qdoc
index 81f34edc68..1690a351fb 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/doc/src/rogue.qdoc
+++ b/examples/widgets/doc/src/rogue.qdoc
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@
 
     When we enter \c quitState, we update the status bar of the
     window.
-    
+
     \c QKeyEventTransition is a utility class that removes the hassle
     of implementing transitions for \l{QKeyEvent}s. We simply need to
     specify the key on which the transition should trigger and the
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
 
     The transition from \c inputState allows triggering the quit state
     when the player types \c {q}.
-    
+
     \snippet statemachine/rogue/window.cpp 5
 
     The machine is set up, so it's time to start it.
diff --git a/examples/widgets/doc/src/sdi.qdoc b/examples/widgets/doc/src/sdi.qdoc
index 3e703a0ba8..3e8780423a 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/doc/src/sdi.qdoc
+++ b/examples/widgets/doc/src/sdi.qdoc
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \example mainwindows/sdi
     \title SDI Example
     \ingroup examples-mainwindow
diff --git a/examples/widgets/doc/src/settingseditor.qdoc b/examples/widgets/doc/src/settingseditor.qdoc
index b53b0389cc..f1e84b7eb6 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/doc/src/settingseditor.qdoc
+++ b/examples/widgets/doc/src/settingseditor.qdoc
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \example tools/settingseditor
     \title Settings Editor Example
     \ingroup examples-widgets-tools
diff --git a/examples/widgets/doc/src/simplewidgetmapper.qdoc b/examples/widgets/doc/src/simplewidgetmapper.qdoc
index 0b92c3a4b4..771ac982b5 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/doc/src/simplewidgetmapper.qdoc
+++ b/examples/widgets/doc/src/simplewidgetmapper.qdoc
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
 
     The constructor of the \c Window class can be explained in three parts.
     In the first part, we set up the widgets used for the user interface:
-    
+
     \snippet itemviews/simplewidgetmapper/window.cpp Set up widgets
 
     We also set up the buddy relationships between various labels and the
diff --git a/examples/widgets/doc/src/spinboxes.qdoc b/examples/widgets/doc/src/spinboxes.qdoc
index 86cc246419..998a6d2636 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/doc/src/spinboxes.qdoc
+++ b/examples/widgets/doc/src/spinboxes.qdoc
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \example widgets/spinboxes
     \title Spin Boxes Example
     \ingroup examples-widgets
diff --git a/examples/widgets/doc/src/standarddialogs.qdoc b/examples/widgets/doc/src/standarddialogs.qdoc
index 57c3281ae8..26c2548611 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/doc/src/standarddialogs.qdoc
+++ b/examples/widgets/doc/src/standarddialogs.qdoc
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \example dialogs/standarddialogs
     \title Standard Dialogs Example
     \ingroup examples-dialogs
diff --git a/examples/widgets/doc/src/stardelegate.qdoc b/examples/widgets/doc/src/stardelegate.qdoc
index dae7ac9c80..4ee452d866 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/doc/src/stardelegate.qdoc
+++ b/examples/widgets/doc/src/stardelegate.qdoc
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@
     \l{QAbstractItemView::editTriggers()}{edit triggers}, so that the
     editor is opened with a single click when the star rating item is
     selected.
-    
+
     The \c populateTableWidget() function fills the QTableWidget with
     data:
 
diff --git a/examples/widgets/doc/src/styleplugin.qdoc b/examples/widgets/doc/src/styleplugin.qdoc
index 51d1e5e73e..e65ded36a4 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/doc/src/styleplugin.qdoc
+++ b/examples/widgets/doc/src/styleplugin.qdoc
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
     from that class, and adding a macro. In this example we extend Qt
     by adding a new GUI look and feel (i.e., making a new QStyle
     available). A high-level introduction to plugins is given in the
-    plugin \l{How to Create Qt Plugins}{overview document}. 
+    plugin \l{How to Create Qt Plugins}{overview document}.
 
     Plugins that provide new styles inherit the QStylePlugin base
     class. Style plugins are loaded by Qt and made available through
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
     \section1 SimpleStylePlugin Class Definition
 
     \c SimpleStylePlugin inherits QStylePlugin and is the plugin
-    class. 
+    class.
 
     \snippet tools/styleplugin/plugin/simplestyleplugin.h 0
 
diff --git a/examples/widgets/doc/src/stylesheet.qdoc b/examples/widgets/doc/src/stylesheet.qdoc
index 79d9b35082..ee08b7b88a 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/doc/src/stylesheet.qdoc
+++ b/examples/widgets/doc/src/stylesheet.qdoc
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
     \title Style Sheet Example
     \ingroup examples-widgets
     \brief The Style Sheet Example shows how to use style sheets.
-    
+
     \image stylesheet-pagefold.png Screen Shot of the Pagefold style sheet
 */
 
diff --git a/examples/widgets/doc/src/sub-attaq.qdoc b/examples/widgets/doc/src/sub-attaq.qdoc
index 1472412855..3b0070b28a 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/doc/src/sub-attaq.qdoc
+++ b/examples/widgets/doc/src/sub-attaq.qdoc
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
 
     \brief This example shows Qt's ability to combine \l{The Animation Framework}{the animation framework}
     and \l{The State Machine Framework}{the state machine framework} to create a game.
-    
+
     \image sub-attaq-demo.png
 
     The purpose of the game is to destroy all submarines to win the current level.
diff --git a/examples/widgets/doc/src/tablet.qdoc b/examples/widgets/doc/src/tablet.qdoc
index 6cb9ef5057..4fa67b85d3 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/doc/src/tablet.qdoc
+++ b/examples/widgets/doc/src/tablet.qdoc
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
     it is close but not pressed down on it), when a device is pushed
     down and released from it, and when a device is moved on the
     tablet.
-  
+
     The information available in QTabletEvent depends on the device
     used. The tablet in this example has two different devices for
     drawing: a stylus and an airbrush. For both devices the event
@@ -61,23 +61,23 @@
     The example consists of the following:
 
     \list
-        \li The \c MainWindow class inherits QMainWindow and creates
-           the examples menus and connect their slots and signals.
+    \li The \c MainWindow class inherits QMainWindow and creates
+        the examples menus and connect their slots and signals.
     \li The \c TabletCanvas class inherits QWidget and
-	   receives tablet events. It uses the events to paint on a
-           offscreen pixmap, which it draws onto itself.
+        receives tablet events. It uses the events to paint on a
+        offscreen pixmap, which it draws onto itself.
     \li The \c TabletApplication class inherits QApplication. This
-	   class handles tablet events that are not sent to \c tabletEvent(). 
-	   We will look at this later.
+        class handles tablet events that are not sent to \c tabletEvent().
+        We will look at this later.
     \li The \c main() function creates a \c MainWindow and shows it
-	   as a top level window.
+        as a top level window.
     \endlist
 
 
     \section1 MainWindow Class Definition
 
-    The \c MainWindow creates a \c TabletCanvas and sets it as its 
-    center widget. 
+    The \c MainWindow creates a \c TabletCanvas and sets it as its
+    center widget.
 
     \snippet widgets/tablet/mainwindow.h 0
 
@@ -115,10 +115,10 @@
 
     \snippet widgets/tablet/mainwindow.cpp 2
 
-    The \c TabletCanvas class supports two ways by which the alpha 
+    The \c TabletCanvas class supports two ways by which the alpha
     channel of the drawing color can be changed: tablet pressure and
     tilt. We have one action for each and an action if the alpha
-    channel should not be changed. 
+    channel should not be changed.
 
     Here is the implementation of \c lineWidthActionTriggered():
 
@@ -155,12 +155,12 @@
 
     \snippet widgets/tablet/mainwindow.cpp 7
 
-    We show a message box with a short description of the example. 
+    We show a message box with a short description of the example.
 
     \c createActions() creates all actions and action groups of
     the example. We look at the creation of one action group and its
     actions. See the \l{Application Example}{application example} if
-    you want a high-level introduction to QActions. 
+    you want a high-level introduction to QActions.
 
     Here is the implementation of \c createActions:
 
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@
     \section1 TabletCanvas Class Definition
 
     The \c TabletCanvas class provides a surface on which the
-    user can draw with a tablet. 
+    user can draw with a tablet.
 
     \snippet widgets/tablet/tabletcanvas.h 0
 
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@
     these; their values decide if it is the tablet pressure or tilt
     that will alter them. We keep a private variable for each, the \c
     alphaChannelType, \c colorSturationType, and \c penWidthType,
-    which we provide access functions for. 
+    which we provide access functions for.
 
     We draw on a QPixmap with \c myPen and \c myBrush using \c
     myColor. The \c saveImage() and \c loadImage() saves and loads
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@
     -60, 127 equals 0, and 255 equals 60 degrees. The angle measured
     is between the device and the perpendicular of the tablet (see
     QTabletEvent for an illustration).
-         
+
     \snippet widgets/tablet/tabletcanvas.cpp 8
 
     The alpha channel of QColor is given as a number between 0
@@ -301,8 +301,8 @@
     taking the absolute value we get the smallest alpha values (i.e.,
     the color is most transparent) when the pen is perpendicular to
     the tablet. We select the largest of the vertical and horizontal
-    tilt value. 
- 
+    tilt value.
+
     \snippet widgets/tablet/tabletcanvas.cpp 9
 
     The colorsaturation is given as a number between 0 and 255. It is
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@
     the angle between the device and the perpendicular of the tablet.
 
     \snippet widgets/tablet/tabletcanvas.cpp 11
-   
+
     We finally check whether the pointer is the stylus or the eraser.
     If it is the eraser, we set the color to the background color of
     the pixmap an let the pressure decide the pen width, else we set
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@
     \section1 TabletApplication Class Definition
 
     We inherit QApplication in this class because we want to
-    reimplement the \l{QApplication::}{event()} function. 
+    reimplement the \l{QApplication::}{event()} function.
 
     \snippet widgets/tablet/tabletapplication.h 0
 
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@
     and TabletLeaveProximity events are not sendt to the QApplication
     object, while other tablet events are sendt to the QWidget's
     \c event(), which sends them on to \l{QWidget::}{tabletEvent()}.
-    Since we want to handle these events we have implemented \c 
+    Since we want to handle these events we have implemented \c
     TabletApplication.
 
 
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@
     events is to do work that is dependent on what kind of device is
     used on the tablet. This way, you don't have to do this work
     when other events are generated, which is more frequently than the
-    leave and enter proximity events. We call \c setTabletDevice() in 
+    leave and enter proximity events. We call \c setTabletDevice() in
     \c TabletCanvas.
 
     \section1 The \c main() function
diff --git a/examples/widgets/doc/src/tetrix.qdoc b/examples/widgets/doc/src/tetrix.qdoc
index 599323deb0..7527d6758f 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/doc/src/tetrix.qdoc
+++ b/examples/widgets/doc/src/tetrix.qdoc
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \example widgets/tetrix
     \title Tetrix Example
     \ingroup examples-widgets
diff --git a/examples/widgets/doc/src/undo.qdoc b/examples/widgets/doc/src/undo.qdoc
index 07f586b8f3..fc89751e90 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/doc/src/undo.qdoc
+++ b/examples/widgets/doc/src/undo.qdoc
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
     \image undodemo.png
 
     Qt's undo framework is an implementation of the Command
-    pattern, which provides advanced undo/redo functionality. 
+    pattern, which provides advanced undo/redo functionality.
 
     To show the abilities of the framework, we have implemented a
     small diagram application in which the diagram items are geometric
diff --git a/examples/widgets/doc/src/undoframework.qdoc b/examples/widgets/doc/src/undoframework.qdoc
index ba146e65b9..1710ab9132 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/doc/src/undoframework.qdoc
+++ b/examples/widgets/doc/src/undoframework.qdoc
@@ -61,9 +61,9 @@
 
     The example consists of the following classes:
 
-    \list 
+    \list
         \li \c MainWindow is the main window and arranges the
-              example's widgets. It creates the commands based 
+              example's widgets. It creates the commands based
               on user input and keeps them on the command stack.
         \li \c AddCommand adds an item to the scene.
         \li \c DeleteCommand deletes an item from the scene.
@@ -85,23 +85,23 @@
     \l{QUndoCommand}s and pushes and pops them from the stack when it
     receives the \c triggered() signal from \c undoAction and \c
     redoAction.
-    
+
     \section1 MainWindow Class Implementation
 
-    We will start with a look at the constructor:    
+    We will start with a look at the constructor:
 
     \snippet tools/undoframework/mainwindow.cpp 0
 
-    In the constructor, we set up the DiagramScene and QGraphicsView. 
+    In the constructor, we set up the DiagramScene and QGraphicsView.
 
-    Here is the \c createUndoView() function:    
+    Here is the \c createUndoView() function:
 
     \snippet tools/undoframework/mainwindow.cpp 1
 
     The QUndoView is a widget that display the text, which is set with
     the \l{QUndoCommand::}{setText()} function, for each QUndoCommand
     in the undo stack in a list.
-    
+
     Here is the \c createActions() function:
 
     \snippet tools/undoframework/mainwindow.cpp 2
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
 
     We have to use the QMenu \c aboutToShow() and \c aboutToHide()
     signals since we only want \c deleteAction to be enabled when we
-    have selected an item.     
+    have selected an item.
 
     Here is the \c itemMoved() slot:
 
@@ -155,9 +155,9 @@
     \snippet tools/undoframework/mainwindow.cpp 12
 
     We implement \c itemMenuAboutToShow() and \c itemMenuAboutToHide()
-    to get a dynamic item menu. These slots are connected to the 
+    to get a dynamic item menu. These slots are connected to the
     \l{QMenu::}{aboutToShow()} and \l{QMenu::}{aboutToHide()} signals.
-    We need this to disable or enable the \c deleteAction. 
+    We need this to disable or enable the \c deleteAction.
 
     Here is the \c addBox() slot:
 
@@ -171,21 +171,21 @@
     \snippet tools/undoframework/mainwindow.cpp 14
 
     The \c addTriangle() function creates an AddCommand and pushes it
-    on the undo stack.    
+    on the undo stack.
 
     Here is the implementation of \c about():
 
     \snippet tools/undoframework/mainwindow.cpp 15
-    
+
     The about slot is triggered by the \c aboutAction and displays an
     about box for the example.
 
     \section1 AddCommand Class Definition
-    
+
     \snippet tools/undoframework/commands.h 2
 
     The \c AddCommand class adds DiagramItem graphics items to the
-    DiagramScene.  
+    DiagramScene.
 
     \section1 AddCommand Class Implementation
 
@@ -208,20 +208,20 @@
     constructor.
 
     \section1 DeleteCommand Class Definition
-    
+
     \snippet tools/undoframework/commands.h 1
 
     The DeleteCommand class implements the functionality to remove an
     item from the scene.
-    
+
     \section1 DeleteCommand Class Implementation
 
     \snippet tools/undoframework/commands.cpp 4
 
     We know that there must be one selected item as it is not possible
     to create a DeleteCommand unless the item to be deleted is
-    selected and that only one item can be selected at any time. 
-    The item must be unselected if it is inserted back into the 
+    selected and that only one item can be selected at any time.
+    The item must be unselected if it is inserted back into the
     scene.
 
     \snippet tools/undoframework/commands.cpp 5
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
 
     \section1 MoveCommand Class Implementation
 
-    
+
     The constructor of MoveCommand looks like this:
 
     \snippet tools/undoframework/commands.cpp 0
@@ -252,12 +252,12 @@
 
     \snippet tools/undoframework/commands.cpp 2
 
-    We simply set the items old position and update the scene.    
+    We simply set the items old position and update the scene.
 
     \snippet tools/undoframework/commands.cpp 3
 
     We set the item to its new position.
-    
+
     \snippet tools/undoframework/commands.cpp 1
 
     Whenever a MoveCommand is created, this function is called to
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@
     We first check whether it is the same item that has been moved
     twice, in which case we merge the commands. We update the position
     of the item so that it will take the last position in the move
-    sequence when undone. 
+    sequence when undone.
 
     \section1 DiagramScene Class Definition
 
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@
     as it only deals with graphics framework issues.
 
     \section1 The \c main() Function
-    
+
     The \c main() function of the program looks like this:
 
     \snippet tools/undoframework/main.cpp 0
diff --git a/examples/widgets/draganddrop/draggableicons/dragwidget.cpp b/examples/widgets/draganddrop/draggableicons/dragwidget.cpp
index b13d571a26..5d01ee7619 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/draganddrop/draggableicons/dragwidget.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/draganddrop/draggableicons/dragwidget.cpp
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ void DragWidget::dropEvent(QDropEvent *event)
     if (event->mimeData()->hasFormat("application/x-dnditemdata")) {
         QByteArray itemData = event->mimeData()->data("application/x-dnditemdata");
         QDataStream dataStream(&itemData, QIODevice::ReadOnly);
-        
+
         QPixmap pixmap;
         QPoint offset;
         dataStream >> pixmap >> offset;
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ void DragWidget::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event)
     QMimeData *mimeData = new QMimeData;
     mimeData->setData("application/x-dnditemdata", itemData);
 //! [2]
-        
+
 //! [3]
     QDrag *drag = new QDrag(this);
     drag->setMimeData(mimeData);
diff --git a/examples/widgets/draganddrop/dropsite/droparea.cpp b/examples/widgets/draganddrop/dropsite/droparea.cpp
index 8662ec80b3..fcabeb3b62 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/draganddrop/dropsite/droparea.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/draganddrop/dropsite/droparea.cpp
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ void DropArea::dropEvent(QDropEvent *event)
         setText(mimeData->html());
         setTextFormat(Qt::RichText);
     } else if (mimeData->hasText()) {
-        setText(mimeData->text());    
+        setText(mimeData->text());
         setTextFormat(Qt::PlainText);
     } else if (mimeData->hasUrls()) {
         QList<QUrl> urlList = mimeData->urls();
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ void DropArea::dropEvent(QDropEvent *event)
     }
 //! [dropEvent() function part2]
 
-//! [dropEvent() function part3]    
+//! [dropEvent() function part3]
     setBackgroundRole(QPalette::Dark);
     event->acceptProposedAction();
 }
diff --git a/examples/widgets/draganddrop/dropsite/dropsitewindow.cpp b/examples/widgets/draganddrop/dropsite/dropsitewindow.cpp
index 9b7f0c3de9..d69f4ee2a8 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/draganddrop/dropsite/dropsitewindow.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/draganddrop/dropsite/dropsitewindow.cpp
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ void DropSiteWindow::updateFormatsTable(const QMimeData *mimeData)
         return;
 //! [updateFormatsTable() part1]
 
-//! [updateFormatsTable() part2]        
+//! [updateFormatsTable() part2]
     foreach (QString format, mimeData->formats()) {
         QTableWidgetItem *formatItem = new QTableWidgetItem(format);
         formatItem->setFlags(Qt::ItemIsEnabled);
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ void DropSiteWindow::updateFormatsTable(const QMimeData *mimeData)
                 text.append(hex + " ");
             }
         }
-//! [updateFormatsTable() part3]   
+//! [updateFormatsTable() part3]
 
 //! [updateFormatsTable() part4]
         int row = formatsTable->rowCount();
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ void DropSiteWindow::updateFormatsTable(const QMimeData *mimeData)
         formatsTable->setItem(row, 0, new QTableWidgetItem(format));
         formatsTable->setItem(row, 1, new QTableWidgetItem(text));
     }
-    
+
     formatsTable->resizeColumnToContents(0);
 }
-//! [updateFormatsTable() part4] 
+//! [updateFormatsTable() part4]
diff --git a/examples/widgets/graphicsview/boxes/scene.cpp b/examples/widgets/graphicsview/boxes/scene.cpp
index c907070db8..11e9f4ea5a 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/graphicsview/boxes/scene.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/graphicsview/boxes/scene.cpp
@@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ void Scene::initGL()
     m_environmentProgram->link();
 
     const int NOISE_SIZE = 128; // for a different size, B and BM in fbm.c must also be changed
-    m_noise = new GLTexture3D(NOISE_SIZE, NOISE_SIZE, NOISE_SIZE); 
+    m_noise = new GLTexture3D(NOISE_SIZE, NOISE_SIZE, NOISE_SIZE);
     QRgb *data = new QRgb[NOISE_SIZE * NOISE_SIZE * NOISE_SIZE];
     memset(data, 0, NOISE_SIZE * NOISE_SIZE * NOISE_SIZE * sizeof(QRgb));
     QRgb *p = data;
diff --git a/examples/widgets/graphicsview/chip/main.cpp b/examples/widgets/graphicsview/chip/main.cpp
index a0c1b919d1..c0f271a83c 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/graphicsview/chip/main.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/graphicsview/chip/main.cpp
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
     app.setAttribute(Qt::AA_DontCreateNativeWidgetSiblings);
 
     MainWindow window;
-    window.show();   
+    window.show();
 
     return app.exec();
 }
diff --git a/examples/widgets/graphicsview/chip/mainwindow.cpp b/examples/widgets/graphicsview/chip/mainwindow.cpp
index 0925e9c9cb..510dd2e5c9 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/graphicsview/chip/mainwindow.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/graphicsview/chip/mainwindow.cpp
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ MainWindow::MainWindow(QWidget *parent)
 
     h1Splitter = new QSplitter;
     h2Splitter = new QSplitter;
-    
+
     QSplitter *vSplitter = new QSplitter;
     vSplitter->setOrientation(Qt::Vertical);
     vSplitter->addWidget(h1Splitter);
diff --git a/examples/widgets/graphicsview/chip/mainwindow.h b/examples/widgets/graphicsview/chip/mainwindow.h
index 876a9f7d77..d4a9dfda85 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/graphicsview/chip/mainwindow.h
+++ b/examples/widgets/graphicsview/chip/mainwindow.h
@@ -54,11 +54,11 @@ class MainWindow : public QWidget
     Q_OBJECT
 public:
     MainWindow(QWidget *parent = 0);
-    
+
 private:
     void setupMatrix();
     void populateScene();
-    
+
     QGraphicsScene *scene;
     QSplitter *h1Splitter;
     QSplitter *h2Splitter;
diff --git a/examples/widgets/graphicsview/collidingmice/mouse.cpp b/examples/widgets/graphicsview/collidingmice/mouse.cpp
index e44d5549b3..d22e935828 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/graphicsview/collidingmice/mouse.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/graphicsview/collidingmice/mouse.cpp
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ void Mouse::advance(int step)
     foreach (QGraphicsItem *item, dangerMice) {
         if (item == this)
             continue;
-        
+
         QLineF lineToMouse(QPointF(0, 0), mapFromItem(item, 0, 0));
         qreal angleToMouse = ::acos(lineToMouse.dx() / lineToMouse.length());
         if (lineToMouse.dy() < 0)
diff --git a/examples/widgets/graphicsview/dragdroprobot/robot.cpp b/examples/widgets/graphicsview/dragdroprobot/robot.cpp
index 90ae4e9e22..4bfcac4800 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/graphicsview/dragdroprobot/robot.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/graphicsview/dragdroprobot/robot.cpp
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ void RobotTorso::paint(QPainter *painter,
 {
     Q_UNUSED(option);
     Q_UNUSED(widget);
-    
+
     painter->setBrush(dragOver ? color.light(130) : color);
     painter->drawRoundedRect(-20, -20, 40, 60, 25, 25, Qt::RelativeSize);
     painter->drawEllipse(-25, -20, 20, 20);
diff --git a/examples/widgets/graphicsview/dragdroprobot/robot.h b/examples/widgets/graphicsview/dragdroprobot/robot.h
index bb61bfe54b..a0c842e72c 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/graphicsview/dragdroprobot/robot.h
+++ b/examples/widgets/graphicsview/dragdroprobot/robot.h
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ class Robot : public RobotPart
 {
 public:
     Robot(QGraphicsItem *parent = 0);
-    
+
     QRectF boundingRect() const;
     void paint(QPainter *painter, const QStyleOptionGraphicsItem *option, QWidget *widget = 0);
 };
diff --git a/examples/widgets/graphicsview/elasticnodes/edge.cpp b/examples/widgets/graphicsview/elasticnodes/edge.cpp
index 8561983db9..1923550fd3 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/graphicsview/elasticnodes/edge.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/graphicsview/elasticnodes/edge.cpp
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ void Edge::paint(QPainter *painter, const QStyleOptionGraphicsItem *, QWidget *)
     QPointF sourceArrowP1 = sourcePoint + QPointF(sin(angle + Pi / 3) * arrowSize,
                                                   cos(angle + Pi / 3) * arrowSize);
     QPointF sourceArrowP2 = sourcePoint + QPointF(sin(angle + Pi - Pi / 3) * arrowSize,
-                                                  cos(angle + Pi - Pi / 3) * arrowSize);   
+                                                  cos(angle + Pi - Pi / 3) * arrowSize);
     QPointF destArrowP1 = destPoint + QPointF(sin(angle - Pi / 3) * arrowSize,
                                               cos(angle - Pi / 3) * arrowSize);
     QPointF destArrowP2 = destPoint + QPointF(sin(angle - Pi + Pi / 3) * arrowSize,
diff --git a/examples/widgets/graphicsview/elasticnodes/edge.h b/examples/widgets/graphicsview/elasticnodes/edge.h
index 5800ca0d32..6ab71e3478 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/graphicsview/elasticnodes/edge.h
+++ b/examples/widgets/graphicsview/elasticnodes/edge.h
@@ -58,11 +58,11 @@ public:
 
     enum { Type = UserType + 2 };
     int type() const { return Type; }
-    
+
 protected:
     QRectF boundingRect() const;
     void paint(QPainter *painter, const QStyleOptionGraphicsItem *option, QWidget *widget);
-    
+
 private:
     Node *source, *dest;
 
diff --git a/examples/widgets/graphicsview/elasticnodes/node.h b/examples/widgets/graphicsview/elasticnodes/node.h
index 703b99801a..813dbb1c54 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/graphicsview/elasticnodes/node.h
+++ b/examples/widgets/graphicsview/elasticnodes/node.h
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ protected:
 
     void mousePressEvent(QGraphicsSceneMouseEvent *event);
     void mouseReleaseEvent(QGraphicsSceneMouseEvent *event);
-    
+
 private:
     QList<Edge *> edgeList;
     QPointF newPos;
diff --git a/examples/widgets/graphicsview/embeddeddialogs/customproxy.cpp b/examples/widgets/graphicsview/embeddeddialogs/customproxy.cpp
index 5e7577f28b..fa108a21b3 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/graphicsview/embeddeddialogs/customproxy.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/graphicsview/embeddeddialogs/customproxy.cpp
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ void CustomProxy::paintWindowFrame(QPainter *painter, const QStyleOptionGraphics
                                    QWidget *widget)
 {
     const QColor color(0, 0, 0, 64);
-   
+
     QRectF r = windowFrameRect();
     QRectF right(r.right(), r.top() + 10, 10, r.height() - 10);
     QRectF bottom(r.left() + 10, r.bottom(), r.width(), 10);
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ void CustomProxy::zoomIn()
 {
     if (timeLine->direction() != QTimeLine::Forward)
         timeLine->setDirection(QTimeLine::Forward);
-    if (timeLine->state() == QTimeLine::NotRunning) 
+    if (timeLine->state() == QTimeLine::NotRunning)
         timeLine->start();
 }
 
@@ -167,6 +167,6 @@ void CustomProxy::zoomOut()
 {
     if (timeLine->direction() != QTimeLine::Backward)
         timeLine->setDirection(QTimeLine::Backward);
-    if (timeLine->state() == QTimeLine::NotRunning) 
+    if (timeLine->state() == QTimeLine::NotRunning)
         timeLine->start();
 }
diff --git a/examples/widgets/graphicsview/embeddeddialogs/customproxy.h b/examples/widgets/graphicsview/embeddeddialogs/customproxy.h
index 3f7b540d2b..7257a90b12 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/graphicsview/embeddeddialogs/customproxy.h
+++ b/examples/widgets/graphicsview/embeddeddialogs/customproxy.h
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ public:
 
     QRectF boundingRect() const;
     void paintWindowFrame(QPainter *painter, const QStyleOptionGraphicsItem *option,
-                          QWidget *widget);                          
+                          QWidget *widget);
 
 protected:
     void hoverEnterEvent(QGraphicsSceneHoverEvent *event);
diff --git a/examples/widgets/itemviews/addressbook/adddialog.cpp b/examples/widgets/itemviews/addressbook/adddialog.cpp
index f68cacc2e5..bb31fd60c4 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/itemviews/addressbook/adddialog.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/itemviews/addressbook/adddialog.cpp
@@ -50,31 +50,31 @@ AddDialog::AddDialog(QWidget *parent)
     addressLabel = new QLabel("Address");
     okButton = new QPushButton("OK");
     cancelButton = new QPushButton("Cancel");
-    
+
     nameText = new QLineEdit;
     addressText = new QTextEdit;
-    
+
     QGridLayout *gLayout = new QGridLayout;
     gLayout->setColumnStretch(1, 2);
     gLayout->addWidget(nameLabel, 0, 0);
     gLayout->addWidget(nameText, 0, 1);
-    
+
     gLayout->addWidget(addressLabel, 1, 0, Qt::AlignLeft|Qt::AlignTop);
     gLayout->addWidget(addressText, 1, 1, Qt::AlignLeft);
-    
+
     QHBoxLayout *buttonLayout = new QHBoxLayout;
     buttonLayout->addWidget(okButton);
     buttonLayout->addWidget(cancelButton);
-    
+
     gLayout->addLayout(buttonLayout, 2, 1, Qt::AlignRight);
-    
+
     QVBoxLayout *mainLayout = new QVBoxLayout;
     mainLayout->addLayout(gLayout);
     setLayout(mainLayout);
-    
+
     connect(okButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(accept()));
     connect(cancelButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(reject()));
-            
+
     setWindowTitle(tr("Add a Contact"));
 }
 //! [0]
diff --git a/examples/widgets/itemviews/addressbook/adddialog.h b/examples/widgets/itemviews/addressbook/adddialog.h
index 8412664287..78f56ef744 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/itemviews/addressbook/adddialog.h
+++ b/examples/widgets/itemviews/addressbook/adddialog.h
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ QT_END_NAMESPACE
 class AddDialog : public QDialog
 {
     Q_OBJECT
-    
+
 public:
     AddDialog(QWidget *parent = 0);
     QLineEdit *nameText;
diff --git a/examples/widgets/itemviews/addressbook/addresswidget.cpp b/examples/widgets/itemviews/addressbook/addresswidget.cpp
index 2c05e0e059..cd6f4a5534 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/itemviews/addressbook/addresswidget.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/itemviews/addressbook/addresswidget.cpp
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ AddressWidget::AddressWidget(QWidget *parent)
     connect(newAddressTab, SIGNAL(sendDetails(QString, QString)),
         this, SLOT(addEntry(QString, QString)));
 
-    addTab(newAddressTab, "Address Book");    
+    addTab(newAddressTab, "Address Book");
 
     setupTabs();
 }
@@ -60,13 +60,13 @@ AddressWidget::AddressWidget(QWidget *parent)
 
 //! [2]
 void AddressWidget::addEntry()
-{    
+{
     AddDialog aDialog;
 
     if (aDialog.exec()) {
         QString name = aDialog.nameText->text();
         QString address = aDialog.addressText->toPlainText();
-        
+
         addEntry(name, address);
     }
 }
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ void AddressWidget::addEntry()
 
 //! [3]
 void AddressWidget::addEntry(QString name, QString address)
-{    
+{
     QList<QPair<QString, QString> >list = table->getList();
     QPair<QString, QString> pair(name, address);
 
@@ -110,14 +110,14 @@ void AddressWidget::editEntry()
         QModelIndex nameIndex = table->index(row, 0, QModelIndex());
         QVariant varName = table->data(nameIndex, Qt::DisplayRole);
         name = varName.toString();
-    
+
         QModelIndex addressIndex = table->index(row, 1, QModelIndex());
         QVariant varAddr = table->data(addressIndex, Qt::DisplayRole);
         address = varAddr.toString();
     }
 //! [4a]
-    
-//! [4b]    
+
+//! [4b]
     AddDialog aDialog;
     aDialog.setWindowTitle(tr("Edit a Contact"));
 
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ void AddressWidget::removeEntry()
     QTableView *temp = static_cast<QTableView*>(currentWidget());
     QSortFilterProxyModel *proxy = static_cast<QSortFilterProxyModel*>(temp->model());
     QItemSelectionModel *selectionModel = temp->selectionModel();
-    
+
     QModelIndexList indexes = selectionModel->selectedRows();
 
     foreach (QModelIndex index, indexes) {
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ void AddressWidget::setupTabs()
 
     for (int i = 0; i < groups.size(); ++i) {
         QString str = groups.at(i);
-        
+
         proxyModel = new QSortFilterProxyModel(this);
         proxyModel->setSourceModel(table);
 
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ void AddressWidget::setupTabs()
         proxyModel->setFilterRegExp(QRegExp(newStr, Qt::CaseInsensitive));
         proxyModel->setFilterKeyColumn(0);
         proxyModel->sort(0, Qt::AscendingOrder);
-    
+
         connect(tableView->selectionModel(),
             SIGNAL(selectionChanged(QItemSelection,QItemSelection)),
             this, SIGNAL(selectionChanged(QItemSelection)));
diff --git a/examples/widgets/itemviews/addressbook/mainwindow.cpp b/examples/widgets/itemviews/addressbook/mainwindow.cpp
index 8f1ea81763..8e66e9cb49 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/itemviews/addressbook/mainwindow.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/itemviews/addressbook/mainwindow.cpp
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ MainWindow::MainWindow()
 void MainWindow::createMenus()
 {
     fileMenu = menuBar()->addMenu(tr("&File"));
-    
+
     openAct = new QAction(tr("&Open..."), this);
     fileMenu->addAction(openAct);
     connect(openAct, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(openFile()));
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ void MainWindow::createMenus()
     addAct = new QAction(tr("&Add Entry..."), this);
     toolMenu->addAction(addAct);
     connect(addAct, SIGNAL(triggered()), addressWidget, SLOT(addEntry()));
-    
+
 //! [1b]
     editAct = new QAction(tr("&Edit Entry..."), this);
     editAct->setEnabled(false);
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ void MainWindow::saveFile()
 void MainWindow::updateActions(const QItemSelection &selection)
 {
     QModelIndexList indexes = selection.indexes();
-    
+
     if (!indexes.isEmpty()) {
         removeAct->setEnabled(true);
         editAct->setEnabled(true);
diff --git a/examples/widgets/itemviews/addressbook/newaddresstab.cpp b/examples/widgets/itemviews/addressbook/newaddresstab.cpp
index b443d9cf96..a8e770cab8 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/itemviews/addressbook/newaddresstab.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/itemviews/addressbook/newaddresstab.cpp
@@ -50,15 +50,15 @@ NewAddressTab::NewAddressTab(QWidget *parent)
 
     descriptionLabel = new QLabel(tr("There are currently no contacts in your address book. "
                                       "\nClick Add to add new contacts."));
-    
+
     addButton = new QPushButton(tr("Add"));
-    
+
     connect(addButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(addEntry()));
-    
+
     mainLayout = new QVBoxLayout;
     mainLayout->addWidget(descriptionLabel);
     mainLayout->addWidget(addButton, 0, Qt::AlignCenter);
-    
+
     setLayout(mainLayout);
 }
 //! [0]
@@ -67,11 +67,11 @@ NewAddressTab::NewAddressTab(QWidget *parent)
 void NewAddressTab::addEntry()
 {
     AddDialog aDialog;
-    
+
     if (aDialog.exec()) {
         QString name = aDialog.nameText->text();
         QString address = aDialog.addressText->toPlainText();
-        
+
         emit sendDetails(name, address);
     }
 }
diff --git a/examples/widgets/itemviews/addressbook/newaddresstab.h b/examples/widgets/itemviews/addressbook/newaddresstab.h
index 51e75aa366..2db7302e75 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/itemviews/addressbook/newaddresstab.h
+++ b/examples/widgets/itemviews/addressbook/newaddresstab.h
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ QT_END_NAMESPACE
 class NewAddressTab : public QWidget
 {
     Q_OBJECT
-    
+
 public:
     NewAddressTab(QWidget *parent = 0);
 
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ private:
     QLabel *descriptionLabel;
     QPushButton *addButton;
     QVBoxLayout *mainLayout;
-    
+
 };
 //! [0]
 
diff --git a/examples/widgets/itemviews/addressbook/tablemodel.h b/examples/widgets/itemviews/addressbook/tablemodel.h
index 0ef54fae6a..e282defa1b 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/itemviews/addressbook/tablemodel.h
+++ b/examples/widgets/itemviews/addressbook/tablemodel.h
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
 class TableModel : public QAbstractTableModel
 {
     Q_OBJECT
-    
+
 public:
     TableModel(QObject *parent = 0);
     TableModel(QList<QPair<QString, QString> > listofPairs, QObject *parent = 0);
diff --git a/examples/widgets/itemviews/combowidgetmapper/window.cpp b/examples/widgets/itemviews/combowidgetmapper/window.cpp
index 39ba428ced..3dfb2834a8 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/itemviews/combowidgetmapper/window.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/itemviews/combowidgetmapper/window.cpp
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ void Window::setupModel()
     QStringList items;
     items << tr("Home") << tr("Work") << tr("Other");
     typeModel = new QStringListModel(items, this);
-    
+
     model = new QStandardItemModel(5, 3, this);
     QStringList names;
     names << "Alice" << "Bob" << "Carol" << "Donald" << "Emma";
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ void Window::setupModel()
 
     QStringList types;
     types << "0" << "1" << "2" << "0" << "2";
-    
+
     for (int row = 0; row < 5; ++row) {
       QStandardItem *item = new QStandardItem(names[row]);
       model->setItem(row, 0, item);
diff --git a/examples/widgets/itemviews/fetchmore/filelistmodel.cpp b/examples/widgets/itemviews/fetchmore/filelistmodel.cpp
index 5e7ba2c754..6532189b06 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/itemviews/fetchmore/filelistmodel.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/itemviews/fetchmore/filelistmodel.cpp
@@ -60,10 +60,10 @@ QVariant FileListModel::data(const QModelIndex &index, int role) const
 {
     if (!index.isValid())
         return QVariant();
-    
+
     if (index.row() >= fileList.size() || index.row() < 0)
         return QVariant();
-    
+
     if (role == Qt::DisplayRole) {
         return fileList.at(index.row());
     } else if (role == Qt::BackgroundRole) {
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ void FileListModel::fetchMore(const QModelIndex & /* index */)
     int itemsToFetch = qMin(100, remainder);
 
     beginInsertRows(QModelIndex(), fileCount, fileCount+itemsToFetch-1);
-    
+
     fileCount += itemsToFetch;
 
     endInsertRows();
diff --git a/examples/widgets/itemviews/fetchmore/window.cpp b/examples/widgets/itemviews/fetchmore/window.cpp
index ed2d2a2260..f35593923d 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/itemviews/fetchmore/window.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/itemviews/fetchmore/window.cpp
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ Window::Window(QWidget *parent)
             logViewer, SLOT(clear()));
     connect(model, SIGNAL(numberPopulated(int)),
             this, SLOT(updateLog(int)));
-    
+
     QGridLayout *layout = new QGridLayout;
     layout->addWidget(label, 0, 0);
     layout->addWidget(lineEdit, 0, 1);
diff --git a/examples/widgets/itemviews/pixelator/mainwindow.cpp b/examples/widgets/itemviews/pixelator/mainwindow.cpp
index 0d34dbf190..1f6a403efc 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/itemviews/pixelator/mainwindow.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/itemviews/pixelator/mainwindow.cpp
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ void MainWindow::printImage()
             tr("The printing process was canceled."), QMessageBox::Cancel);
     }
 #else
-    QMessageBox::information(this, tr("Printing canceled"), 
+    QMessageBox::information(this, tr("Printing canceled"),
         tr("Printing is not supported on this Qt build"), QMessageBox::Cancel);
 #endif
 }
diff --git a/examples/widgets/itemviews/simplewidgetmapper/window.cpp b/examples/widgets/itemviews/simplewidgetmapper/window.cpp
index 7699bcc929..0e3314601a 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/itemviews/simplewidgetmapper/window.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/itemviews/simplewidgetmapper/window.cpp
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ void Window::setupModel()
 
     QStringList ages;
     ages << "20" << "31" << "32" << "19" << "26";
-    
+
     for (int row = 0; row < 5; ++row) {
       QStandardItem *item = new QStandardItem(names[row]);
       model->setItem(row, 0, item);
diff --git a/examples/widgets/itemviews/spreadsheet/spreadsheet.h b/examples/widgets/itemviews/spreadsheet/spreadsheet.h
index c81af6666a..279146552a 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/itemviews/spreadsheet/spreadsheet.h
+++ b/examples/widgets/itemviews/spreadsheet/spreadsheet.h
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ public slots:
     void actionSubtract();
     void actionAdd();
     void actionMultiply();
-    void actionDivide();  
+    void actionDivide();
 
 protected:
     void setupContextMenu();
diff --git a/examples/widgets/painting/deform/pathdeform.cpp b/examples/widgets/painting/deform/pathdeform.cpp
index 3c0624ac76..9f9a88700c 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/painting/deform/pathdeform.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/painting/deform/pathdeform.cpp
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ void PathDeformWidget::setStyle( QStyle * style )
         return;
 
     m_controls->setStyle(style);
-        
+
     QList<QWidget *> widgets = m_controls->findChildren<QWidget *>();
     foreach (QWidget *w, widgets)
         w->setStyle(style);
@@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ void PathDeformRenderer::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *e)
         m_offset = m_pos - e->pos();
 
     m_mousePress = e->pos();
-    
+
     // If we're not running in small screen mode, always assume we're dragging
     m_mouseDrag = !m_smallScreen;
 
diff --git a/examples/widgets/painting/gradients/gradients.cpp b/examples/widgets/painting/gradients/gradients.cpp
index f3da5f3de5..ffca9f5560 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/painting/gradients/gradients.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/painting/gradients/gradients.cpp
@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ GradientWidget::GradientWidget(QWidget *parent)
     connect(showSourceButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), m_renderer, SLOT(showSource()));
 #ifdef QT_OPENGL_SUPPORT
     connect(enableOpenGLButton, SIGNAL(clicked(bool)), m_renderer, SLOT(enableOpenGL(bool)));
-#endif    
+#endif
     connect(whatsThisButton, SIGNAL(clicked(bool)), m_renderer, SLOT(setDescriptionEnabled(bool)));
     connect(whatsThisButton, SIGNAL(clicked(bool)),
             m_renderer->hoverPoints(), SLOT(setDisabled(bool)));
diff --git a/examples/widgets/painting/pathstroke/pathstroke.cpp b/examples/widgets/painting/pathstroke/pathstroke.cpp
index a8b87f51f4..6807585f57 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/painting/pathstroke/pathstroke.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/painting/pathstroke/pathstroke.cpp
@@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ void PathStrokeWidget::setStyle( QStyle * style )
     if (m_controls != 0)
     {
         m_controls->setStyle(style);
-        
+
         QList<QWidget *> widgets = m_controls->findChildren<QWidget *>();
         foreach (QWidget *w, widgets)
             w->setStyle(style);
@@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ void PathStrokeRenderer::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *e)
         setAnimation(false);
         mouseMoveEvent(e);
     }
-    
+
     // If we're not running in small screen mode, always assume we're dragging
     m_mouseDrag = !m_smallScreen;
     m_mousePress = e->pos();
diff --git a/examples/widgets/richtext/textedit/textedit.cpp b/examples/widgets/richtext/textedit/textedit.cpp
index c7edd1b550..ae2bdedf13 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/richtext/textedit/textedit.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/richtext/textedit/textedit.cpp
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ void TextEdit::setupFileActions()
 #ifndef QT_NO_PRINTER
     a = new QAction(QIcon::fromTheme("document-print", QIcon(rsrcPath + "/fileprint.png")),
                     tr("&Print..."), this);
-    a->setPriority(QAction::LowPriority);    
+    a->setPriority(QAction::LowPriority);
     a->setShortcut(QKeySequence::Print);
     connect(a, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(filePrint()));
     tb->addAction(a);
diff --git a/examples/widgets/richtext/textedit/textedit.qdoc b/examples/widgets/richtext/textedit/textedit.qdoc
index 1695adfb2e..8e7a0bef24 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/richtext/textedit/textedit.qdoc
+++ b/examples/widgets/richtext/textedit/textedit.qdoc
@@ -31,8 +31,8 @@
   \title Text Edit Example
 
   \brief This example displays a text editor with the user interface written
-  in pure C++. 
-  
+  in pure C++.
+
   A similar example which uses Qt Designer to produce the user
   interface is in the \l {Qt Designer Manual}.
 
diff --git a/examples/widgets/statemachine/factorial/main.cpp b/examples/widgets/statemachine/factorial/main.cpp
index 9107fea013..1ad2740563 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/statemachine/factorial/main.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/statemachine/factorial/main.cpp
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ public:
 
 Q_SIGNALS:
     void xChanged(int value);
-    
+
 private:
     int m_x;
     int m_fac;
diff --git a/examples/widgets/statemachine/rogue/window.cpp b/examples/widgets/statemachine/rogue/window.cpp
index 1e26278051..af8390f928 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/statemachine/rogue/window.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/statemachine/rogue/window.cpp
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ void Window::paintEvent(QPaintEvent * /* event */)
     painter.setPen(Qt::white);
 
     painter.drawText(QPoint(0, yPos), status());
-    
+
     for (int y = 0; y < HEIGHT; ++y) {
         yPos += fontHeight;
         xPos = 0;
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ void Window::buildMachine()
 
 //![3]
     QState *quitState = new QState(machine);
-    quitState->assignProperty(this, "status", "Really quit(y/n)?"); 
+    quitState->assignProperty(this, "status", "Really quit(y/n)?");
 
     QKeyEventTransition *yesTransition = new
         QKeyEventTransition(this, QEvent::KeyPress, Qt::Key_Y);
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ void Window::movePlayer(Direction direction)
     switch (direction) {
         case Left:
             if (map[pX - 1][pY] != '#')
-                --pX;            
+                --pX;
             break;
         case Right:
             if (map[pX + 1][pY] != '#')
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ void Window::movePlayer(Direction direction)
         case Down:
             if (map[pX][pY + 1] != '#')
                 ++pY;
-            break;        
+            break;
     }
     repaint();
 }
diff --git a/examples/widgets/tools/completer/mainwindow.cpp b/examples/widgets/tools/completer/mainwindow.cpp
index 6730193928..c299d08c17 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/tools/completer/mainwindow.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/tools/completer/mainwindow.cpp
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ MainWindow::MainWindow(QWidget *parent)
 
 //! [3]
     lineEdit = new QLineEdit;
-    
+
     QGridLayout *layout = new QGridLayout;
     layout->addWidget(modelLabel, 0, 0); layout->addWidget(modelCombo, 0, 1);
     layout->addWidget(modeLabel, 1, 0);  layout->addWidget(modeCombo, 1, 1);
diff --git a/examples/widgets/tools/customcompleter/mainwindow.cpp b/examples/widgets/tools/customcompleter/mainwindow.cpp
index 54033b5dd3..20b5d509ff 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/tools/customcompleter/mainwindow.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/tools/customcompleter/mainwindow.cpp
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ QAbstractItemModel *MainWindow::modelFromFile(const QString& fileName)
     QApplication::setOverrideCursor(QCursor(Qt::WaitCursor));
 #endif
     QStringList words;
-    
+
     while (!file.atEnd()) {
         QByteArray line = file.readLine();
         if (!line.isEmpty())
diff --git a/examples/widgets/tools/customcompleter/textedit.cpp b/examples/widgets/tools/customcompleter/textedit.cpp
index 1fafdcd04d..9b0c1b9c97 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/tools/customcompleter/textedit.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/tools/customcompleter/textedit.cpp
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ TextEdit::TextEdit(QWidget *parent)
 : QTextEdit(parent), c(0)
 {
     setPlainText(tr("This TextEdit provides autocompletions for words that have more than"
-                    " 3 characters. You can trigger autocompletion using ") + 
+                    " 3 characters. You can trigger autocompletion using ") +
                     QKeySequence("Ctrl+E").toString(QKeySequence::NativeText));
 }
 //! [0]
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ void TextEdit::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *e)
        case Qt::Key_Escape:
        case Qt::Key_Tab:
        case Qt::Key_Backtab:
-            e->ignore(); 
+            e->ignore();
             return; // let the completer do default behavior
        default:
            break;
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ void TextEdit::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *e)
     bool hasModifier = (e->modifiers() != Qt::NoModifier) && !ctrlOrShift;
     QString completionPrefix = textUnderCursor();
 
-    if (!isShortcut && (hasModifier || e->text().isEmpty()|| completionPrefix.length() < 3 
+    if (!isShortcut && (hasModifier || e->text().isEmpty()|| completionPrefix.length() < 3
                       || eow.contains(e->text().right(1)))) {
         c->popup()->hide();
         return;
diff --git a/examples/widgets/tools/plugandpaint/mainwindow.cpp b/examples/widgets/tools/plugandpaint/mainwindow.cpp
index cc0ce48be8..fdd3689a1a 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/tools/plugandpaint/mainwindow.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/tools/plugandpaint/mainwindow.cpp
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ MainWindow::MainWindow() :
 void MainWindow::open()
 {
     const QString fileName = QFileDialog::getOpenFileName(this,
-                                                          tr("Open File"), 
+                                                          tr("Open File"),
                                                           QDir::currentPath());
     if (!fileName.isEmpty()) {
         if (!paintArea->openImage(fileName)) {
diff --git a/examples/widgets/tools/plugandpaint/plugindialog.cpp b/examples/widgets/tools/plugandpaint/plugindialog.cpp
index 2c19d32584..19d2a103fa 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/tools/plugandpaint/plugindialog.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/tools/plugandpaint/plugindialog.cpp
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ PluginDialog::PluginDialog(const QString &path, const QStringList &fileNames,
     QDialog(parent),
     label(new QLabel),
     treeWidget(new QTreeWidget),
-    okButton(new QPushButton(tr("OK")))    
+    okButton(new QPushButton(tr("OK")))
 {
     treeWidget->setAlternatingRowColors(false);
     treeWidget->setSelectionMode(QAbstractItemView::NoSelection);
diff --git a/examples/widgets/tools/undoframework/diagramscene.cpp b/examples/widgets/tools/undoframework/diagramscene.cpp
index bef3b89df0..1083cba5db 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/tools/undoframework/diagramscene.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/tools/undoframework/diagramscene.cpp
@@ -59,8 +59,8 @@ void DiagramScene::mousePressEvent(QGraphicsSceneMouseEvent *event)
     if (movingItem != 0 && event->button() == Qt::LeftButton) {
         oldPos = movingItem->pos();
     }
-    
-    clearSelection();    
+
+    clearSelection();
     QGraphicsScene::mousePressEvent(event);
 }
 
diff --git a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part1/addressbook.cpp b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part1/addressbook.cpp
index 4e8c95635b..60acd6bb27 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part1/addressbook.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part1/addressbook.cpp
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ AddressBook::AddressBook(QWidget *parent)
     mainLayout->addWidget(addressText, 1, 1);
 //! [layout]
 
-//![setting the layout]    
+//![setting the layout]
     setLayout(mainLayout);
     setWindowTitle(tr("Simple Address Book"));
 }
diff --git a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part2/addressbook.cpp b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part2/addressbook.cpp
index bb221d2222..d88716a8c8 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part2/addressbook.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part2/addressbook.cpp
@@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ AddressBook::AddressBook(QWidget *parent)
 //! [setting readonly 1]
     QLabel *addressLabel = new QLabel(tr("Address:"));
     addressText = new QTextEdit;
-//! [setting readonly 2]    
+//! [setting readonly 2]
     addressText->setReadOnly(true);
 //! [setting readonly 2]
-   
+
 //! [pushbutton declaration]
     addButton = new QPushButton(tr("&Add"));
     addButton->show();
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ void AddressBook::addContact()
 
     nameLine->clear();
     addressText->clear();
-    
+
     nameLine->setReadOnly(false);
     nameLine->setFocus(Qt::OtherFocusReason);
     addressText->setReadOnly(false);
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ void AddressBook::submitContact()
 {
     QString name = nameLine->text();
     QString address = addressText->toPlainText();
-    
+
     if ( name.isEmpty()|| address.isEmpty()) {
         QMessageBox::information(this, tr("Empty Field"),
             tr("Please enter a name and address."));
@@ -152,6 +152,6 @@ void AddressBook::cancel()
 
     addButton->setEnabled(true);
     submitButton->hide();
-    cancelButton->hide();    
+    cancelButton->hide();
 }
 //! [cancel]
diff --git a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part3/addressbook.cpp b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part3/addressbook.cpp
index 09b1e06bfe..86ff58d015 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part3/addressbook.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part3/addressbook.cpp
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ AddressBook::AddressBook(QWidget *parent)
     QLabel *addressLabel = new QLabel(tr("Address:"));
     addressText = new QTextEdit;
     addressText->setReadOnly(true);
-    
+
     addButton = new QPushButton(tr("&Add"));
     addButton->show();
     submitButton = new QPushButton(tr("&Submit"));
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ AddressBook::AddressBook(QWidget *parent)
     connect(addButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(addContact()));
     connect(submitButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(submitContact()));
     connect(cancelButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(cancel()));
-//! [connecting navigation signals]    
+//! [connecting navigation signals]
     connect(nextButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(next()));
     connect(previousButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(previous()));
 //! [connecting navigation signals]
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ void AddressBook::addContact()
     nameLine->setReadOnly(false);
     nameLine->setFocus(Qt::OtherFocusReason);
     addressText->setReadOnly(false);
-    
+
     addButton->setEnabled(false);
 //! [disabling navigation]
     nextButton->setEnabled(false);
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ void AddressBook::submitContact()
 {
     QString name = nameLine->text();
     QString address = addressText->toPlainText();
-    
+
     if (name.isEmpty() || address.isEmpty()) {
         QMessageBox::information(this, tr("Empty Field"),
             tr("Please enter a name and address."));
@@ -159,20 +159,20 @@ void AddressBook::cancel()
 {
     nameLine->setText(oldName);
     addressText->setText(oldAddress);
-   
+
     if (contacts.isEmpty()) {
         nameLine->clear();
         addressText->clear();
     }
-    
+
     nameLine->setReadOnly(true);
     addressText->setReadOnly(true);
     addButton->setEnabled(true);
-    
+
     int number = contacts.size();
     nextButton->setEnabled(number > 1);
     previousButton->setEnabled(number > 1);
-    
+
     submitButton->hide();
     cancelButton->hide();
 }
diff --git a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part3/addressbook.h b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part3/addressbook.h
index 2458645ab5..3613fedb34 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part3/addressbook.h
+++ b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part3/addressbook.h
@@ -65,16 +65,16 @@ public slots:
 //! [navigation functions]
     void next();
     void previous();
-//! [navigation functions]    
+//! [navigation functions]
 
 private:
     QPushButton *addButton;
     QPushButton *submitButton;
     QPushButton *cancelButton;
-//! [navigation pushbuttons]    
+//! [navigation pushbuttons]
     QPushButton *nextButton;
     QPushButton *previousButton;
-//! [navigation pushbuttons]    
+//! [navigation pushbuttons]
     QLineEdit *nameLine;
     QTextEdit *addressText;
 
diff --git a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part4/addressbook.cpp b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part4/addressbook.cpp
index 2d158f3f17..70f5d110db 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part4/addressbook.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part4/addressbook.cpp
@@ -53,17 +53,17 @@ AddressBook::AddressBook(QWidget *parent)
     addressText->setReadOnly(true);
 
     addButton = new QPushButton(tr("&Add"));
-//! [edit and remove buttons] 
+//! [edit and remove buttons]
     editButton = new QPushButton(tr("&Edit"));
     editButton->setEnabled(false);
     removeButton = new QPushButton(tr("&Remove"));
     removeButton->setEnabled(false);
-//! [edit and remove buttons] 
+//! [edit and remove buttons]
     submitButton = new QPushButton(tr("&Submit"));
     submitButton->hide();
     cancelButton = new QPushButton(tr("&Cancel"));
     cancelButton->hide();
-    
+
     nextButton = new QPushButton(tr("&Next"));
     nextButton->setEnabled(false);
     previousButton = new QPushButton(tr("&Previous"));
@@ -71,20 +71,20 @@ AddressBook::AddressBook(QWidget *parent)
 
     connect(addButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(addContact()));
     connect(submitButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(submitContact()));
-//! [connecting edit and remove] 
+//! [connecting edit and remove]
     connect(editButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(editContact()));
     connect(removeButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(removeContact()));
-//! [connecting edit and remove] 
+//! [connecting edit and remove]
     connect(cancelButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(cancel()));
     connect(nextButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(next()));
     connect(previousButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(previous()));
 
     QVBoxLayout *buttonLayout1 = new QVBoxLayout;
     buttonLayout1->addWidget(addButton);
-//! [adding edit and remove to the layout]     
+//! [adding edit and remove to the layout]
     buttonLayout1->addWidget(editButton);
     buttonLayout1->addWidget(removeButton);
-//! [adding edit and remove to the layout]         
+//! [adding edit and remove to the layout]
     buttonLayout1->addWidget(submitButton);
     buttonLayout1->addWidget(cancelButton);
     buttonLayout1->addStretch();
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ void AddressBook::submitContact()
     }
 //! [submitContact() function part1]
     if (currentMode == AddingMode) {
-        
+
         if (!contacts.contains(name)) {
             contacts.insert(name, address);
             QMessageBox::information(this, tr("Add Successful"),
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ void AddressBook::submitContact()
 //! [submitContact() function part1]
 //! [submitContact() function part2]
     } else if (currentMode == EditingMode) {
-        
+
         if (oldName != name) {
             if (!contacts.contains(name)) {
                 QMessageBox::information(this, tr("Edit Successful"),
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ void AddressBook::submitContact()
         } else if (oldAddress != address) {
             QMessageBox::information(this, tr("Edit Successful"),
                 tr("\"%1\" has been edited in your address book.").arg(name));
-            contacts[name] = address;        
+            contacts[name] = address;
         }
     }
 
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ void AddressBook::removeContact()
             QMessageBox::Yes | QMessageBox::No);
 
         if (button == QMessageBox::Yes) {
-            
+
             previous();
             contacts.remove(name);
 
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ void AddressBook::updateInterface(Mode mode)
     currentMode = mode;
 
     switch (currentMode) {
-        
+
     case AddingMode:
     case EditingMode:
 
diff --git a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part4/addressbook.h b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part4/addressbook.h
index ff8c4f0318..6430ac3413 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part4/addressbook.h
+++ b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part4/addressbook.h
@@ -77,10 +77,10 @@ private:
     void updateInterface(Mode mode);
 //! [updateInterface() declaration]
     QPushButton *addButton;
-//! [buttons declaration]    
+//! [buttons declaration]
     QPushButton *editButton;
     QPushButton *removeButton;
-//! [buttons declaration]        
+//! [buttons declaration]
     QPushButton *submitButton;
     QPushButton *cancelButton;
     QPushButton *nextButton;
@@ -91,9 +91,9 @@ private:
     QMap<QString, QString> contacts;
     QString oldName;
     QString oldAddress;
-//! [mode declaration]    
+//! [mode declaration]
     Mode currentMode;
-//! [mode declaration]    
+//! [mode declaration]
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part5/addressbook.cpp b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part5/addressbook.cpp
index 02f4788537..33af5f1e4e 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part5/addressbook.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part5/addressbook.cpp
@@ -81,19 +81,19 @@ AddressBook::AddressBook(QWidget *parent)
     connect(editButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(editContact()));
     connect(cancelButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(cancel()));
     connect(removeButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(removeContact()));
-//! [signals and slots for find]    
+//! [signals and slots for find]
     connect(findButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(findContact()));
-//! [signals and slots for find]        
+//! [signals and slots for find]
     connect(nextButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(next()));
     connect(previousButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(previous()));
-    
+
     QVBoxLayout *buttonLayout1 = new QVBoxLayout;
     buttonLayout1->addWidget(addButton);
     buttonLayout1->addWidget(editButton);
     buttonLayout1->addWidget(removeButton);
-//! [adding findButton to layout]        
+//! [adding findButton to layout]
     buttonLayout1->addWidget(findButton);
-//! [adding findButton to layout]            
+//! [adding findButton to layout]
     buttonLayout1->addWidget(submitButton);
     buttonLayout1->addWidget(cancelButton);
     buttonLayout1->addStretch();
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ void AddressBook::submitContact()
    }
 
     if (currentMode == AddingMode) {
-        
+
         if (!contacts.contains(name)) {
             contacts.insert(name, address);
             QMessageBox::information(this, tr("Add Successful"),
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ void AddressBook::submitContact()
                 tr("Sorry, \"%1\" is already in your address book.").arg(name));
         }
     } else if (currentMode == EditingMode) {
-        
+
         if (oldName != name) {
             if (!contacts.contains(name)) {
                 QMessageBox::information(this, tr("Edit Successful"),
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ void AddressBook::removeContact()
             QMessageBox::Yes | QMessageBox::No);
 
         if (button == QMessageBox::Yes) {
-            
+
             previous();
             contacts.remove(name);
 
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ void AddressBook::previous()
     nameLine->setText(i.key());
     addressText->setText(i.value());
 }
-//! [findContact() function] 
+//! [findContact() function]
 void AddressBook::findContact()
 {
     dialog->show();
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ void AddressBook::findContact()
 
     updateInterface(NavigationMode);
 }
-//! [findContact() function] 
+//! [findContact() function]
 
 void AddressBook::updateInterface(Mode mode)
 {
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ void AddressBook::updateInterface(Mode mode)
         break;
 
     case NavigationMode:
-        
+
         if (contacts.isEmpty()) {
             nameLine->clear();
             addressText->clear();
diff --git a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part5/addressbook.h b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part5/addressbook.h
index 5e2c18e91a..f8a53304ee 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part5/addressbook.h
+++ b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part5/addressbook.h
@@ -68,9 +68,9 @@ public slots:
     void submitContact();
     void cancel();
     void removeContact();
-//! [findContact() declaration]    
+//! [findContact() declaration]
     void findContact();
-//! [findContact() declaration]    
+//! [findContact() declaration]
     void next();
     void previous();
 
@@ -80,9 +80,9 @@ private:
     QPushButton *addButton;
     QPushButton *editButton;
     QPushButton *removeButton;
-//! [findButton declaration]        
+//! [findButton declaration]
     QPushButton *findButton;
-//! [findButton declaration] 
+//! [findButton declaration]
     QPushButton *submitButton;
     QPushButton *cancelButton;
     QPushButton *nextButton;
@@ -91,9 +91,9 @@ private:
     QTextEdit *addressText;
 
     QMap<QString, QString> contacts;
-//! [FindDialog declaration]     
+//! [FindDialog declaration]
     FindDialog *dialog;
-//! [FindDialog declaration]     
+//! [FindDialog declaration]
     QString oldName;
     QString oldAddress;
     Mode currentMode;
diff --git a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part6/addressbook.cpp b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part6/addressbook.cpp
index e8caa628a5..e81c959c2c 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part6/addressbook.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part6/addressbook.cpp
@@ -71,9 +71,9 @@ AddressBook::AddressBook(QWidget *parent)
     previousButton->setEnabled(false);
 
     loadButton = new QPushButton(tr("&Load..."));
-//! [tooltip 1]    
+//! [tooltip 1]
     loadButton->setToolTip(tr("Load contacts from a file"));
-//! [tooltip 1]        
+//! [tooltip 1]
     saveButton = new QPushButton(tr("Sa&ve..."));
 //! [tooltip 2]
     saveButton->setToolTip(tr("Save contacts to a file"));
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ AddressBook::AddressBook(QWidget *parent)
     connect(previousButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(previous()));
     connect(loadButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(loadFromFile()));
     connect(saveButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(saveToFile()));
-    
+
     QVBoxLayout *buttonLayout1 = new QVBoxLayout;
     buttonLayout1->addWidget(addButton);
     buttonLayout1->addWidget(editButton);
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ void AddressBook::submitContact()
     }
 
     if (currentMode == AddingMode) {
-        
+
         if (!contacts.contains(name)) {
             contacts.insert(name, address);
             QMessageBox::information(this, tr("Add Successful"),
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ void AddressBook::submitContact()
                 tr("Sorry, \"%1\" is already in your address book.").arg(name));
         }
     } else if (currentMode == EditingMode) {
-        
+
         if (oldName != name) {
             if (!contacts.contains(name)) {
                 QMessageBox::information(this, tr("Edit Successful"),
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ void AddressBook::removeContact()
             QMessageBox::Yes | QMessageBox::No);
 
         if (button == QMessageBox::Yes) {
-            
+
             previous();
             contacts.remove(name);
 
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ void AddressBook::updateInterface(Mode mode)
         break;
 
     case NavigationMode:
-        
+
         if (contacts.isEmpty()) {
             nameLine->clear();
             addressText->clear();
@@ -341,12 +341,12 @@ void AddressBook::saveToFile()
             return;
         }
 
-//! [saveToFile() function part2]        
+//! [saveToFile() function part2]
 //! [saveToFile() function part3]
         QDataStream out(&file);
         out.setVersion(QDataStream::Qt_4_5);
         out << contacts;
-    }       
+    }
 }
 //! [saveToFile() function part3]
 
@@ -362,15 +362,15 @@ void AddressBook::loadFromFile()
     if (fileName.isEmpty())
         return;
     else {
-        
+
         QFile file(fileName);
-        
+
         if (!file.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly)) {
             QMessageBox::information(this, tr("Unable to open file"),
                 file.errorString());
             return;
         }
-        
+
         QDataStream in(&file);
         in.setVersion(QDataStream::Qt_4_5);
         contacts.empty();   // empty existing contacts
diff --git a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part6/addressbook.h b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part6/addressbook.h
index 99dfd1e404..ce2691ccad 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part6/addressbook.h
+++ b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part6/addressbook.h
@@ -70,10 +70,10 @@ public slots:
     void findContact();
     void next();
     void previous();
-//! [save and load functions declaration]    
+//! [save and load functions declaration]
     void saveToFile();
     void loadFromFile();
-//! [save and load functions declaration]    
+//! [save and load functions declaration]
 
 private:
     void updateInterface(Mode mode);
@@ -86,10 +86,10 @@ private:
     QPushButton *cancelButton;
     QPushButton *nextButton;
     QPushButton *previousButton;
-//! [save and load buttons declaration]        
+//! [save and load buttons declaration]
     QPushButton *loadButton;
     QPushButton *saveButton;
-//! [save and load buttons declaration]            
+//! [save and load buttons declaration]
     QLineEdit *nameLine;
     QTextEdit *addressText;
 
diff --git a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part7/addressbook.cpp b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part7/addressbook.cpp
index a91a3bbc12..a0780ae78a 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part7/addressbook.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part7/addressbook.cpp
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ AddressBook::AddressBook(QWidget *parent)
     connect(loadButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(loadFromFile()));
     connect(saveButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(saveToFile()));
     connect(exportButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(exportAsVCard()));
-    
+
     QVBoxLayout *buttonLayout1 = new QVBoxLayout;
     buttonLayout1->addWidget(addButton);
     buttonLayout1->addWidget(editButton);
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ void AddressBook::submitContact()
     }
 
     if (currentMode == AddingMode) {
-        
+
         if (!contacts.contains(name)) {
             contacts.insert(name, address);
             QMessageBox::information(this, tr("Add Successful"),
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ void AddressBook::submitContact()
                 tr("Sorry, \"%1\" is already in your address book.").arg(name));
         }
     } else if (currentMode == EditingMode) {
-        
+
         if (oldName != name) {
             if (!contacts.contains(name)) {
                 QMessageBox::information(this, tr("Edit Successful"),
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ void AddressBook::removeContact()
             QMessageBox::Yes | QMessageBox::No);
 
         if (button == QMessageBox::Yes) {
-            
+
             previous();
             contacts.remove(name);
 
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ void AddressBook::updateInterface(Mode mode)
         break;
 
     case NavigationMode:
-        
+
         if (contacts.isEmpty()) {
             nameLine->clear();
             addressText->clear();
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ void AddressBook::saveToFile()
     QString fileName = QFileDialog::getSaveFileName(this,
         tr("Save Address Book"), "",
         tr("Address Book (*.abk);;All Files (*)"));
-        
+
     if (fileName.isEmpty())
         return;
     else {
@@ -404,14 +404,14 @@ void AddressBook::exportAsVCard()
     QString fileName = QFileDialog::getSaveFileName(this,
         tr("Export Contact"), "",
         tr("vCard Files (*.vcf);;All Files (*)"));
-        
+
     if (fileName.isEmpty())
         return;
 
     QFile file(fileName);
 //! [export function part1]
-    
-//! [export function part2]    
+
+//! [export function part2]
     if (!file.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly)) {
         QMessageBox::information(this, tr("Unable to open file"),
             file.errorString());
@@ -425,12 +425,12 @@ void AddressBook::exportAsVCard()
     out << "BEGIN:VCARD" << "\n";
     out << "VERSION:2.1" << "\n";
     out << "N:" << lastName << ";" << firstName << "\n";
-        
-    if (!nameList.isEmpty())            
+
+    if (!nameList.isEmpty())
        out << "FN:" << nameList.join(' ') << "\n";
     else
        out << "FN:" << firstName << "\n";
-//! [export function part3] 
+//! [export function part3]
 
 //! [export function part4]
     address.replace(";", "\\;", Qt::CaseInsensitive);
diff --git a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part7/addressbook.h b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part7/addressbook.h
index a34cf24a23..d672c7a85b 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part7/addressbook.h
+++ b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook-fr/part7/addressbook.h
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ public slots:
     void loadFromFile();
 //! [exportAsVCard() declaration]
     void exportAsVCard();
-//! [exportAsVCard() declaration]       
+//! [exportAsVCard() declaration]
 
 private:
     void updateInterface(Mode mode);
@@ -89,9 +89,9 @@ private:
     QPushButton *previousButton;
     QPushButton *loadButton;
     QPushButton *saveButton;
-//! [exportButton declaration] 
+//! [exportButton declaration]
     QPushButton *exportButton;
-//! [exportButton declaration]     
+//! [exportButton declaration]
     QLineEdit *nameLine;
     QTextEdit *addressText;
 
diff --git a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part1/addressbook.cpp b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part1/addressbook.cpp
index 4e8c95635b..60acd6bb27 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part1/addressbook.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part1/addressbook.cpp
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ AddressBook::AddressBook(QWidget *parent)
     mainLayout->addWidget(addressText, 1, 1);
 //! [layout]
 
-//![setting the layout]    
+//![setting the layout]
     setLayout(mainLayout);
     setWindowTitle(tr("Simple Address Book"));
 }
diff --git a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part2/addressbook.cpp b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part2/addressbook.cpp
index e6f3409efc..6fd5d03fea 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part2/addressbook.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part2/addressbook.cpp
@@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ AddressBook::AddressBook(QWidget *parent)
 //! [setting readonly 1]
     QLabel *addressLabel = new QLabel(tr("Address:"));
     addressText = new QTextEdit;
-//! [setting readonly 2]    
+//! [setting readonly 2]
     addressText->setReadOnly(true);
 //! [setting readonly 2]
-   
+
 //! [pushbutton declaration]
     addButton = new QPushButton(tr("&Add"));
     addButton->show();
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ void AddressBook::addContact()
 
     nameLine->clear();
     addressText->clear();
-    
+
     nameLine->setReadOnly(false);
     nameLine->setFocus(Qt::OtherFocusReason);
     addressText->setReadOnly(false);
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ void AddressBook::submitContact()
 {
     QString name = nameLine->text();
     QString address = addressText->toPlainText();
-    
+
     if (name.isEmpty() || address.isEmpty()) {
         QMessageBox::information(this, tr("Empty Field"),
             tr("Please enter a name and address."));
@@ -152,6 +152,6 @@ void AddressBook::cancel()
 
     addButton->setEnabled(true);
     submitButton->hide();
-    cancelButton->hide();    
+    cancelButton->hide();
 }
 //! [cancel]
diff --git a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part3/addressbook.cpp b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part3/addressbook.cpp
index 61c331d1f5..bcf3f63430 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part3/addressbook.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part3/addressbook.cpp
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ AddressBook::AddressBook(QWidget *parent)
     QLabel *addressLabel = new QLabel(tr("Address:"));
     addressText = new QTextEdit;
     addressText->setReadOnly(true);
-    
+
     addButton = new QPushButton(tr("&Add"));
     addButton->show();
     submitButton = new QPushButton(tr("&Submit"));
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ AddressBook::AddressBook(QWidget *parent)
     connect(addButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(addContact()));
     connect(submitButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(submitContact()));
     connect(cancelButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(cancel()));
-//! [connecting navigation signals]    
+//! [connecting navigation signals]
     connect(nextButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(next()));
     connect(previousButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(previous()));
 //! [connecting navigation signals]
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ void AddressBook::addContact()
     nameLine->setReadOnly(false);
     nameLine->setFocus(Qt::OtherFocusReason);
     addressText->setReadOnly(false);
-    
+
     addButton->setEnabled(false);
 //! [disabling navigation]
     nextButton->setEnabled(false);
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ void AddressBook::submitContact()
 {
     QString name = nameLine->text();
     QString address = addressText->toPlainText();
-    
+
     if (name.isEmpty() || address.isEmpty()) {
         QMessageBox::information(this, tr("Empty Field"),
             tr("Please enter a name and address."));
@@ -159,20 +159,20 @@ void AddressBook::cancel()
 {
     nameLine->setText(oldName);
     addressText->setText(oldAddress);
-   
+
     if (contacts.isEmpty()) {
         nameLine->clear();
         addressText->clear();
     }
-    
+
     nameLine->setReadOnly(true);
     addressText->setReadOnly(true);
     addButton->setEnabled(true);
-    
+
     int number = contacts.size();
     nextButton->setEnabled(number > 1);
     previousButton->setEnabled(number > 1);
-    
+
     submitButton->hide();
     cancelButton->hide();
 }
diff --git a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part3/addressbook.h b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part3/addressbook.h
index 2458645ab5..3613fedb34 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part3/addressbook.h
+++ b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part3/addressbook.h
@@ -65,16 +65,16 @@ public slots:
 //! [navigation functions]
     void next();
     void previous();
-//! [navigation functions]    
+//! [navigation functions]
 
 private:
     QPushButton *addButton;
     QPushButton *submitButton;
     QPushButton *cancelButton;
-//! [navigation pushbuttons]    
+//! [navigation pushbuttons]
     QPushButton *nextButton;
     QPushButton *previousButton;
-//! [navigation pushbuttons]    
+//! [navigation pushbuttons]
     QLineEdit *nameLine;
     QTextEdit *addressText;
 
diff --git a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part4/addressbook.cpp b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part4/addressbook.cpp
index 6b3731b5f6..66764a2815 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part4/addressbook.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part4/addressbook.cpp
@@ -53,17 +53,17 @@ AddressBook::AddressBook(QWidget *parent)
     addressText->setReadOnly(true);
 
     addButton = new QPushButton(tr("&Add"));
-//! [edit and remove buttons] 
+//! [edit and remove buttons]
     editButton = new QPushButton(tr("&Edit"));
     editButton->setEnabled(false);
     removeButton = new QPushButton(tr("&Remove"));
     removeButton->setEnabled(false);
-//! [edit and remove buttons] 
+//! [edit and remove buttons]
     submitButton = new QPushButton(tr("&Submit"));
     submitButton->hide();
     cancelButton = new QPushButton(tr("&Cancel"));
     cancelButton->hide();
-    
+
     nextButton = new QPushButton(tr("&Next"));
     nextButton->setEnabled(false);
     previousButton = new QPushButton(tr("&Previous"));
@@ -71,20 +71,20 @@ AddressBook::AddressBook(QWidget *parent)
 
     connect(addButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(addContact()));
     connect(submitButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(submitContact()));
-//! [connecting edit and remove] 
+//! [connecting edit and remove]
     connect(editButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(editContact()));
     connect(removeButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(removeContact()));
-//! [connecting edit and remove] 
+//! [connecting edit and remove]
     connect(cancelButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(cancel()));
     connect(nextButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(next()));
     connect(previousButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(previous()));
 
     QVBoxLayout *buttonLayout1 = new QVBoxLayout;
     buttonLayout1->addWidget(addButton);
-//! [adding edit and remove to the layout]     
+//! [adding edit and remove to the layout]
     buttonLayout1->addWidget(editButton);
     buttonLayout1->addWidget(removeButton);
-//! [adding edit and remove to the layout]         
+//! [adding edit and remove to the layout]
     buttonLayout1->addWidget(submitButton);
     buttonLayout1->addWidget(cancelButton);
     buttonLayout1->addStretch();
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ void AddressBook::submitContact()
     }
 //! [submitContact() function part1]
     if (currentMode == AddingMode) {
-        
+
         if (!contacts.contains(name)) {
             contacts.insert(name, address);
             QMessageBox::information(this, tr("Add Successful"),
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ void AddressBook::submitContact()
 //! [submitContact() function part1]
 //! [submitContact() function part2]
     } else if (currentMode == EditingMode) {
-        
+
         if (oldName != name) {
             if (!contacts.contains(name)) {
                 QMessageBox::information(this, tr("Edit Successful"),
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ void AddressBook::submitContact()
         } else if (oldAddress != address) {
             QMessageBox::information(this, tr("Edit Successful"),
                 tr("\"%1\" has been edited in your address book.").arg(name));
-            contacts[name] = address;        
+            contacts[name] = address;
         }
     }
 
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ void AddressBook::removeContact()
             QMessageBox::Yes | QMessageBox::No);
 
         if (button == QMessageBox::Yes) {
-            
+
             previous();
             contacts.remove(name);
 
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ void AddressBook::updateInterface(Mode mode)
     currentMode = mode;
 
     switch (currentMode) {
-        
+
     case AddingMode:
     case EditingMode:
 
diff --git a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part4/addressbook.h b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part4/addressbook.h
index ff8c4f0318..6430ac3413 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part4/addressbook.h
+++ b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part4/addressbook.h
@@ -77,10 +77,10 @@ private:
     void updateInterface(Mode mode);
 //! [updateInterface() declaration]
     QPushButton *addButton;
-//! [buttons declaration]    
+//! [buttons declaration]
     QPushButton *editButton;
     QPushButton *removeButton;
-//! [buttons declaration]        
+//! [buttons declaration]
     QPushButton *submitButton;
     QPushButton *cancelButton;
     QPushButton *nextButton;
@@ -91,9 +91,9 @@ private:
     QMap<QString, QString> contacts;
     QString oldName;
     QString oldAddress;
-//! [mode declaration]    
+//! [mode declaration]
     Mode currentMode;
-//! [mode declaration]    
+//! [mode declaration]
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part5/addressbook.cpp b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part5/addressbook.cpp
index 90eb81986a..ca2f72e9e1 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part5/addressbook.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part5/addressbook.cpp
@@ -81,19 +81,19 @@ AddressBook::AddressBook(QWidget *parent)
     connect(editButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(editContact()));
     connect(cancelButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(cancel()));
     connect(removeButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(removeContact()));
-//! [signals and slots for find]    
+//! [signals and slots for find]
     connect(findButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(findContact()));
-//! [signals and slots for find]        
+//! [signals and slots for find]
     connect(nextButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(next()));
     connect(previousButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(previous()));
-    
+
     QVBoxLayout *buttonLayout1 = new QVBoxLayout;
     buttonLayout1->addWidget(addButton);
     buttonLayout1->addWidget(editButton);
     buttonLayout1->addWidget(removeButton);
-//! [adding findButton to layout]        
+//! [adding findButton to layout]
     buttonLayout1->addWidget(findButton);
-//! [adding findButton to layout]            
+//! [adding findButton to layout]
     buttonLayout1->addWidget(submitButton);
     buttonLayout1->addWidget(cancelButton);
     buttonLayout1->addStretch();
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ void AddressBook::submitContact()
     }
 
     if (currentMode == AddingMode) {
-        
+
         if (!contacts.contains(name)) {
             contacts.insert(name, address);
             QMessageBox::information(this, tr("Add Successful"),
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ void AddressBook::submitContact()
                 tr("Sorry, \"%1\" is already in your address book.").arg(name));
         }
     } else if (currentMode == EditingMode) {
-        
+
         if (oldName != name) {
             if (!contacts.contains(name)) {
                 QMessageBox::information(this, tr("Edit Successful"),
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ void AddressBook::removeContact()
             QMessageBox::Yes | QMessageBox::No);
 
         if (button == QMessageBox::Yes) {
-            
+
             previous();
             contacts.remove(name);
 
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ void AddressBook::previous()
     nameLine->setText(i.key());
     addressText->setText(i.value());
 }
-//! [findContact() function] 
+//! [findContact() function]
 void AddressBook::findContact()
 {
     dialog->show();
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ void AddressBook::findContact()
 
     updateInterface(NavigationMode);
 }
-//! [findContact() function] 
+//! [findContact() function]
 
 void AddressBook::updateInterface(Mode mode)
 {
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ void AddressBook::updateInterface(Mode mode)
         break;
 
     case NavigationMode:
-        
+
         if (contacts.isEmpty()) {
             nameLine->clear();
             addressText->clear();
diff --git a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part5/addressbook.h b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part5/addressbook.h
index 5e2c18e91a..f8a53304ee 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part5/addressbook.h
+++ b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part5/addressbook.h
@@ -68,9 +68,9 @@ public slots:
     void submitContact();
     void cancel();
     void removeContact();
-//! [findContact() declaration]    
+//! [findContact() declaration]
     void findContact();
-//! [findContact() declaration]    
+//! [findContact() declaration]
     void next();
     void previous();
 
@@ -80,9 +80,9 @@ private:
     QPushButton *addButton;
     QPushButton *editButton;
     QPushButton *removeButton;
-//! [findButton declaration]        
+//! [findButton declaration]
     QPushButton *findButton;
-//! [findButton declaration] 
+//! [findButton declaration]
     QPushButton *submitButton;
     QPushButton *cancelButton;
     QPushButton *nextButton;
@@ -91,9 +91,9 @@ private:
     QTextEdit *addressText;
 
     QMap<QString, QString> contacts;
-//! [FindDialog declaration]     
+//! [FindDialog declaration]
     FindDialog *dialog;
-//! [FindDialog declaration]     
+//! [FindDialog declaration]
     QString oldName;
     QString oldAddress;
     Mode currentMode;
diff --git a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part6/addressbook.cpp b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part6/addressbook.cpp
index a9bc2cc51c..2ced8e2404 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part6/addressbook.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part6/addressbook.cpp
@@ -71,9 +71,9 @@ AddressBook::AddressBook(QWidget *parent)
     previousButton->setEnabled(false);
 
     loadButton = new QPushButton(tr("&Load..."));
-//! [tooltip 1]    
+//! [tooltip 1]
     loadButton->setToolTip(tr("Load contacts from a file"));
-//! [tooltip 1]        
+//! [tooltip 1]
     saveButton = new QPushButton(tr("&Save..."));
 //! [tooltip 2]
     saveButton->setToolTip(tr("Save contacts to a file"));
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ AddressBook::AddressBook(QWidget *parent)
     connect(previousButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(previous()));
     connect(loadButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(loadFromFile()));
     connect(saveButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(saveToFile()));
-    
+
     QVBoxLayout *buttonLayout1 = new QVBoxLayout;
     buttonLayout1->addWidget(addButton);
     buttonLayout1->addWidget(editButton);
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ void AddressBook::submitContact()
     }
 
     if (currentMode == AddingMode) {
-        
+
         if (!contacts.contains(name)) {
             contacts.insert(name, address);
             QMessageBox::information(this, tr("Add Successful"),
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ void AddressBook::submitContact()
                 tr("Sorry, \"%1\" is already in your address book.").arg(name));
         }
     } else if (currentMode == EditingMode) {
-        
+
         if (oldName != name) {
             if (!contacts.contains(name)) {
                 QMessageBox::information(this, tr("Edit Successful"),
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ void AddressBook::removeContact()
             QMessageBox::Yes | QMessageBox::No);
 
         if (button == QMessageBox::Yes) {
-            
+
             previous();
             contacts.remove(name);
 
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ void AddressBook::updateInterface(Mode mode)
         break;
 
     case NavigationMode:
-        
+
         if (contacts.isEmpty()) {
             nameLine->clear();
             addressText->clear();
@@ -341,12 +341,12 @@ void AddressBook::saveToFile()
             return;
         }
 
-//! [saveToFile() function part2]        
+//! [saveToFile() function part2]
 //! [saveToFile() function part3]
         QDataStream out(&file);
         out.setVersion(QDataStream::Qt_4_5);
         out << contacts;
-    }       
+    }
 }
 //! [saveToFile() function part3]
 
@@ -362,15 +362,15 @@ void AddressBook::loadFromFile()
     if (fileName.isEmpty())
         return;
     else {
-        
+
         QFile file(fileName);
-        
+
         if (!file.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly)) {
             QMessageBox::information(this, tr("Unable to open file"),
                 file.errorString());
             return;
         }
-        
+
         QDataStream in(&file);
         in.setVersion(QDataStream::Qt_4_5);
         contacts.clear();   // clear existing contacts
diff --git a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part6/addressbook.h b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part6/addressbook.h
index 99dfd1e404..ce2691ccad 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part6/addressbook.h
+++ b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part6/addressbook.h
@@ -70,10 +70,10 @@ public slots:
     void findContact();
     void next();
     void previous();
-//! [save and load functions declaration]    
+//! [save and load functions declaration]
     void saveToFile();
     void loadFromFile();
-//! [save and load functions declaration]    
+//! [save and load functions declaration]
 
 private:
     void updateInterface(Mode mode);
@@ -86,10 +86,10 @@ private:
     QPushButton *cancelButton;
     QPushButton *nextButton;
     QPushButton *previousButton;
-//! [save and load buttons declaration]        
+//! [save and load buttons declaration]
     QPushButton *loadButton;
     QPushButton *saveButton;
-//! [save and load buttons declaration]            
+//! [save and load buttons declaration]
     QLineEdit *nameLine;
     QTextEdit *addressText;
 
diff --git a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part7/addressbook.cpp b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part7/addressbook.cpp
index 6ad7630e8d..2060d97d2f 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part7/addressbook.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part7/addressbook.cpp
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ AddressBook::AddressBook(QWidget *parent)
     connect(loadButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(loadFromFile()));
     connect(saveButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(saveToFile()));
     connect(exportButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(exportAsVCard()));
-    
+
     QVBoxLayout *buttonLayout1 = new QVBoxLayout;
     buttonLayout1->addWidget(addButton);
     buttonLayout1->addWidget(editButton);
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ void AddressBook::submitContact()
     }
 
     if (currentMode == AddingMode) {
-        
+
         if (!contacts.contains(name)) {
             contacts.insert(name, address);
             QMessageBox::information(this, tr("Add Successful"),
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ void AddressBook::submitContact()
                 tr("Sorry, \"%1\" is already in your address book.").arg(name));
         }
     } else if (currentMode == EditingMode) {
-        
+
         if (oldName != name) {
             if (!contacts.contains(name)) {
                 QMessageBox::information(this, tr("Edit Successful"),
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ void AddressBook::removeContact()
             QMessageBox::Yes | QMessageBox::No);
 
         if (button == QMessageBox::Yes) {
-            
+
             previous();
             contacts.remove(name);
 
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ void AddressBook::updateInterface(Mode mode)
         break;
 
     case NavigationMode:
-        
+
         if (contacts.isEmpty()) {
             nameLine->clear();
             addressText->clear();
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ void AddressBook::saveToFile()
     QString fileName = QFileDialog::getSaveFileName(this,
         tr("Save Address Book"), "",
         tr("Address Book (*.abk);;All Files (*)"));
-        
+
     if (fileName.isEmpty())
         return;
     else {
@@ -404,14 +404,14 @@ void AddressBook::exportAsVCard()
     QString fileName = QFileDialog::getSaveFileName(this,
         tr("Export Contact"), "",
         tr("vCard Files (*.vcf);;All Files (*)"));
-        
+
     if (fileName.isEmpty())
         return;
 
     QFile file(fileName);
 //! [export function part1]
-    
-//! [export function part2]    
+
+//! [export function part2]
     if (!file.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly)) {
         QMessageBox::information(this, tr("Unable to open file"),
             file.errorString());
@@ -425,12 +425,12 @@ void AddressBook::exportAsVCard()
     out << "BEGIN:VCARD" << "\n";
     out << "VERSION:2.1" << "\n";
     out << "N:" << lastName << ";" << firstName << "\n";
-        
-    if (!nameList.isEmpty())            
+
+    if (!nameList.isEmpty())
        out << "FN:" << nameList.join(' ') << "\n";
     else
        out << "FN:" << firstName << "\n";
-//! [export function part3] 
+//! [export function part3]
 
 //! [export function part4]
     address.replace(";", "\\;", Qt::CaseInsensitive);
diff --git a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part7/addressbook.h b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part7/addressbook.h
index a34cf24a23..d672c7a85b 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part7/addressbook.h
+++ b/examples/widgets/tutorials/addressbook/part7/addressbook.h
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ public slots:
     void loadFromFile();
 //! [exportAsVCard() declaration]
     void exportAsVCard();
-//! [exportAsVCard() declaration]       
+//! [exportAsVCard() declaration]
 
 private:
     void updateInterface(Mode mode);
@@ -89,9 +89,9 @@ private:
     QPushButton *previousButton;
     QPushButton *loadButton;
     QPushButton *saveButton;
-//! [exportButton declaration] 
+//! [exportButton declaration]
     QPushButton *exportButton;
-//! [exportButton declaration]     
+//! [exportButton declaration]
     QLineEdit *nameLine;
     QTextEdit *addressText;
 
diff --git a/examples/widgets/tutorials/gettingStarted/gsQt/part3/main.cpp b/examples/widgets/tutorials/gettingStarted/gsQt/part3/main.cpp
index e780986a53..bd0202c967 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/tutorials/gettingStarted/gsQt/part3/main.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/tutorials/gettingStarted/gsQt/part3/main.cpp
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Notepad::Notepad()
     layout->addWidget(textEdit);
     layout->addWidget(quitButton);
 
-    setLayout(layout); 
+    setLayout(layout);
 
     setWindowTitle(tr("Notepad"));
 }
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ void Notepad::quit()
     messageBox.setText(tr("Do you really want to quit?"));
     messageBox.setStandardButtons(QMessageBox::Yes | QMessageBox::No);
     messageBox.setDefaultButton(QMessageBox::No);
-    if (messageBox.exec() == QMessageBox::Yes) 
+    if (messageBox.exec() == QMessageBox::Yes)
         qApp->quit();
 }
 
diff --git a/examples/widgets/tutorials/modelview/5_edit/mymodel.cpp b/examples/widgets/tutorials/modelview/5_edit/mymodel.cpp
index a3567a08ab..317c4760fb 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/tutorials/modelview/5_edit/mymodel.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/tutorials/modelview/5_edit/mymodel.cpp
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ bool MyModel::setData(const QModelIndex & index, const QVariant & value, int rol
         //save value from editor to member m_gridData
         m_gridData[index.row()][index.column()] = value.toString();
 	//for presentation purposes only: build and emit a joined string
-	QString result; 
+        QString result;
 	for(int row= 0; row < ROWS; row++)
 	{
             for(int col= 0; col < COLS; col++)
diff --git a/examples/widgets/tutorials/modelview/7_selections/mainwindow.cpp b/examples/widgets/tutorials/modelview/7_selections/mainwindow.cpp
index d969582928..0c1eb290fa 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/tutorials/modelview/7_selections/mainwindow.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/tutorials/modelview/7_selections/mainwindow.cpp
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ MainWindow::MainWindow(QWidget *parent)
     europeItem->  appendRow(italyItem);
     italyItem->   appendRow(romeItem);
     italyItem->   appendRow(veronaItem);
-    
+
     //register the model
     treeView->setModel(standardModel);
     treeView->expandAll();
diff --git a/examples/widgets/widgets/calculator/button.cpp b/examples/widgets/widgets/calculator/button.cpp
index 70dbd52fca..395f685751 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/widgets/calculator/button.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/widgets/calculator/button.cpp
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
 
-#include <QtWidgets> 
+#include <QtWidgets>
 
 #include "button.h"
 
diff --git a/examples/widgets/widgets/codeeditor/codeeditor.cpp b/examples/widgets/widgets/codeeditor/codeeditor.cpp
index 2a7865ce6e..7da0930301 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/widgets/codeeditor/codeeditor.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/widgets/codeeditor/codeeditor.cpp
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ int CodeEditor::lineNumberAreaWidth()
 //![slotUpdateExtraAreaWidth]
 
 void CodeEditor::updateLineNumberAreaWidth(int /* newBlockCount */)
-{ 
+{
     setViewportMargins(lineNumberAreaWidth(), 0, 0, 0);
 }
 
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ void CodeEditor::highlightCurrentLine()
 
     if (!isReadOnly()) {
         QTextEdit::ExtraSelection selection;
-        
+
         QColor lineColor = QColor(Qt::yellow).lighter(160);
 
         selection.format.setBackground(lineColor);
diff --git a/examples/widgets/widgets/scribble/scribblearea.cpp b/examples/widgets/widgets/scribble/scribblearea.cpp
index 24e2b2b159..4028263e69 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/widgets/scribble/scribblearea.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/widgets/scribble/scribblearea.cpp
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ void ScribbleArea::print()
 {
 #if !defined(QT_NO_PRINTER) && !defined(QT_NO_PRINTDIALOG)
     QPrinter printer(QPrinter::HighResolution);
- 
+
     QPrintDialog printDialog(&printer, this);
 //! [21] //! [22]
     if (printDialog.exec() == QDialog::Accepted) {
diff --git a/examples/widgets/widgets/styles/widgetgallery.cpp b/examples/widgets/widgets/styles/widgetgallery.cpp
index 604f5af40b..4421bd19c4 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/widgets/styles/widgetgallery.cpp
+++ b/examples/widgets/widgets/styles/widgetgallery.cpp
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ void WidgetGallery::createBottomLeftTabWidget()
                               "Like a diamond in the sky.\n"
                               "Twinkle, twinkle, little star,\n"
                               "How I wonder what you are!\n"));
-                     
+
     QHBoxLayout *tab2hbox = new QHBoxLayout;
     tab2hbox->setMargin(5);
     tab2hbox->addWidget(textEdit);
diff --git a/examples/widgets/widgets/styles/widgetgallery.h b/examples/widgets/widgets/styles/widgetgallery.h
index 27e82c4d14..25d4c5881d 100644
--- a/examples/widgets/widgets/styles/widgetgallery.h
+++ b/examples/widgets/widgets/styles/widgetgallery.h
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ private:
     void createProgressBar();
 
     QPalette originalPalette;
- 
+
     QLabel *styleLabel;
     QComboBox *styleComboBox;
     QCheckBox *useStylePaletteCheckBox;
diff --git a/mkspecs/common/gcc-base.conf b/mkspecs/common/gcc-base.conf
index 2676cd6f04..7459be65bf 100644
--- a/mkspecs/common/gcc-base.conf
+++ b/mkspecs/common/gcc-base.conf
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
 # a (possibly platform-specific) version of the actual compiler configuration,
 # for example g++-macx.conf.
 #
-# If you are making changes to any of these files, please consider the 
+# If you are making changes to any of these files, please consider the
 # possible effect it may have due to these include-rules, and whether it
 # might make more sense to share the rule or make it more specific.
 #
diff --git a/mkspecs/common/linux.conf b/mkspecs/common/linux.conf
index 7918b14a3f..83096dd3da 100644
--- a/mkspecs/common/linux.conf
+++ b/mkspecs/common/linux.conf
@@ -17,9 +17,9 @@ QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENGL_ES1 = $$QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENGL
 QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENGL_ES1 = $$QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENGL
 QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENGL_ES2 = $$QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENGL
 QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENGL_ES2 = $$QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENGL
-QMAKE_INCDIR_EGL      = 
+QMAKE_INCDIR_EGL      =
 QMAKE_LIBDIR_EGL      =
-QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENVG   = 
+QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENVG   =
 QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENVG   =
 
 QMAKE_LIBS            =
diff --git a/mkspecs/common/wince/qmake.conf b/mkspecs/common/wince/qmake.conf
index 46f002a360..a0ef0d0c83 100644
--- a/mkspecs/common/wince/qmake.conf
+++ b/mkspecs/common/wince/qmake.conf
@@ -60,8 +60,8 @@ QMAKE_LFLAGS_RELEASE    = /INCREMENTAL:NO
 QMAKE_LFLAGS_DEBUG	= /DEBUG
 QMAKE_LFLAGS_LTCG       = /LTCG
 QMAKE_LIBS_NETWORK      = ws2.lib
-QMAKE_LIBS_OPENGL       = 
-QMAKE_LIBS_COMPAT       = 
+QMAKE_LIBS_OPENGL       =
+QMAKE_LIBS_COMPAT       =
 
 QMAKE_LIBS_EGL          = libEGL.lib
 QMAKE_LIBS_OPENGL_ES1 = libGLES_CM.lib
diff --git a/mkspecs/cygwin-g++/qmake.conf b/mkspecs/cygwin-g++/qmake.conf
index 27e29b21ed..fe9691cf39 100644
--- a/mkspecs/cygwin-g++/qmake.conf
+++ b/mkspecs/cygwin-g++/qmake.conf
@@ -4,73 +4,73 @@
 # Written for Qt/X11 on Windows using Cygwin's POSIX API
 #
 
-MAKEFILE_GENERATOR	= UNIX
+MAKEFILE_GENERATOR = UNIX
 QMAKE_PLATFORM = cygwin unix posix
 CONFIG += incremental
-QMAKE_INCREMENTAL_STYLE  = sublib
+QMAKE_INCREMENTAL_STYLE = sublib
 
-QMAKE_COMPILER = gcc
+QMAKE_COMPILER          = gcc
 
-QMAKE_CC		= gcc
-QMAKE_LEX		= flex
-QMAKE_LEXFLAGS		= 
-QMAKE_YACC		= byacc
-QMAKE_YACCFLAGS		= -d
-QMAKE_CFLAGS		= -pipe
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_DEPS	= -M
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_ON	= -Wall -W
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_OFF	= -w
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_RELEASE	= -O2
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_DEBUG	= -g
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_SHLIB	=
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_YACC	= -Wno-unused -Wno-parentheses
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_THREAD	= -D_REENTRANT
+QMAKE_CC                = gcc
+QMAKE_LEX               = flex
+QMAKE_LEXFLAGS          =
+QMAKE_YACC              = byacc
+QMAKE_YACCFLAGS         = -d
+QMAKE_CFLAGS            = -pipe
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_DEPS       = -M
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_ON    = -Wall -W
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_OFF   = -w
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_RELEASE    = -O2
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_DEBUG      = -g
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_SHLIB      =
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_YACC       = -Wno-unused -Wno-parentheses
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_THREAD     = -D_REENTRANT
 
-QMAKE_CXX		= g++
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS		= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_DEPS	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_DEPS
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_WARN_ON	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_ON
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_WARN_OFF	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_OFF
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_RELEASE	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_RELEASE
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_DEBUG	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_DEBUG
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_SHLIB	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_SHLIB
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_YACC	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_YACC
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_THREAD	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_THREAD
+QMAKE_CXX               = g++
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS          = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_DEPS     = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_DEPS
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_WARN_ON  = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_ON
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_WARN_OFF = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_OFF
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_RELEASE  = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_RELEASE
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_DEBUG    = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_DEBUG
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_SHLIB    = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_SHLIB
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_YACC     = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_YACC
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_THREAD   = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_THREAD
 
-QMAKE_INCDIR		=
-QMAKE_LIBDIR		=
-QMAKE_INCDIR_X11	= /usr/X11R6/include
-QMAKE_LIBDIR_X11	= /usr/X11R6/lib
-QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENGL	= /usr/X11R6/include
-QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENGL	= /usr/X11R6/lib
+QMAKE_INCDIR            =
+QMAKE_LIBDIR            =
+QMAKE_INCDIR_X11        = /usr/X11R6/include
+QMAKE_LIBDIR_X11        = /usr/X11R6/lib
+QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENGL     = /usr/X11R6/include
+QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENGL     = /usr/X11R6/lib
 
-QMAKE_LINK		= g++
-QMAKE_LINK_SHLIB	= g++
-QMAKE_LINK_C		= gcc
-QMAKE_LINK_C_SHLIB	= gcc
-QMAKE_LFLAGS		=
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_RELEASE	=
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_DEBUG	=
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_SHLIB	= -shared
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_PLUGIN	= $$QMAKE_LFLAGS_SHLIB
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_SONAME	= -Wl,-soname,
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_THREAD	=
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_RPATH	= -Wl,-rpath,
-QMAKE_CYGWIN_SHLIB	= 1
-QMAKE_CYGWIN_EXE	= 1
- 
-QMAKE_LIBS		=
-QMAKE_LIBS_DYNLOAD	= -ldl
-QMAKE_LIBS_X11		= -lXext -lX11
-QMAKE_LIBS_OPENGL	= -lGL
-QMAKE_LIBS_THREAD	= -lpthread
+QMAKE_LINK              = g++
+QMAKE_LINK_SHLIB        = g++
+QMAKE_LINK_C            = gcc
+QMAKE_LINK_C_SHLIB      = gcc
+QMAKE_LFLAGS            =
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_RELEASE    =
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_DEBUG      =
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_SHLIB      = -shared
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_PLUGIN     = $$QMAKE_LFLAGS_SHLIB
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_SONAME     = -Wl,-soname,
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_THREAD     =
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_RPATH      = -Wl,-rpath,
+QMAKE_CYGWIN_SHLIB      = 1
+QMAKE_CYGWIN_EXE        = 1
+
+QMAKE_LIBS              =
+QMAKE_LIBS_DYNLOAD      = -ldl
+QMAKE_LIBS_X11          = -lXext -lX11
+QMAKE_LIBS_OPENGL       = -lGL
+QMAKE_LIBS_THREAD       = -lpthread
 QMAKE_PREFIX_SHLIB      = lib
 QMAKE_PREFIX_STATICLIB  = lib
 QMAKE_EXTENSION_STATICLIB = a
 
-QMAKE_AR		= ar cqs
+QMAKE_AR                = ar cqs
 QMAKE_OBJCOPY           = objcopy
-QMAKE_RANLIB		=
+QMAKE_RANLIB            =
 
 include(../common/shell-unix.conf)
 load(qt_config)
diff --git a/mkspecs/hpux-acc-o64/qmake.conf b/mkspecs/hpux-acc-o64/qmake.conf
index 938337f96e..f6ceb93c23 100644
--- a/mkspecs/hpux-acc-o64/qmake.conf
+++ b/mkspecs/hpux-acc-o64/qmake.conf
@@ -4,109 +4,109 @@
 # We define _POSIX_C_SOURCE to 199506L when using threads, therefore
 # we also need to redefine _HPUX_SOURCE.
 # From pthread(3t):
-# 	Some documentation will recommend the use of -D_REENTRANT for
-# 	compilation.  While this also functions properly, it is considered
-# 	an obsolescent form.
+#   Some documentation will recommend the use of -D_REENTRANT for
+#   compilation.  While this also functions properly, it is considered
+#   an obsolescent form.
 # See pthread(3t) for more details.
 #
 # From the "HP aC++ Online Programmer's Guide":
-# 	When +DA2.0W is specified:
-# 	* 64-bit SVR4 Executable and Linking Format (ELF) object files
-# 	  are generated for PA-RISC 2.0. 
-# 	* The preprocessor predefined macro, __LP64__ is defined. 
-# 	* The correct path for 64-bit system and language libraries is
-# 	  selected.
-# 	When +DD32 is specified:
-# 	* The size of an int, long, or pointer data type is 32-bits. 
-# 	  The size of an int data type is 32-bits. The size of a long or
-# 	  pointer data type is 64-bits.
-# 	* This is the default, currently equivalent to +DA1.1 architecture.
-# 	When +DD64 is specified:
-# 	* The size of an int data type is 32-bits. The size of a long or
-# 	  pointer data type is 64-bits.
-# 	* This is currently equivalent to +DA2.OW architecture.
-# 	* The preprocessor predefined macro, __LP64__ is defined.
-# 	Using +DS to Specify Instruction Scheduling:
-# 	* By default, the compiler performs scheduling tuned for the system
-# 	  on which you are compiling, or, if specified, tuned for the setting
-# 	  of the +DA option.
+#   When +DA2.0W is specified:
+#   * 64-bit SVR4 Executable and Linking Format (ELF) object files
+#     are generated for PA-RISC 2.0.
+#   * The preprocessor predefined macro, __LP64__ is defined.
+#   * The correct path for 64-bit system and language libraries is
+#     selected.
+#   When +DD32 is specified:
+#   * The size of an int, long, or pointer data type is 32-bits.
+#     The size of an int data type is 32-bits. The size of a long or
+#     pointer data type is 64-bits.
+#   * This is the default, currently equivalent to +DA1.1 architecture.
+#   When +DD64 is specified:
+#   * The size of an int data type is 32-bits. The size of a long or
+#     pointer data type is 64-bits.
+#   * This is currently equivalent to +DA2.OW architecture.
+#   * The preprocessor predefined macro, __LP64__ is defined.
+#   Using +DS to Specify Instruction Scheduling:
+#   * By default, the compiler performs scheduling tuned for the system
+#     on which you are compiling, or, if specified, tuned for the setting
+#     of the +DA option.
 #
 # From the online "C/HP-UX Reference Manual":
-#	-Aa
-# 	  Enables strict ANSI C compliance.
-# 	-Ae
-# 	  Enables ANSI C compliance, HP value-added features (as described
-# 	  for +e option), and _HPUX_SOURCE name space macro. It is equivalent
-# 	  to -Aa +e -D_HPUX_SOURCE.
-# 	+e
-# 	  Enables the following HP value added features while compiling in
-# 	  ANSI C mode: sized enum, long long, long pointers, compiler supplied
-# 	  defaults for missing arguments to intrinsic calls, and $ in identifier
-# 	  HP C extensions.
+#   -Aa
+#     Enables strict ANSI C compliance.
+#   -Ae
+#     Enables ANSI C compliance, HP value-added features (as described
+#     for +e option), and _HPUX_SOURCE name space macro. It is equivalent
+#     to -Aa +e -D_HPUX_SOURCE.
+#   +e
+#     Enables the following HP value added features while compiling in
+#     ANSI C mode: sized enum, long long, long pointers, compiler supplied
+#     defaults for missing arguments to intrinsic calls, and $ in identifier
+#     HP C extensions.
 #
 
-MAKEFILE_GENERATOR	= UNIX
-QMAKE_PLATFORM = hpux
+MAKEFILE_GENERATOR      = UNIX
+QMAKE_PLATFORM          = hpux
 
-QMAKE_COMPILER = hp_acc
+QMAKE_COMPILER          = hp_acc
 
-QMAKE_CC		= cc
-QMAKE_LEX		= flex
-QMAKE_LEXFLAGS		=
-QMAKE_YACC		= yacc
-QMAKE_YACCFLAGS		= -d
-QMAKE_CFLAGS		= -Ae +DA2.0 -w
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_ON	=
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_OFF	=
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_RELEASE	= -O +Oentrysched +Onolimit
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_DEBUG	= -y -g
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_SHLIB	= +Z
+QMAKE_CC                = cc
+QMAKE_LEX               = flex
+QMAKE_LEXFLAGS          =
+QMAKE_YACC              = yacc
+QMAKE_YACCFLAGS         = -d
+QMAKE_CFLAGS            = -Ae +DA2.0 -w
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_ON    =
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_OFF   =
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_RELEASE    = -O +Oentrysched +Onolimit
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_DEBUG      = -y -g
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_SHLIB      = +Z
 QMAKE_CFLAGS_STATIC_LIB	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_SHLIB
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_YACC	=
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_THREAD	= -D_POSIX_C_SOURCE=199506L -D_HPUX_SOURCE
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_YACC       =
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_THREAD     = -D_POSIX_C_SOURCE=199506L -D_HPUX_SOURCE
 
-QMAKE_CXX		= aCC
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS		= +DA2.0 -w -D__STRICT_ANSI__ -D_HPUX_SOURCE
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_WARN_ON	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_ON
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_WARN_OFF	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_OFF
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_RELEASE	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_RELEASE
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_DEBUG	= -g
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_SHLIB	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_SHLIB
+QMAKE_CXX               = aCC
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS          = +DA2.0 -w -D__STRICT_ANSI__ -D_HPUX_SOURCE
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_WARN_ON  = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_ON
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_WARN_OFF = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_OFF
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_RELEASE  = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_RELEASE
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_DEBUG    = -g
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_SHLIB    = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_SHLIB
 QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_STATIC_LIB = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_STATIC_LIB
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_YACC	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_YACC
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_THREAD	= -D_POSIX_C_SOURCE=199506L
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_YACC     = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_YACC
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_THREAD   = -D_POSIX_C_SOURCE=199506L
 
-QMAKE_INCDIR		=
-QMAKE_LIBDIR		=
-QMAKE_INCDIR_X11	= /usr/include/X11R6
-QMAKE_LIBDIR_X11	= /usr/lib/X11R6
-QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENGL	= /opt/graphics/OpenGL/include /usr/contrib/X11R6/include
-QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENGL	= /opt/graphics/OpenGL/lib /usr/contrib/X11R6/lib
+QMAKE_INCDIR            =
+QMAKE_LIBDIR            =
+QMAKE_INCDIR_X11        = /usr/include/X11R6
+QMAKE_LIBDIR_X11        = /usr/lib/X11R6
+QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENGL     = /opt/graphics/OpenGL/include /usr/contrib/X11R6/include
+QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENGL     = /opt/graphics/OpenGL/lib /usr/contrib/X11R6/lib
 
-QMAKE_LINK		= aCC
-QMAKE_LINK_SHLIB	= aCC
-QMAKE_LFLAGS		= +DA2.0 -Wl,+s
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_RELEASE	= -O
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_DEBUG	=
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_SHLIB	= -b
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_PLUGIN	= $$QMAKE_LFLAGS_SHLIB
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_SONAME	= -Wl,+h,
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_NOUNDEF	= -Wl,+noallowunsats
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_RPATH	= -Wl,+b,
-QMAKE_HPUX_SHLIB	= 2
-QMAKE_EXTENSION_SHLIB	= sl
+QMAKE_LINK              = aCC
+QMAKE_LINK_SHLIB        = aCC
+QMAKE_LFLAGS            = +DA2.0 -Wl,+s
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_RELEASE    = -O
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_DEBUG      =
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_SHLIB      = -b
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_PLUGIN     = $$QMAKE_LFLAGS_SHLIB
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_SONAME     = -Wl,+h,
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_NOUNDEF    = -Wl,+noallowunsats
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_RPATH      = -Wl,+b,
+QMAKE_HPUX_SHLIB        = 2
+QMAKE_EXTENSION_SHLIB   = sl
 
-QMAKE_LIBS		= -lm
-QMAKE_LIBS_DYNLOAD	= -ldld
-QMAKE_LIBS_X11		= -lXext -lX11
+QMAKE_LIBS              = -lm
+QMAKE_LIBS_DYNLOAD      = -ldld
+QMAKE_LIBS_X11          = -lXext -lX11
 
-QMAKE_LIBS_OPENGL	= -lGL
-QMAKE_LIBS_THREAD	= -lpthread
-QMAKE_LIBS_YACC		= -ly
+QMAKE_LIBS_OPENGL       = -lGL
+QMAKE_LIBS_THREAD       = -lpthread
+QMAKE_LIBS_YACC         = -ly
 
-QMAKE_AR		= ar cqs
+QMAKE_AR                = ar cqs
 QMAKE_OBJCOPY           = objcopy
-QMAKE_RANLIB		=
+QMAKE_RANLIB            =
 
 include(../common/unix.conf)
 load(qt_config)
diff --git a/mkspecs/hpux-g++-64/qmake.conf b/mkspecs/hpux-g++-64/qmake.conf
index e73ed7d165..8d598d7388 100644
--- a/mkspecs/hpux-g++-64/qmake.conf
+++ b/mkspecs/hpux-g++-64/qmake.conf
@@ -5,72 +5,72 @@
 # therefore we also need to redefine _HPUX_SOURCE.
 #
 
-MAKEFILE_GENERATOR	= UNIX
-QMAKE_PLATFORM = hpux
+MAKEFILE_GENERATOR      = UNIX
+QMAKE_PLATFORM          = hpux
 
-QMAKE_COMPILER = gcc
+QMAKE_COMPILER          = gcc
 
-QMAKE_CC		= gcc
-QMAKE_LEX		= flex
-QMAKE_LEXFLAGS		=
-QMAKE_YACC		= yacc
-QMAKE_YACCFLAGS		= -d
-QMAKE_CFLAGS		= 
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_DEPS	= -M
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_ON	= -Wall -W
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_OFF	= -w
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_RELEASE	= -O2
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_DEBUG	= -g
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_SHLIB	= -fPIC
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_STATIC_LIB	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_SHLIB
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_YACC	= -Wno-unused -Wno-parentheses
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_THREAD	= -D_POSIX_C_SOURCE=199506L -D_HPUX_SOURCE
+QMAKE_CC                = gcc
+QMAKE_LEX               = flex
+QMAKE_LEXFLAGS          =
+QMAKE_YACC              = yacc
+QMAKE_YACCFLAGS         = -d
+QMAKE_CFLAGS            =
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_DEPS       = -M
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_ON    = -Wall -W
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_OFF   = -w
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_RELEASE    = -O2
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_DEBUG      = -g
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_SHLIB      = -fPIC
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_STATIC_LIB = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_SHLIB
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_YACC       = -Wno-unused -Wno-parentheses
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_THREAD     = -D_POSIX_C_SOURCE=199506L -D_HPUX_SOURCE
 
-QMAKE_CXX		= g++
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS		= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS -D_HPUX_SOURCE
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_DEPS	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_DEPS
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_WARN_ON	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_ON
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_WARN_OFF	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_OFF
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_RELEASE	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_RELEASE
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_DEBUG	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_DEBUG
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_SHLIB	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_SHLIB
+QMAKE_CXX               = g++
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS          = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS -D_HPUX_SOURCE
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_DEPS     = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_DEPS
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_WARN_ON  = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_ON
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_WARN_OFF = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_OFF
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_RELEASE  = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_RELEASE
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_DEBUG    = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_DEBUG
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_SHLIB    = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_SHLIB
 QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_STATIC_LIB = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_STATIC_LIB
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_YACC	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_YACC
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_THREAD	= -D_POSIX_C_SOURCE=199506L
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_YACC     = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_YACC
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_THREAD   = -D_POSIX_C_SOURCE=199506L
 
-QMAKE_INCDIR		=
-QMAKE_LIBDIR		= /usr/lib/pa20_64
-QMAKE_INCDIR_X11	= /usr/include/X11R6
-QMAKE_LIBDIR_X11	= /usr/lib/X11R6/pa20_64
-QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENGL	= /opt/Mesa/include /usr/contrib/X11R6/include
-QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENGL	= /opt/Mesa/lib/pa20_64 /usr/contrib/X11R6/lib/pa20_64
+QMAKE_INCDIR            =
+QMAKE_LIBDIR            = /usr/lib/pa20_64
+QMAKE_INCDIR_X11        = /usr/include/X11R6
+QMAKE_LIBDIR_X11        = /usr/lib/X11R6/pa20_64
+QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENGL     = /opt/Mesa/include /usr/contrib/X11R6/include
+QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENGL     = /opt/Mesa/lib/pa20_64 /usr/contrib/X11R6/lib/pa20_64
 
-QMAKE_LINK		= g++
-QMAKE_LINK_SHLIB	= g++
-QMAKE_LINK_C		= gcc
-QMAKE_LINK_C_SHLIB	= gcc
-QMAKE_LFLAGS		= -Wl,+s -lpthread
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_RELEASE	=
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_DEBUG	=
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_SHLIB	= -fPIC -shared
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_PLUGIN	= $$QMAKE_LFLAGS_SHLIB
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_SONAME	= -Wl,+h,
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_THREAD	=
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_NOUNDEF	= -Wl,+noallowunsats
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_RPATH	= -Wl,+b,
-QMAKE_HPUX_SHLIB	= 3
-QMAKE_EXTENSION_SHLIB	= sl
+QMAKE_LINK              = g++
+QMAKE_LINK_SHLIB        = g++
+QMAKE_LINK_C            = gcc
+QMAKE_LINK_C_SHLIB      = gcc
+QMAKE_LFLAGS            = -Wl,+s -lpthread
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_RELEASE    =
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_DEBUG      =
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_SHLIB      = -fPIC -shared
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_PLUGIN     = $$QMAKE_LFLAGS_SHLIB
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_SONAME     = -Wl,+h,
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_THREAD     =
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_NOUNDEF    = -Wl,+noallowunsats
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_RPATH      = -Wl,+b,
+QMAKE_HPUX_SHLIB        = 3
+QMAKE_EXTENSION_SHLIB   = sl
 
-QMAKE_LIBS		= -lm
-QMAKE_LIBS_DYNLOAD	= -ldld
-QMAKE_LIBS_X11		= -lXext -lX11
-QMAKE_LIBS_OPENGL	= -lGL
-QMAKE_LIBS_THREAD	= -lpthread
-QMAKE_LIBS_YACC		= -ly
+QMAKE_LIBS              = -lm
+QMAKE_LIBS_DYNLOAD      = -ldld
+QMAKE_LIBS_X11          = -lXext -lX11
+QMAKE_LIBS_OPENGL       = -lGL
+QMAKE_LIBS_THREAD       = -lpthread
+QMAKE_LIBS_YACC         = -ly
 
-QMAKE_AR		= ar cqs
+QMAKE_AR                = ar cqs
 QMAKE_OBJCOPY           = objcopy
-QMAKE_RANLIB		=
+QMAKE_RANLIB            =
 
 include(../common/unix.conf)
 load(qt_config)
diff --git a/mkspecs/hpuxi-acc-64/qmake.conf b/mkspecs/hpuxi-acc-64/qmake.conf
index f7cc178d29..e320a83eec 100644
--- a/mkspecs/hpuxi-acc-64/qmake.conf
+++ b/mkspecs/hpuxi-acc-64/qmake.conf
@@ -4,109 +4,109 @@
 # We define _POSIX_C_SOURCE to 199506L when using threads, therefore
 # we also need to redefine _HPUX_SOURCE.
 # From pthread(3t):
-# 	Some documentation will recommend the use of -D_REENTRANT for
-# 	compilation.  While this also functions properly, it is considered
-# 	an obsolescent form.
+#   Some documentation will recommend the use of -D_REENTRANT for
+#   compilation.  While this also functions properly, it is considered
+#   an obsolescent form.
 # See pthread(3t) for more details.
 #
 # From the "HP aC++ Online Programmer's Guide":
-# 	When +DA2.0W is specified:
-# 	* 64-bit SVR4 Executable and Linking Format (ELF) object files
-# 	  are generated for PA-RISC 2.0. 
-# 	* The preprocessor predefined macro, __LP64__ is defined. 
-# 	* The correct path for 64-bit system and language libraries is
-# 	  selected.
-# 	When +DD32 is specified:
-# 	* The size of an int, long, or pointer data type is 32-bits. 
-# 	  The size of an int data type is 32-bits. The size of a long or
-# 	  pointer data type is 64-bits.
-# 	* This is the default, currently equivalent to +DA1.1 architecture.
-# 	When +DD64 is specified:
-# 	* The size of an int data type is 32-bits. The size of a long or
-# 	  pointer data type is 64-bits.
-# 	* This is currently equivalent to +DA2.OW architecture.
-# 	* The preprocessor predefined macro, __LP64__ is defined.
-# 	Using +DS to Specify Instruction Scheduling:
-# 	* By default, the compiler performs scheduling tuned for the system
-# 	  on which you are compiling, or, if specified, tuned for the setting
-# 	  of the +DA option.
+#   When +DA2.0W is specified:
+#   * 64-bit SVR4 Executable and Linking Format (ELF) object files
+#     are generated for PA-RISC 2.0.
+#   * The preprocessor predefined macro, __LP64__ is defined.
+#   * The correct path for 64-bit system and language libraries is
+#     selected.
+#   When +DD32 is specified:
+#   * The size of an int, long, or pointer data type is 32-bits.
+#     The size of an int data type is 32-bits. The size of a long or
+#     pointer data type is 64-bits.
+#   * This is the default, currently equivalent to +DA1.1 architecture.
+#   When +DD64 is specified:
+#   * The size of an int data type is 32-bits. The size of a long or
+#     pointer data type is 64-bits.
+#   * This is currently equivalent to +DA2.OW architecture.
+#   * The preprocessor predefined macro, __LP64__ is defined.
+#   Using +DS to Specify Instruction Scheduling:
+#   * By default, the compiler performs scheduling tuned for the system
+#     on which you are compiling, or, if specified, tuned for the setting
+#     of the +DA option.
 #
 # From the online "C/HP-UX Reference Manual":
-#	-Aa
-# 	  Enables strict ANSI C compliance.
-# 	-Ae
-# 	  Enables ANSI C compliance, HP value-added features (as described
-# 	  for +e option), and _HPUX_SOURCE name space macro. It is equivalent
-# 	  to -Aa +e -D_HPUX_SOURCE.
-# 	+e
-# 	  Enables the following HP value added features while compiling in
-# 	  ANSI C mode: sized enum, long long, long pointers, compiler supplied
-# 	  defaults for missing arguments to intrinsic calls, and $ in identifier
-# 	  HP C extensions.
+#   -Aa
+#     Enables strict ANSI C compliance.
+#   -Ae
+#     Enables ANSI C compliance, HP value-added features (as described
+#     for +e option), and _HPUX_SOURCE name space macro. It is equivalent
+#     to -Aa +e -D_HPUX_SOURCE.
+#   +e
+#     Enables the following HP value added features while compiling in
+#     ANSI C mode: sized enum, long long, long pointers, compiler supplied
+#     defaults for missing arguments to intrinsic calls, and $ in identifier
+#     HP C extensions.
 #
 
-MAKEFILE_GENERATOR	= UNIX
-QMAKE_PLATFORM = hpux
+MAKEFILE_GENERATOR      = UNIX
+QMAKE_PLATFORM          = hpux
 CONFIG += plugin_no_soname
 
-QMAKE_COMPILER = hp_acc
+QMAKE_COMPILER          = hp_acc
 
-QMAKE_CC		= cc
-QMAKE_LEX		= lex
-QMAKE_LEXFLAGS		=
-QMAKE_YACC		= yacc
-QMAKE_YACCFLAGS		= -d
-QMAKE_CFLAGS		= +DD64 +DSitanium -w
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_ON	=
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_OFF	= -w
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_RELEASE	= +O1
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_DEBUG	= -g
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_SHLIB	= +Z
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_STATIC_LIB	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_SHLIB
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_YACC	=
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_THREAD	= -D_POSIX_C_SOURCE=199506L -D_HPUX_SOURCE -D_REENTRANT -mt
+QMAKE_CC                = cc
+QMAKE_LEX               = lex
+QMAKE_LEXFLAGS          =
+QMAKE_YACC              = yacc
+QMAKE_YACCFLAGS         = -d
+QMAKE_CFLAGS            = +DD64 +DSitanium -w
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_ON    =
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_OFF   = -w
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_RELEASE    = +O1
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_DEBUG      = -g
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_SHLI       = +Z
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_STATIC_LIB = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_SHLIB
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_YACC       =
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_THREAD     = -D_POSIX_C_SOURCE=199506L -D_HPUX_SOURCE -D_REENTRANT -mt
 
-QMAKE_CXX		= aCC
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS		= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS -D__STRICT_ANSI__ -D_HPUX_SOURCE
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_DEPS	= +M
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_WARN_ON	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_ON
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_WARN_OFF	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_OFF
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_RELEASE	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_RELEASE
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_DEBUG	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_DEBUG
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_SHLIB	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_SHLIB
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_STATIC_LIB = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_STATIC_LIB
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_YACC	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_YACC
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_THREAD	= -D_POSIX_C_SOURCE=199506L -D_REENTRANT -mt
+QMAKE_CXX               = aCC
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS          = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS -D__STRICT_ANSI__ -D_HPUX_SOURCE
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_DEPS     = +M
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_WARN_ON  = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_ON
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_WARN_OFF = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_OFF
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_RELEASE  = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_RELEASE
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_DEBUG    = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_DEBUG
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_SHLIB    = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_SHLIB
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_STATIC_LB = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_STATIC_LIB
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_YACC     = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_YACC
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_THREAD   = -D_POSIX_C_SOURCE=199506L -D_REENTRANT -mt
 
-QMAKE_INCDIR		=
-QMAKE_LIBDIR		=
-QMAKE_INCDIR_X11	= /usr/include/X11R6
-QMAKE_LIBDIR_X11	= /usr/lib/hpux64/X11R6
-QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENGL	= /opt/graphics/OpenGL/include /usr/contrib/X11R6/include
-QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENGL	= /opt/graphics/OpenGL/lib/hpux64 /usr/contrib/X11R6/lib/hpux64
+QMAKE_INCDIR            =
+QMAKE_LIBDIR            =
+QMAKE_INCDIR_X11        = /usr/include/X11R6
+QMAKE_LIBDIR_X11        = /usr/lib/hpux64/X11R6
+QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENGL     = /opt/graphics/OpenGL/include /usr/contrib/X11R6/include
+QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENGL     = /opt/graphics/OpenGL/lib/hpux64 /usr/contrib/X11R6/lib/hpux64
 
-QMAKE_LINK		= aCC
-QMAKE_LINK_SHLIB	= aCC
-QMAKE_LFLAGS		= +DD64 +DSitanium -Wl,+s
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_RELEASE	= -O
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_DEBUG	= -g
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_SHLIB	= -b -Wl,-a,shared
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_PLUGIN	= $$QMAKE_LFLAGS_SHLIB
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_SONAME	= -Wl,+h,
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_THREAD	=
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_NOUNDEF	= -Wl,+noallowunsats
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_RPATH	=
+QMAKE_LINK              = aCC
+QMAKE_LINK_SHLIB        = aCC
+QMAKE_LFLAGS            = +DD64 +DSitanium -Wl,+s
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_RELEASE    = -O
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_DEBUG      = -g
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_SHLIB      = -b -Wl,-a,shared
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_PLUGIN     = $$QMAKE_LFLAGS_SHLIB
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_SONAME     = -Wl,+h,
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_THREAD     =
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_NOUNDEF    = -Wl,+noallowunsats
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_RPATH      =
 
-QMAKE_LIBS		= -lm
-QMAKE_LIBS_DYNLOAD	= -ldl
-QMAKE_LIBS_X11		= -lXext -lX11
-QMAKE_LIBS_OPENGL	= -lGL -lXt
-QMAKE_LIBS_THREAD	= -lpthread
-QMAKE_LIBS_YACC		= -ly
+QMAKE_LIBS              = -lm
+QMAKE_LIBS_DYNLOAD      = -ldl
+QMAKE_LIBS_X11          = -lXext -lX11
+QMAKE_LIBS_OPENGL       = -lGL -lXt
+QMAKE_LIBS_THREAD       = -lpthread
+QMAKE_LIBS_YACC         = -ly
 
-QMAKE_AR		= ar cqs
+QMAKE_AR                = ar cqs
 QMAKE_OBJCOPY           = objcopy
-QMAKE_RANLIB		=
+QMAKE_RANLIB            =
 
 include(../common/unix.conf)
 load(qt_config)
diff --git a/mkspecs/hurd-g++/qmake.conf b/mkspecs/hurd-g++/qmake.conf
index 5850055b33..36437ead30 100644
--- a/mkspecs/hurd-g++/qmake.conf
+++ b/mkspecs/hurd-g++/qmake.conf
@@ -20,9 +20,9 @@ QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENGL_ES1 = $$QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENGL
 QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENGL_ES1 = $$QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENGL
 QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENGL_ES2 = $$QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENGL
 QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENGL_ES2 = $$QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENGL
-QMAKE_INCDIR_EGL      = 
+QMAKE_INCDIR_EGL      =
 QMAKE_LIBDIR_EGL      =
-QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENVG   = 
+QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENVG   =
 QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENVG   =
 
 QMAKE_LIBS            =
diff --git a/mkspecs/linux-icc/qmake.conf b/mkspecs/linux-icc/qmake.conf
index d8b0b161b6..353aa8833b 100644
--- a/mkspecs/linux-icc/qmake.conf
+++ b/mkspecs/linux-icc/qmake.conf
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ QMAKE_CLEAN		= -r $(OBJECTS_DIR)/ti_files
 CONFIG += icc_pch_style
 QMAKE_PCH_OUTPUT_EXT    = .pchi
 QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_USE_PRECOMPILE = -pch-use ${QMAKE_PCH_OUTPUT} -include ${QMAKE_PCH_INPUT}
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_PRECOMPILE = -c -pch-create ${QMAKE_PCH_OUTPUT} -include ${QMAKE_PCH_INPUT} -o ${QMAKE_PCH_TEMP_OBJECT} ${QMAKE_PCH_TEMP_SOURCE} 
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_PRECOMPILE = -c -pch-create ${QMAKE_PCH_OUTPUT} -include ${QMAKE_PCH_INPUT} -o ${QMAKE_PCH_TEMP_OBJECT} ${QMAKE_PCH_TEMP_SOURCE}
 
 # -Bsymbolic-functions (ld) support
 QMAKE_LFLAGS_BSYMBOLIC_FUNC = -Wl,-Bsymbolic-functions
diff --git a/mkspecs/macx-icc/qmake.conf b/mkspecs/macx-icc/qmake.conf
index b85f44d182..45e826ba4c 100644
--- a/mkspecs/macx-icc/qmake.conf
+++ b/mkspecs/macx-icc/qmake.conf
@@ -12,61 +12,61 @@
 # warning #1569: potential redeclared typedef
 #
 
-MAKEFILE_GENERATOR	= UNIX
+MAKEFILE_GENERATOR      = UNIX
 CONFIG += app_bundle
 QMAKE_INCREMENTAL_STYLE = sublibs
 QMAKE_COMPILER_DEFINES  += __APPLE__ __GNUC__
 
-QMAKE_COMPILER = gcc intel_icc   # icc pretends to be gcc
+QMAKE_COMPILER          = gcc intel_icc   # icc pretends to be gcc
 
-QMAKE_CC		= icc
-QMAKE_CFLAGS		= -wd858,1572,1569,279
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_DEPS	= -M
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_ON	=
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_OFF	= -w
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_RELEASE	=
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_DEBUG	= -g
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_SHLIB	= -fpic
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_STATIC_LIB	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_SHLIB
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_YACC	= -Wno-unused -Wno-parentheses
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_THREAD	= 
+QMAKE_CC                = icc
+QMAKE_CFLAGS            = -wd858,1572,1569,279
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_DEPS       = -M
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_ON    =
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_OFF   = -w
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_RELEASE    =
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_DEBUG      = -g
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_SHLIB      = -fpic
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_STATIC_LIB = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_SHLIB
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_YACC       = -Wno-unused -Wno-parentheses
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_THREAD     =
 
 QMAKE_OBJECTIVE_CC      = gcc
-QMAKE_OBJECTIVE_CFLAGS		= -pipe
-QMAKE_OBJECTIVE_CFLAGS_WARN_ON	= -Wall -W
-QMAKE_OBJECTIVE_CFLAGS_WARN_OFF	= -w
-QMAKE_OBJECTIVE_CFLAGS_RELEASE	= -Os
-QMAKE_OBJECTIVE_CFLAGS_DEBUG	= -g
-QMAKE_OBJECTIVE_CFLAGS_HIDESYMS   = -fvisibility=hidden
+QMAKE_OBJECTIVE_CFLAGS          = -pipe
+QMAKE_OBJECTIVE_CFLAGS_WARN_ON  = -Wall -W
+QMAKE_OBJECTIVE_CFLAGS_WARN_OFF = -w
+QMAKE_OBJECTIVE_CFLAGS_RELEASE  = -Os
+QMAKE_OBJECTIVE_CFLAGS_DEBUG    = -g
+QMAKE_OBJECTIVE_CFLAGS_HIDESYMS = -fvisibility=hidden
 
-QMAKE_CXX		= icpc
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS		= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_DEPS	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_DEPS
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_WARN_ON	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_ON
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_WARN_OFF	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_OFF
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_RELEASE	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_RELEASE
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_DEBUG	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_DEBUG
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_SHLIB	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_SHLIB
+QMAKE_CXX               = icpc
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS          = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_DEPS     = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_DEPS
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_WARN_ON  = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_ON
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_WARN_OFF = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_OFF
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_RELEASE  = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_RELEASE
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_DEBUG    = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_DEBUG
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_SHLIB    = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_SHLIB
 QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_STATIC_LIB = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_STATIC_LIB
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_YACC	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_YACC
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_THREAD	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_THREAD
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_YACC     = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_YACC
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_THREAD   = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_THREAD
 
-QMAKE_LINK		= icpc
-QMAKE_LINK_SHLIB	= icpc
-QMAKE_LFLAGS		= -headerpad_max_install_names
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_RELEASE	=
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_DEBUG	=
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_SHLIB	= -single_module -dynamiclib 
+QMAKE_LINK              = icpc
+QMAKE_LINK_SHLIB        = icpc
+QMAKE_LFLAGS            = -headerpad_max_install_names
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_RELEASE    =
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_DEBUG      =
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_SHLIB      = -ingle_module -dynamiclib
 QMAKE_LFLAGS_INCREMENTAL = -undefined suppress -flat_namespace
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_PLUGIN	= $$QMAKE_LFLAGS_SHLIB
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_SONAME	= -install_name$${LITERAL_WHITESPACE}
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_THREAD	=
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_RPATH	=
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_PLUGIN     = $$QMAKE_LFLAGS_SHLIB
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_SONAME     = -install_name$${LITERAL_WHITESPACE}
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_THREAD     =
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_RPATH      =
 
 QMAKE_LFLAGS_VERSION    = -current_version$${LITERAL_WHITESPACE}
 QMAKE_LFLAGS_COMPAT_VERSION = -compatibility_version$${LITERAL_WHITESPACE}
 
-QMAKE_CLEAN		= -r $(OBJECTS_DIR)/ti_files
+QMAKE_CLEAN             = -r $(OBJECTS_DIR)/ti_files
 
 include(../common/macx.conf)
 
diff --git a/mkspecs/macx-xcode/qmake.conf b/mkspecs/macx-xcode/qmake.conf
index e4ffba0531..131619de32 100644
--- a/mkspecs/macx-xcode/qmake.conf
+++ b/mkspecs/macx-xcode/qmake.conf
@@ -4,23 +4,23 @@
 # Mac OS X + XCode
 #
 
-MAKEFILE_GENERATOR	= XCODE
-CONFIG += lib_version_first incremental plugin_no_soname app_bundle
+MAKEFILE_GENERATOR              = XCODE
+CONFIG                         += lib_version_first incremental plugin_no_soname app_bundle
 
 include(../common/macx.conf)
 include(../common/gcc-base-mac.conf)
 include(../common/g++-macx.conf)
 
-QMAKE_MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.6
+QMAKE_MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET  = 10.6
 
 QMAKE_LINK                      =
 QMAKE_LINK_C                    =
 QMAKE_LINK_C_SHLIB              =
 QMAKE_LINK_SHLIB                =
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_HIDESYMS           = 
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_HIDESYMS           =
 QMAKE_LFLAGS_VERSION            =
 QMAKE_LFLAGS_COMPAT_VERSION     =
 QMAKE_LFLAGS_SONAME             =
-QMAKE_INCDIR		+= /usr/local/include /System/Library/Frameworks/CarbonCore.framework/Headers 
+QMAKE_INCDIR                   += /usr/local/include /System/Library/Frameworks/CarbonCore.framework/Headers
 
 load(qt_config)
diff --git a/mkspecs/unsupported/linux-host-g++/qmake.conf b/mkspecs/unsupported/linux-host-g++/qmake.conf
index eabdd41ac6..47579600c1 100644
--- a/mkspecs/unsupported/linux-host-g++/qmake.conf
+++ b/mkspecs/unsupported/linux-host-g++/qmake.conf
@@ -4,9 +4,9 @@
 # This mkspec can be used as the platform mkspec when building
 # Qt in scratchbox. If used as such, qmake and similar host
 # tools will be compiled for the host architecture (E.g. x86)
-# and thus not run in the emulator. This results in a 
+# and thus not run in the emulator. This results in a
 # significant improvement in build times.
-# 
+#
 # Note: The mkspec copied & pasted parts from common/gcc.conf
 #       and common/linux.conf as setBootstrapVariable in
 #       configure has a bug which stops re-assignments working
@@ -89,9 +89,9 @@ QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENGL_ES1 = $$QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENGL
 QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENGL_ES1 = $$QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENGL
 QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENGL_ES2 = $$QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENGL
 QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENGL_ES2 = $$QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENGL
-QMAKE_INCDIR_EGL      = 
+QMAKE_INCDIR_EGL      =
 QMAKE_LIBDIR_EGL      =
-QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENVG   = 
+QMAKE_INCDIR_OPENVG   =
 QMAKE_LIBDIR_OPENVG   =
 
 QMAKE_LIBS            =
diff --git a/mkspecs/win32-g++/qplatformdefs.h b/mkspecs/win32-g++/qplatformdefs.h
index 736b69073a..4f339cbea6 100644
--- a/mkspecs/win32-g++/qplatformdefs.h
+++ b/mkspecs/win32-g++/qplatformdefs.h
@@ -65,16 +65,16 @@
 
 #if !defined(_WIN32_WINNT) || (_WIN32_WINNT-0 < 0x0500)
 typedef enum {
-    NameUnknown		  = 0, 
-    NameFullyQualifiedDN  = 1, 
-    NameSamCompatible	  = 2, 
-    NameDisplay		  = 3, 
-    NameUniqueId	  = 6, 
-    NameCanonical	  = 7, 
-    NameUserPrincipal	  = 8, 
-    NameCanonicalEx	  = 9, 
-    NameServicePrincipal  = 10, 
-    NameDnsDomain	  = 12
+    NameUnknown           = 0,
+    NameFullyQualifiedDN  = 1,
+    NameSamCompatible     = 2,
+    NameDisplay           = 3,
+    NameUniqueId          = 6,
+    NameCanonical         = 7,
+    NameUserPrincipal     = 8,
+    NameCanonicalEx       = 9,
+    NameServicePrincipal  = 10,
+    NameDnsDomain         = 12
 } EXTENDED_NAME_FORMAT, *PEXTENDED_NAME_FORMAT;
 #endif
 
diff --git a/mkspecs/win32-icc/qmake.conf b/mkspecs/win32-icc/qmake.conf
index 6530003c83..0b05873a8b 100644
--- a/mkspecs/win32-icc/qmake.conf
+++ b/mkspecs/win32-icc/qmake.conf
@@ -4,72 +4,72 @@
 # Written for Intel C++
 #
 
-MAKEFILE_GENERATOR	= MSVC.NET
-QMAKE_PLATFORM = win32
-CONFIG += incremental flat debug_and_release debug_and_release_target
-DEFINES			+= UNICODE
-QMAKE_COMPILER_DEFINES  += __INTEL_COMPILER WIN32
+MAKEFILE_GENERATOR      = MSVC.NET
+QMAKE_PLATFORM          = win32
+CONFIG                 += incremental flat debug_and_release debug_and_release_target
+DEFINES                += UNICODE
+QMAKE_COMPILER_DEFINES += __INTEL_COMPILER WIN32
 
-QMAKE_COMPILER = msvc intel_icl  # icl pretends to be msvc
+QMAKE_COMPILER          = msvc intel_icl  # icl pretends to be msvc
 
-QMAKE_CC		= icl
-QMAKE_LEX		= flex
-QMAKE_LEXFLAGS		=
-QMAKE_YACC		= byacc
-QMAKE_YACCFLAGS		= -d
-QMAKE_CFLAGS		= -nologo -Zm200 /Qprec /Qwd1744,1738
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_ON	= -W3 /Qwd673
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_OFF	= -W0 /Qwd673
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_RELEASE	= -O2 -MD 
+QMAKE_CC                = icl
+QMAKE_LEX               = flex
+QMAKE_LEXFLAGS          =
+QMAKE_YACC              = byacc
+QMAKE_YACCFLAGS         = -d
+QMAKE_CFLAGS            = -nologo -Zm200 /Qprec /Qwd1744,1738
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_ON    = -W3 /Qwd673
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_OFF   = -W0 /Qwd673
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_RELEASE    = -O2 -MD
 # Giving -O2 to debug builds should make icc 9.1 happy, but it might make debugging harder, so it might be reverted.
 # This is actually a workaround for a bug in icc 9.1.
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_DEBUG	= -Zi -MDd -O2
-QMAKE_CFLAGS_YACC	=
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_DEBUG      = -Zi -MDd -O2
+QMAKE_CFLAGS_YACC       =
 
-QMAKE_CXX		= $$QMAKE_CC
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS		= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS /Zc:forScope
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_WARN_ON	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_ON
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_WARN_OFF	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_OFF
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_RELEASE	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_RELEASE
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_DEBUG	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_DEBUG
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_YACC	= $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_YACC
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_STL_ON	= -GX
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_STL_OFF	=
-QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_RTTI_ON	= -GR
+QMAKE_CXX               = $$QMAKE_CC
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS          = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS /Zc:forScope
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_WARN_ON  = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_ON
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_WARN_OFF = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_WARN_OFF
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_RELEASE  = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_RELEASE
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_DEBUG    = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_DEBUG
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_YACC     = $$QMAKE_CFLAGS_YACC
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_STL_ON   = -GX
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_STL_OFF  =
+QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_RTTI_ON  = -GR
 QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_RTTI_OFF	=
 QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_EXCEPTIONS_ON = -GX
 QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_EXCEPTIONS_OFF =
 
-QMAKE_INCDIR		=
+QMAKE_INCDIR            =
 
-QMAKE_RUN_CC		= $(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) $(INCPATH) -Fo$obj $src
-QMAKE_RUN_CC_IMP	= $(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) $(INCPATH) -Fo$@ $<
-QMAKE_RUN_CC_IMP_BATCH	= $(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) $(INCPATH) -Fo$@ @<<
-QMAKE_RUN_CXX		= $(CXX) -c $(CXXFLAGS) $(INCPATH) -Fo$obj $src
-QMAKE_RUN_CXX_IMP	= $(CXX) -c $(CXXFLAGS) $(INCPATH) -Fo$@ $<
+QMAKE_RUN_CC            = $(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) $(INCPATH) -Fo$obj $src
+QMAKE_RUN_CC_IMP        = $(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) $(INCPATH) -Fo$@ $<
+QMAKE_RUN_CC_IMP_BATCH  = $(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) $(INCPATH) -Fo$@ @<<
+QMAKE_RUN_CXX           = $(CXX) -c $(CXXFLAGS) $(INCPATH) -Fo$obj $src
+QMAKE_RUN_CXX_IMP       = $(CXX) -c $(CXXFLAGS) $(INCPATH) -Fo$@ $<
 QMAKE_RUN_CXX_IMP_BATCH	= $(CXX) -c $(CXXFLAGS) $(INCPATH) -Fo$@ @<<
 
-QMAKE_LINK		= xilink
-QMAKE_LFLAGS		= /NOLOGO
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_RELEASE	=
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_DEBUG	= /DEBUG
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_CONSOLE	= /SUBSYSTEM:console
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_WINDOWS	= /SUBSYSTEM:windows
+QMAKE_LINK              = xilink
+QMAKE_LFLAGS            = /NOLOGO
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_RELEASE    =
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_DEBUG      = /DEBUG
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_CONSOLE    = /SUBSYSTEM:console
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_WINDOWS    = /SUBSYSTEM:windows
 QMAKE_LFLAGS_DLL        = /DLL
 
-QMAKE_LIBS		=
+QMAKE_LIBS              =
 QMAKE_LIBS_CORE         = kernel32.lib user32.lib shell32.lib uuid.lib ole32.lib advapi32.lib ws2_32.lib
 QMAKE_LIBS_GUI          = gdi32.lib comdlg32.lib oleaut32.lib imm32.lib winmm.lib ws2_32.lib ole32.lib user32.lib advapi32.lib
 QMAKE_LIBS_NETWORK      = ws2_32.lib
 QMAKE_LIBS_OPENGL       = glu32.lib opengl32.lib gdi32.lib user32.lib delayimp.lib
 QMAKE_LIBS_COMPAT       = advapi32.lib shell32.lib comdlg32.lib user32.lib gdi32.lib ws2_32.lib
-QMAKE_LIBS_QT_ENTRY	= -lqtmain
+QMAKE_LIBS_QT_ENTRY     = -lqtmain
 
-QMAKE_IDL		= midl
-QMAKE_LIB		= xilib /NOLOGO
-QMAKE_RC		= rc
+QMAKE_IDL               = midl
+QMAKE_LIB               = xilib /NOLOGO
+QMAKE_RC                = rc
 
 include(../common/shell-win32.conf)
 
-DSP_EXTENSION		= .dsp
+DSP_EXTENSION           = .dsp
 load(qt_config)
diff --git a/mkspecs/wince50standard-x86-msvc2005/qmake.conf b/mkspecs/wince50standard-x86-msvc2005/qmake.conf
index 2fa7556a29..d16d1f0f5b 100644
--- a/mkspecs/wince50standard-x86-msvc2005/qmake.conf
+++ b/mkspecs/wince50standard-x86-msvc2005/qmake.conf
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ CE_ARCH     = x86
 DEFINES    += STANDARDSHELL_UI_MODEL _WIN32_WCE=0x500 $$CE_ARCH _X86_ _M_IX86 Q_OS_WINCE_STD QT_NO_PRINTER QT_NO_PRINTDIALOG
 
 QMAKE_LFLAGS_CONSOLE    = /SUBSYSTEM:WINDOWSCE,5.00 /MACHINE:X86 /ENTRY:mainACRTStartup
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_WINDOWS    = /SUBSYSTEM:WINDOWSCE,5.00 /MACHINE:X86 
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_WINDOWS    = /SUBSYSTEM:WINDOWSCE,5.00 /MACHINE:X86
 QMAKE_LFLAGS_DLL        = /SUBSYSTEM:WINDOWSCE,5.00 /MACHINE:X86 /DLL /SAFESEH:NO
 QMAKE_LIBFLAGS          = $$QMAKE_LFLAGS_WINDOWS
 QMAKE_LIBFLAGS_RELEASE  = /LTCG
diff --git a/mkspecs/wince60standard-armv4i-msvc2005/qmake.conf b/mkspecs/wince60standard-armv4i-msvc2005/qmake.conf
index 3bb18af3c2..2fe971b4f4 100644
--- a/mkspecs/wince60standard-armv4i-msvc2005/qmake.conf
+++ b/mkspecs/wince60standard-armv4i-msvc2005/qmake.conf
@@ -20,8 +20,8 @@ QMAKE_LIBS              = corelibc.lib coredll.lib
 QMAKE_LIBS_CORE         = libcmt.lib corelibc.lib ole32.lib oleaut32.lib uuid.lib commctrl.lib coredll.lib winsock.lib
 QMAKE_LIBS_GUI          = ceshell.lib ole32.lib $$QMAKE_LIBS_CORE
 QMAKE_LIBS_NETWORK      = ws2.lib $$QMAKE_LIBS_GUI
-QMAKE_LIBS_OPENGL       = 
-QMAKE_LIBS_COMPAT       = 
+QMAKE_LIBS_OPENGL       =
+QMAKE_LIBS_COMPAT       =
 
 QMAKE_RC		= rc /DUNDER_CE=600 /D_WIN32_WCE=0x600
 
diff --git a/mkspecs/wincewm50pocket-msvc2005/qmake.conf b/mkspecs/wincewm50pocket-msvc2005/qmake.conf
index 676be5ac2a..657b68b616 100644
--- a/mkspecs/wincewm50pocket-msvc2005/qmake.conf
+++ b/mkspecs/wincewm50pocket-msvc2005/qmake.conf
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 #
 include(../common/wince/qmake.conf)
 
-CE_SDK      = Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK 
+CE_SDK      = Windows Mobile 5.0 Pocket PC SDK
 CE_ARCH     = ARMV4I
 
 DEFINES += _WIN32_WCE=0x501 $$CE_ARCH _ARMV4I_ armv4i _ARM_ ARM _M_ARM ARM __arm__ Q_OS_WINCE_WM QT_NO_PRINTER QT_NO_PRINTDIALOG
diff --git a/mkspecs/wincewm50smart-msvc2005/qmake.conf b/mkspecs/wincewm50smart-msvc2005/qmake.conf
index c0f09cc0bb..36e2fcdf37 100644
--- a/mkspecs/wincewm50smart-msvc2005/qmake.conf
+++ b/mkspecs/wincewm50smart-msvc2005/qmake.conf
@@ -5,13 +5,13 @@
 #
 include(../common/wince/qmake.conf)
 
-CE_SDK      = Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK 
+CE_SDK      = Windows Mobile 5.0 Smartphone SDK
 CE_ARCH     = ARMV4I
 
 DEFINES    += SMARTPHONE2003_UI_MODEL _WIN32_WCE=0x501 $$CE_ARCH _ARMV4I_ armv4i _ARM_ ARM _M_ARM ARM __arm__ Q_OS_WINCE_WM QT_NO_PRINTER QT_NO_PRINTDIALOG QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION
 
 QMAKE_LFLAGS_CONSOLE    = /SUBSYSTEM:WINDOWSCE,5.01 /MACHINE:THUMB /ENTRY:mainACRTStartup
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_WINDOWS    = /SUBSYSTEM:WINDOWSCE,5.01 /MACHINE:THUMB 
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_WINDOWS    = /SUBSYSTEM:WINDOWSCE,5.01 /MACHINE:THUMB
 QMAKE_LFLAGS_DLL        = /SUBSYSTEM:WINDOWSCE,5.01 /MACHINE:THUMB /DLL
 QMAKE_LIBFLAGS          = $$QMAKE_LFLAGS_WINDOWS
 QMAKE_LIBFLAGS_RELEASE  = /LTCG
diff --git a/mkspecs/wincewm60professional-msvc2005/qmake.conf b/mkspecs/wincewm60professional-msvc2005/qmake.conf
index 78c5f0187a..5528db3afd 100644
--- a/mkspecs/wincewm60professional-msvc2005/qmake.conf
+++ b/mkspecs/wincewm60professional-msvc2005/qmake.conf
@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 include(../wincewm50pocket-msvc2005/qmake.conf)
 
-CE_SDK		= Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK 
-CE_ARCH		= ARMV4I
+CE_SDK                  = Windows Mobile 6 Professional SDK
+CE_ARCH                 = ARMV4I
 
 DEFINES -= _WIN32_WCE=0x501
 DEFINES += _WIN32_WCE=0x502
 
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_CONSOLE	= /SUBSYSTEM:WINDOWSCE,5.02 /MACHINE:THUMB /ENTRY:mainACRTStartup
-QMAKE_LFLAGS_WINDOWS	= /SUBSYSTEM:WINDOWSCE,5.02 /MACHINE:THUMB
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_CONSOLE    = /SUBSYSTEM:WINDOWSCE,5.02 /MACHINE:THUMB /ENTRY:mainACRTStartup
+QMAKE_LFLAGS_WINDOWS    = /SUBSYSTEM:WINDOWSCE,5.02 /MACHINE:THUMB
 QMAKE_LFLAGS_DLL        = /SUBSYSTEM:WINDOWSCE,5.02 /MACHINE:THUMB /DLL
 QMAKE_LIBFLAGS          = $$QMAKE_LFLAGS_WINDOWS
 
diff --git a/mkspecs/wincewm60standard-msvc2005/qmake.conf b/mkspecs/wincewm60standard-msvc2005/qmake.conf
index 15cac422bc..c80339047b 100644
--- a/mkspecs/wincewm60standard-msvc2005/qmake.conf
+++ b/mkspecs/wincewm60standard-msvc2005/qmake.conf
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 include(../wincewm50smart-msvc2005/qmake.conf)
 
-CE_SDK   = Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK 
+CE_SDK   = Windows Mobile 6 Standard SDK
 CE_ARCH  = ARMV4I
 
 DEFINES -= _WIN32_WCE=0x501
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ DEFINES += _WIN32_WCE=0x502
 
 # Windows Mobile 6 Standard edition defines
 # GWES_ICONCURS=1 although there is no cursor support
-  
+
 DEFINES += QT_NO_CURSOR
 
 QMAKE_LFLAGS_CONSOLE	= /SUBSYSTEM:WINDOWSCE,5.02 /MACHINE:THUMB /ENTRY:mainACRTStartup
diff --git a/qmake/generators/win32/mingw_make.cpp b/qmake/generators/win32/mingw_make.cpp
index 2e0a724c02..e64b2160b3 100644
--- a/qmake/generators/win32/mingw_make.cpp
+++ b/qmake/generators/win32/mingw_make.cpp
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ void MingwMakefileGenerator::writeRcFilePart(QTextStream &t)
 
     if (!rc_file.isEmpty()) {
         t << escapeDependencyPath(var("RES_FILE")) << ": " << rc_file << "\n\t"
-          << var("QMAKE_RC") << " -i " << rc_file << " -o " << var("RES_FILE") 
+          << var("QMAKE_RC") << " -i " << rc_file << " -o " << var("RES_FILE")
           << incPathStr << " $(DEFINES)" << endl << endl;
     }
 }
diff --git a/qmake/generators/win32/mingw_make.h b/qmake/generators/win32/mingw_make.h
index 6bdcb7ea70..0e1267994e 100644
--- a/qmake/generators/win32/mingw_make.h
+++ b/qmake/generators/win32/mingw_make.h
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ private:
     void writeRcFilePart(QTextStream &t);
 
     QStringList &findDependencies(const QString &file);
-    
+
     QString preCompHeaderOut;
 
     virtual bool findLibraries();
diff --git a/qmake/generators/win32/msvc_nmake.cpp b/qmake/generators/win32/msvc_nmake.cpp
index 54dea886af..b620c270e0 100644
--- a/qmake/generators/win32/msvc_nmake.cpp
+++ b/qmake/generators/win32/msvc_nmake.cpp
@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ void NmakeMakefileGenerator::writeBuildRulesPart(QTextStream &t)
         }
     }
     QString signature = !project->isEmpty("SIGNATURE_FILE") ? var("SIGNATURE_FILE") : var("DEFAULT_SIGNATURE");
-    bool useSignature = !signature.isEmpty() && !project->isActiveConfig("staticlib") && 
+    bool useSignature = !signature.isEmpty() && !project->isActiveConfig("staticlib") &&
                         !project->isEmpty("CE_SDK") && !project->isEmpty("CE_ARCH");
     if(useSignature) {
         t << "\n\tsigntool sign /F " << signature << " $(DESTDIR_TARGET)";
diff --git a/src/concurrent/qtconcurrentfilter.cpp b/src/concurrent/qtconcurrentfilter.cpp
index 72362b7d8a..ef0229a695 100644
--- a/src/concurrent/qtconcurrentfilter.cpp
+++ b/src/concurrent/qtconcurrentfilter.cpp
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@
 
     QtConcurrent::filter(), QtConcurrent::filtered(), and
     QtConcurrent::filteredReduced() accept function objects, which can be used to
-    add state to a function call. The result_type typedef must define the 
+    add state to a function call. The result_type typedef must define the
     result type of the function call operator:
 
     \snippet code/src_concurrent_qtconcurrentfilter.cpp 13
diff --git a/src/concurrent/qtconcurrentmap.cpp b/src/concurrent/qtconcurrentmap.cpp
index 2dba3779ff..9718baf48f 100644
--- a/src/concurrent/qtconcurrentmap.cpp
+++ b/src/concurrent/qtconcurrentmap.cpp
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
 
 /*!
     \enum QtConcurrent::ReduceOption
-    This enum specifies the order of which results from the map or filter 
+    This enum specifies the order of which results from the map or filter
     function are passed to the reduce function.
 
     \value UnorderedReduce Reduction is done in an arbitrary order.
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@
 
     QtConcurrent::map(), QtConcurrent::mapped(), and
     QtConcurrent::mappedReduced() accept function objects, which can be used to
-    add state to a function call. The result_type typedef must define the 
+    add state to a function call. The result_type typedef must define the
     result type of the function call operator:
 
     \snippet code/src_concurrent_qtconcurrentmap.cpp 14
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@
   Calls \a function once for each item from \a begin to \a end and returns a
   container with the results. Specify the type of container as the a template
   argument, like this:
-  
+
   \code
      QList<int> ints = QtConcurrent::blockingMapped<QList<int> >(beginIterator, endIterator, fn);
   \endcode
diff --git a/src/concurrent/qtconcurrentmapkernel.h b/src/concurrent/qtconcurrentmapkernel.h
index b456c42285..6817cd3e29 100644
--- a/src/concurrent/qtconcurrentmapkernel.h
+++ b/src/concurrent/qtconcurrentmapkernel.h
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ public:
             runIteration(it, i, 0);
             advance(it, 1);
         }
-       
+
         return false;
     }
 };
diff --git a/src/concurrent/qtconcurrentreducekernel.h b/src/concurrent/qtconcurrentreducekernel.h
index a4a626d6c9..dcf4b92319 100644
--- a/src/concurrent/qtconcurrentreducekernel.h
+++ b/src/concurrent/qtconcurrentreducekernel.h
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ class ReduceKernel
 
 public:
     ReduceKernel(ReduceOptions _reduceOptions)
-        : reduceOptions(_reduceOptions), progress(0), resultsMapSize(0), 
+        : reduceOptions(_reduceOptions), progress(0), resultsMapSize(0),
           threadCount(QThreadPool::globalInstance()->maxThreadCount())
     { }
 
diff --git a/src/concurrent/qtconcurrentrun.cpp b/src/concurrent/qtconcurrentrun.cpp
index 880441cfc3..4ab1399c0c 100644
--- a/src/concurrent/qtconcurrentrun.cpp
+++ b/src/concurrent/qtconcurrentrun.cpp
@@ -47,63 +47,63 @@
     separate thread.
 
     \ingroup thread
-    
+
     This function is a part of the \l {Concurrent Programming}{Qt Concurrent} framework.
 
     The QtConcurrent::run() function runs a function in a separate thread.
     The return value of the function is made available through the QFuture API.
-    
+
     \section1 Running a Function in a Separate Thread
-    
+
     To run a function in another thread, use QtConcurrent::run():
-    
+
     \snippet code/src_concurrent_qtconcurrentrun.cpp 0
-    
+
     This will run \e aFunction in a separate thread obtained from the default
     QThreadPool. You can use the QFuture and QFutureWatcher classes to monitor
     the status of the function.
-    
+
     \section1 Passing Arguments to the Function
 
     Passing arguments to the function is done by adding them to the
     QtConcurrent::run() call immediately after the function name. For example:
-    
+
     \snippet code/src_concurrent_qtconcurrentrun.cpp 1
-    
+
     A copy of each argument is made at the point where QtConcurrent::run() is
     called, and these values are passed to the thread when it begins executing
     the function. Changes made to the arguments after calling
     QtConcurrent::run() are \e not visible to the thread.
-    
+
     \section1 Returning Values from the Function
-    
+
     Any return value from the function is available via QFuture:
-    
+
     \snippet code/src_concurrent_qtconcurrentrun.cpp 2
-    
+
     As documented above, passing arguments is done like this:
-    
+
     \snippet code/src_concurrent_qtconcurrentrun.cpp 3
-    
+
     Note that the QFuture::result() function blocks and waits for the result
     to become available. Use QFutureWatcher to get notification when the
     function has finished execution and the result is available.
-    
+
     \section1 Additional API Features
-    
+
     \section2 Using Member Functions
-    
+
     QtConcurrent::run() also accepts pointers to member functions. The first
     argument must be either a const reference or a pointer to an instance of
     the class. Passing by const reference is useful when calling const member
     functions; passing by pointer is useful for calling non-const member
     functions that modify the instance.
-    
+
     For example, calling QByteArray::split() (a const member function) in a
     separate thread is done like this:
-    
+
     \snippet code/src_concurrent_qtconcurrentrun.cpp 4
-    
+
     Calling a non-const member function is done like this:
 
     \snippet code/src_concurrent_qtconcurrentrun.cpp 5
@@ -115,17 +115,17 @@
     \l{http://www.boost.org/libs/bind/bind.html}{Boost} or
     \l{http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/papers/2005/n1836.pdf}
     {C++ TR1 Library Extensions}.
-    
+
     You can use boost::bind() or std::tr1::bind() to \e bind a number of
     arguments to a function when called. There are number of reasons for doing
     this:
-    
+
     \list
     \li To call a function that takes more than 5 arguments.
     \li To simplify calling a function with constant arguments.
     \li Changing the order of arguments.
     \endlist
-    
+
     See the documentation for the relevant functions for details on how to use
     the bind API.
 
@@ -137,14 +137,14 @@
 /*!
     \fn QFuture<T> QtConcurrent::run(Function function, ...);
     \relates <QtConcurrentRun>
-    
+
     Runs \a function in a separate thread. The thread is taken from the global
     QThreadPool. Note that the function may not run immediately; the function
     will only be run when a thread is available.
-    
+
     T is the same type as the return value of \a function. Non-void return
     values can be accessed via the QFuture::result() function.
-    
+
     Note that the QFuture returned by QtConcurrent::run() does not support
     canceling, pausing, or progress reporting. The QFuture returned can only
     be used to query for the running/finished status and the return value of
diff --git a/src/corelib/animation/qsequentialanimationgroup.cpp b/src/corelib/animation/qsequentialanimationgroup.cpp
index 2fbb844367..42debea782 100644
--- a/src/corelib/animation/qsequentialanimationgroup.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/animation/qsequentialanimationgroup.cpp
@@ -266,8 +266,8 @@ QSequentialAnimationGroup::~QSequentialAnimationGroup()
 
 /*!
     Adds a pause of \a msecs to this animation group.
-    The pause is considered as a special type of animation, thus 
-    \l{QAnimationGroup::animationCount()}{animationCount} will be 
+    The pause is considered as a special type of animation, thus
+    \l{QAnimationGroup::animationCount()}{animationCount} will be
     increased by one.
 
     \sa insertPause(), QAnimationGroup::addAnimation()
diff --git a/src/corelib/animation/qvariantanimation.cpp b/src/corelib/animation/qvariantanimation.cpp
index 72a7c7264a..f69d9dd8de 100644
--- a/src/corelib/animation/qvariantanimation.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/animation/qvariantanimation.cpp
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ void QVariantAnimationPrivate::updateInterpolator()
         interpolator = getInterpolator(type);
     else
         interpolator = 0;
-    
+
     //we make sure that the interpolator is always set to something
     if (!interpolator)
         interpolator = &defaultInterpolator;
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ void QVariantAnimationPrivate::recalculateCurrentInterval(bool force/*=false*/)
                                                                            qMakePair(progress, QVariant()),
                                                                            animationValueLessThan);
         if (it == keyValues.constBegin()) {
-            //the item pointed to by it is the start element in the range    
+            //the item pointed to by it is the start element in the range
             if (it->first == 0 && keyValues.count() > 1) {
                 currentInterval.start = *it;
                 currentInterval.end = *(it+1);
diff --git a/src/corelib/arch/qatomic_ia64.h b/src/corelib/arch/qatomic_ia64.h
index d4b187ffea..ed72036076 100644
--- a/src/corelib/arch/qatomic_ia64.h
+++ b/src/corelib/arch/qatomic_ia64.h
@@ -219,28 +219,28 @@ inline int QBasicAtomicInt::fetchAndStoreAcquire(int newValue)
 inline bool QBasicAtomicInt::testAndSetRelaxed(int expectedValue, int newValue)
 {
     register int expectedValueCopy = expectedValue;
-    return (static_cast<int>(_InterlockedCompareExchange(&_q_value, 
-							 newValue, 
-							 expectedValueCopy))
-	    == expectedValue);
+    return (static_cast<int>(_InterlockedCompareExchange(&_q_value,
+                                                         newValue,
+                                                         expectedValueCopy))
+            == expectedValue);
 }
 
 inline bool QBasicAtomicInt::testAndSetAcquire(int expectedValue, int newValue)
 {
     register int expectedValueCopy = expectedValue;
-    return (static_cast<int>(_InterlockedCompareExchange_acq(reinterpret_cast<volatile uint *>(&_q_value), 
-							     newValue, 
-							     expectedValueCopy)) 
-	    == expectedValue);
+    return (static_cast<int>(_InterlockedCompareExchange_acq(reinterpret_cast<volatile uint *>(&_q_value),
+                                                             newValue,
+                                                             expectedValueCopy))
+            == expectedValue);
 }
 
 inline bool QBasicAtomicInt::testAndSetRelease(int expectedValue, int newValue)
 {
     register int expectedValueCopy = expectedValue;
-    return (static_cast<int>(_InterlockedCompareExchange_rel(reinterpret_cast<volatile uint *>(&_q_value), 
-							     newValue, 
-							     expectedValueCopy)) 
-	    == expectedValue);
+    return (static_cast<int>(_InterlockedCompareExchange_rel(reinterpret_cast<volatile uint *>(&_q_value),
+                                                             newValue,
+                                                             expectedValueCopy))
+            == expectedValue);
 }
 
 inline int QBasicAtomicInt::fetchAndAddAcquire(int valueToAdd)
@@ -286,10 +286,10 @@ template <typename T>
 Q_INLINE_TEMPLATE bool QBasicAtomicPointer<T>::testAndSetRelaxed(T *expectedValue, T *newValue)
 {
     register T *expectedValueCopy = expectedValue;
-    return (_InterlockedCompareExchangePointer(reinterpret_cast<void * volatile*>(&_q_value), 
-					       newValue, 
-					       expectedValueCopy)
-	    == expectedValue);
+    return (_InterlockedCompareExchangePointer(reinterpret_cast<void * volatile*>(&_q_value),
+                                               newValue,
+                                               expectedValueCopy)
+            == expectedValue);
 }
 
 template <typename T>
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ Q_INLINE_TEMPLATE bool QBasicAtomicPointer<T>::testAndSetAcquire(T *expectedValu
     };
     x = &_q_value;
     register T *expectedValueCopy = expectedValue;
-    return (_InterlockedCompareExchange64_acq(p, quintptr(newValue), quintptr(expectedValueCopy)) 
+    return (_InterlockedCompareExchange64_acq(p, quintptr(newValue), quintptr(expectedValueCopy))
 	    == quintptr(expectedValue));
 }
 
diff --git a/src/corelib/arch/sparc/arch.pri b/src/corelib/arch/sparc/arch.pri
index b3ca399640..a201c83c6a 100644
--- a/src/corelib/arch/sparc/arch.pri
+++ b/src/corelib/arch/sparc/arch.pri
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 #
 *-64* {
     SOURCES += $$PWD/qatomic64.s
-} 
+}
 else {
     SOURCES += $$PWD/qatomic32.s \
                $$PWD/qatomic_sparc.cpp
diff --git a/src/corelib/arch/sparc/qatomic_sparc.cpp b/src/corelib/arch/sparc/qatomic_sparc.cpp
index d0a9eb8d29..8ea270e90a 100644
--- a/src/corelib/arch/sparc/qatomic_sparc.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/arch/sparc/qatomic_sparc.cpp
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ Q_CORE_EXPORT int q_atomic_lock_int(volatile int *addr)
                 sched_yield();
                 returnValue = *addr;
             } while (returnValue == INT_MIN);
-            
+
             // try again
             returnValue = q_atomic_trylock_int(addr);
         } while (returnValue == INT_MIN);
diff --git a/src/corelib/codecs/qeuckrcodec.cpp b/src/corelib/codecs/qeuckrcodec.cpp
index a6d75666d5..20ba1e85d6 100644
--- a/src/corelib/codecs/qeuckrcodec.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/codecs/qeuckrcodec.cpp
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
 
-// Most of the cp949 code was originally written by Joon-Kyu Park, and is included 
+// Most of the cp949 code was originally written by Joon-Kyu Park, and is included
 // in Qt with the author's permission and the grateful thanks of the Qt team.
 
 /*! \class QEucKrCodec
@@ -3405,7 +3405,7 @@ QByteArray QCP949Codec::convertFromUnicode(const QChar *uc, int len, ConverterSt
                     row = internal_code / 178;
                     column = internal_code % 178;
                 }
-                else { 
+                else {
                     // code between a1-fe
                     internal_code -= 3008;
                     row = internal_code / 84;
diff --git a/src/corelib/codecs/qiconvcodec.cpp b/src/corelib/codecs/qiconvcodec.cpp
index 01b90fe527..60b13ac4e1 100644
--- a/src/corelib/codecs/qiconvcodec.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/codecs/qiconvcodec.cpp
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ QByteArray QIconvCodec::convertFromUnicode(const QChar *uc, int len, ConverterSt
         delete temporaryState;
         return QString(uc, len).toLatin1();
     }
- 
+
     size_t outBytesLeft = len;
     QByteArray ba(outBytesLeft, Qt::Uninitialized);
     outBytes = ba.data();
diff --git a/src/corelib/codecs/qjpunicode.cpp b/src/corelib/codecs/qjpunicode.cpp
index 95ffe11f75..9513621dfe 100644
--- a/src/corelib/codecs/qjpunicode.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/codecs/qjpunicode.cpp
@@ -10537,7 +10537,7 @@ static unsigned short const sjis208ibmvdc_unicode[] = {
 
 uint QJpUnicodeConv::sjisibmvdcToUnicode(uint h, uint l) const
 {
-    if (((rule & IBM_VDC) || (rule & Microsoft_CP932))  && IsSjisIBMVDCChar1(h)) 
+    if (((rule & IBM_VDC) || (rule & Microsoft_CP932))  && IsSjisIBMVDCChar1(h))
           return sjis208ibmvdc_unicode[((h - 0x00fa)*189 + (l-0x0040))];
     else
         return 0;
@@ -10632,9 +10632,9 @@ static unsigned short const cp932_ed_ee_unicode[] = {
 uint QJpUnicodeConv::cp932ToUnicode(uint h, uint l) const
 {
     if (rule & Microsoft_CP932) {
-        if (h == 0x0087 && (l >= 0x0040 && l <= 0x009c)) 
+        if (h == 0x0087 && (l >= 0x0040 && l <= 0x009c))
             return cp932_87_unicode[l-0x0040];
-        else if ((h == 0x00ed || h == 0x00ee)  && (l >= 0x0040 && l <= 0x00fc)) 
+        else if ((h == 0x00ed || h == 0x00ee)  && (l >= 0x0040 && l <= 0x00fc))
             return cp932_ed_ee_unicode[((h - 0x00ed)*189 + (l-0x0040))];
     }
     return 0;
diff --git a/src/corelib/doc/snippets/code/src_corelib_global_qglobal.cpp b/src/corelib/doc/snippets/code/src_corelib_global_qglobal.cpp
index 7d7d71ac50..59f05592be 100644
--- a/src/corelib/doc/snippets/code/src_corelib_global_qglobal.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/doc/snippets/code/src_corelib_global_qglobal.cpp
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ namespace QT_NAMESPACE {
 //! [43]
 class MyClass : public QObject
 {
-    
+
   private:
     Q_DISABLE_COPY(MyClass)
 };
@@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ class MyClass : public QObject
 //! [44]
 class MyClass : public QObject
 {
-    
+
   private:
      MyClass(const MyClass &);
      MyClass &operator=(const MyClass &);
diff --git a/src/corelib/doc/snippets/code/src_corelib_thread_qwaitcondition_unix.cpp b/src/corelib/doc/snippets/code/src_corelib_thread_qwaitcondition_unix.cpp
index de1a7cea19..92a6e77866 100644
--- a/src/corelib/doc/snippets/code/src_corelib_thread_qwaitcondition_unix.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/doc/snippets/code/src_corelib_thread_qwaitcondition_unix.cpp
@@ -84,6 +84,6 @@ forever {
         mutex.lock();
     }
     keyPressed.wakeAll();
-    mutex.unlock();          
+    mutex.unlock();
 }
 //! [3]
diff --git a/src/corelib/doc/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp b/src/corelib/doc/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp
index 7e221cfaab..4f8c4c095e 100644
--- a/src/corelib/doc/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/doc/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qbytearray.cpp
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ QString tmp = "test";
 QByteArray text = tmp.toLocal8Bit();
 char *data = new char[text.size()]
 strcpy(data, text.data());
-delete [] data; 
+delete [] data;
 //! [46]
 
 //! [47]
diff --git a/src/corelib/doc/snippets/fileinfo/main.cpp b/src/corelib/doc/snippets/fileinfo/main.cpp
index 57d7e32cb5..50acdb2550 100644
--- a/src/corelib/doc/snippets/fileinfo/main.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/doc/snippets/fileinfo/main.cpp
@@ -54,12 +54,12 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
     QFileInfo fileInfo1("~/examples/191697/.");
     QFileInfo fileInfo2("~/examples/191697/..");
     QFileInfo fileInfo3("~/examples/191697/main.cpp");
-//! [0]    
-//! [1]    
+//! [0]
+//! [1]
     QFileInfo fileInfo4(".");
     QFileInfo fileInfo5("..");
     QFileInfo fileInfo6("main.cpp");
-//! [1]    
+//! [1]
 
     qDebug() << fileInfo1.fileName();
     qDebug() << fileInfo2.fileName();
diff --git a/src/corelib/doc/snippets/qstring/main.cpp b/src/corelib/doc/snippets/qstring/main.cpp
index 6ee3088138..bf45a31c29 100644
--- a/src/corelib/doc/snippets/qstring/main.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/doc/snippets/qstring/main.cpp
@@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ void Widget::replaceFunction()
     //! [86]
     QString equis = "xxxxxx";
     equis.replace("xx", "x");
-    // equis == "xxx"    
+    // equis == "xxx"
     //! [86]
 
     //! [87]
diff --git a/src/corelib/doc/snippets/sharedemployee/employee.h b/src/corelib/doc/snippets/sharedemployee/employee.h
index 8025015a2e..2df1f71c51 100644
--- a/src/corelib/doc/snippets/sharedemployee/employee.h
+++ b/src/corelib/doc/snippets/sharedemployee/employee.h
@@ -69,11 +69,11 @@ class Employee
         setName(name);
     }
 //! [2] //! [7]
-    Employee(const Employee &other) 
-          : d (other.d) 
-    { 
-    } 
-//! [7]  
+    Employee(const Employee &other)
+          : d (other.d)
+    {
+    }
+//! [7]
 //! [3]
     void setId(int id) { d->id = id; }
 //! [3] //! [4]
diff --git a/src/corelib/doc/snippets/signalmapper/filereader.cpp b/src/corelib/doc/snippets/signalmapper/filereader.cpp
index 42660b9551..cb83ea9362 100644
--- a/src/corelib/doc/snippets/signalmapper/filereader.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/doc/snippets/signalmapper/filereader.cpp
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ FileReader::FileReader(QWidget *parent)
 /*
 //! [2]
     //slower due to signature normalization at runtime
-    
+
     connect(signalMapper, SIGNAL(mapped(const QString &)),
         this, SLOT(readFile(const QString &)));
 //! [2]
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ FileReader::FileReader(QWidget *parent)
 void FileReader::readFile(const QString &filename)
 {
     QFile file(filename);
-    
+
     if (!file.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly)) {
         QMessageBox::information(this, tr("Unable to open file"),
             file.errorString());
diff --git a/src/corelib/doc/snippets/statemachine/eventtest.cpp b/src/corelib/doc/snippets/statemachine/eventtest.cpp
index c83e92ab77..7454344680 100644
--- a/src/corelib/doc/snippets/statemachine/eventtest.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/doc/snippets/statemachine/eventtest.cpp
@@ -55,11 +55,11 @@ protected:
             if (wrappedEvent->type() == QEvent::KeyPress) {
                 QKeyEvent *keyEvent = static_cast<QKeyEvent *>(wrappedEvent);
                 // Do your event test
-            }       
+            }
         }
         return false;
     }
-//![0]      
+//![0]
 
     void onTransition(QEvent *event)
     {
diff --git a/src/corelib/doc/snippets/statemachine/main4.cpp b/src/corelib/doc/snippets/statemachine/main4.cpp
index f1ecabd535..19b40a10b4 100644
--- a/src/corelib/doc/snippets/statemachine/main4.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/doc/snippets/statemachine/main4.cpp
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ protected:
         StringEvent *se = static_cast<StringEvent*>(e);
         return (m_value == se->value);
     }
-    
+
     virtual void onTransition(QEvent *) {}
 
 private:
diff --git a/src/corelib/doc/snippets/streaming/main.cpp b/src/corelib/doc/snippets/streaming/main.cpp
index 66808a5a6b..673df075ee 100644
--- a/src/corelib/doc/snippets/streaming/main.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/doc/snippets/streaming/main.cpp
@@ -85,12 +85,12 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
     QByteArray byteArray;
     QDataStream stream(&byteArray, QIODevice::WriteOnly);
     stream << m;
-    
+
     // display
     qDebug() << m.id << m.releaseDate << m.title;
 
     Movie m2;
-    
+
     int id2;
     QString title2;
     QDate date2;
diff --git a/src/corelib/doc/snippets/timers/timers.cpp b/src/corelib/doc/snippets/timers/timers.cpp
index 4d74e7cc27..8257bf57a7 100644
--- a/src/corelib/doc/snippets/timers/timers.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/doc/snippets/timers/timers.cpp
@@ -74,5 +74,5 @@ Foo::Foo()
 
 int main()
 {
-    
+
 }
diff --git a/src/corelib/doc/src/objectmodel/object.qdoc b/src/corelib/doc/src/objectmodel/object.qdoc
index 1d33c14d0f..89a781da39 100644
--- a/src/corelib/doc/src/objectmodel/object.qdoc
+++ b/src/corelib/doc/src/objectmodel/object.qdoc
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
     \section1 Important Classes
 
     These classes form the basis of the Qt Object Model.
-    
+
     \annotatedlist objectmodel
 
     \target Identity vs Value
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
     at runtime that are not declared in the C++ class. If we copy a Qt
     Object, should the copy include the properties that were added to
     the original?
-    
+
     \endlist
 
     For these reasons, Qt Objects should be treated as identities, not
diff --git a/src/corelib/doc/src/objectmodel/properties.qdoc b/src/corelib/doc/src/objectmodel/properties.qdoc
index 37f54621a1..721b98c0f7 100644
--- a/src/corelib/doc/src/objectmodel/properties.qdoc
+++ b/src/corelib/doc/src/objectmodel/properties.qdoc
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
     A property behaves like a class data member, but it has additional
     features accessible through the \l {Meta-Object System}.
 
-    \list 
+    \list
 
     \li A \c READ accessor function is required if no \c MEMBER variable was
     specified. It is for reading the property value. Ideally, a const function
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
     gets and sets a widget's \c USER property.
 
     \li The presence of the \c CONSTANT attibute indicates that the property
-    value is constant.  For a given object instance, the READ method of a 
+    value is constant.  For a given object instance, the READ method of a
     constant property must return the same value every time it is called.  This
     constant value may be different for different instances of the object.  A
     constant property cannot have a WRITE method or a NOTIFY signal.
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@
     Q_DECLARE_METATYPE() macro so that their values can be stored in
     QVariant objects. This makes them suitable for use with both
     static properties declared using the Q_PROPERTY() macro in class
-    definitions and dynamic properties created at run-time. 
+    definitions and dynamic properties created at run-time.
 
     \sa Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(), QMetaType, QVariant
 
diff --git a/src/corelib/doc/src/objectmodel/signalsandslots.qdoc b/src/corelib/doc/src/objectmodel/signalsandslots.qdoc
index d897c4b9a7..4e285f2966 100644
--- a/src/corelib/doc/src/objectmodel/signalsandslots.qdoc
+++ b/src/corelib/doc/src/objectmodel/signalsandslots.qdoc
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@
     arguments can have default values. Consider QObject::destroyed():
 
     \code
-    void destroyed(QObject* = 0); 
+    void destroyed(QObject* = 0);
     \endcode
 
     When a QObject is deleted, it emits this QObject::destroyed()
@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@
     handle each signal differently.
 
     Suppose you have three push buttons that determine which file you
-    will open: "Tax File", "Accounts File", or "Report File". 
+    will open: "Tax File", "Accounts File", or "Report File".
 
     In order to open the correct file, you use QSignalMapper::setMapping() to
     map all the clicked() signals to a QSignalMapper object. Then you connect
diff --git a/src/corelib/global/qfeatures.h b/src/corelib/global/qfeatures.h
index a751f9af56..daf853b916 100644
--- a/src/corelib/global/qfeatures.h
+++ b/src/corelib/global/qfeatures.h
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@
 // QWheelEvent
 //#define QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
 
-// 
+//
 //#define QT_NO_XMLSTREAM
 
 // Animation
diff --git a/src/corelib/global/qfeatures.txt b/src/corelib/global/qfeatures.txt
index c27463897f..43db585643 100644
--- a/src/corelib/global/qfeatures.txt
+++ b/src/corelib/global/qfeatures.txt
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ SeeAlso: ???
 Feature: COMBOBOX
 Description: Supports comboboxes presenting a list of options to the user.
 Section: Widgets
-Requires: LINEEDIT STANDARDITEMMODEL LISTVIEW 
+Requires: LINEEDIT STANDARDITEMMODEL LISTVIEW
 Name: QComboBox
 SeeAlso: ???
 
@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ SeeAlso: ???
 Feature: WHATSTHIS
 Description: Supports displaying "What's this" help.
 Section: Widgets
-Requires: TOOLBUTTON 
+Requires: TOOLBUTTON
 Name: QWhatsThis
 SeeAlso: ???
 
@@ -636,7 +636,7 @@ SeeAlso: ???
 Feature: DIRMODEL
 Description: Supports a data model for the local filesystem.
 Section: ItemViews
-Requires: ITEMVIEWS FILESYSTEMMODEL 
+Requires: ITEMVIEWS FILESYSTEMMODEL
 Name: QDirModel
 SeeAlso: ???
 
@@ -1030,7 +1030,7 @@ SeeAlso: ???
 Feature: SYSTEMTRAYICON
 Description: Provides an icon for an application in the system tray.
 Section: Utilities
-Requires: 
+Requires:
 Name: QSystemTrayIcon
 SeeAlso: ???
 
diff --git a/src/corelib/global/qglobal.h b/src/corelib/global/qglobal.h
index 233743f3ce..c45ad12e99 100644
--- a/src/corelib/global/qglobal.h
+++ b/src/corelib/global/qglobal.h
@@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ typedef qptrdiff qintptr;
 #  else
 #    define QT_ENSURE_STACK_ALIGNED_FOR_SSE
 #  endif
-#  define QT_WIN_CALLBACK CALLBACK QT_ENSURE_STACK_ALIGNED_FOR_SSE 
+#  define QT_WIN_CALLBACK CALLBACK QT_ENSURE_STACK_ALIGNED_FOR_SSE
 #endif
 
 typedef int QNoImplicitBoolCast;
diff --git a/src/corelib/io/qdatastream.cpp b/src/corelib/io/qdatastream.cpp
index 8f788ac355..5f5e9a8b72 100644
--- a/src/corelib/io/qdatastream.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/io/qdatastream.cpp
@@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ QDataStream &QDataStream::operator>>(bool &i)
 */
 
 QDataStream &QDataStream::operator>>(float &f)
-{    
+{
     if (version() >= QDataStream::Qt_4_6
         && floatingPointPrecision() == QDataStream::DoublePrecision) {
         double d;
diff --git a/src/corelib/io/qfilesystemwatcher_win.cpp b/src/corelib/io/qfilesystemwatcher_win.cpp
index fa0711461c..6ac6a3fbd9 100644
--- a/src/corelib/io/qfilesystemwatcher_win.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/io/qfilesystemwatcher_win.cpp
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ QStringList QWindowsFileSystemWatcherEngine::addPaths(const QStringList &paths,
                         this, SIGNAL(fileChanged(QString,bool)));
                 connect(thread, SIGNAL(directoryChanged(QString,bool)),
                         this, SIGNAL(directoryChanged(QString,bool)));
-                
+
                 thread->msg = '@';
                 thread->start();
                 threads.append(thread);
diff --git a/src/corelib/io/qiodevice.cpp b/src/corelib/io/qiodevice.cpp
index 4df9c6b911..c8a3f86137 100644
--- a/src/corelib/io/qiodevice.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/io/qiodevice.cpp
@@ -1372,7 +1372,7 @@ qint64 QIODevice::write(const char *data, qint64 maxSize)
     \since 4.5
 
     \overload
- 
+
     Writes data from a zero-terminated string of 8-bit characters to the
     device. Returns the number of bytes that were actually written, or
     -1 if an error occurred. This is equivalent to
diff --git a/src/corelib/io/qresource_p.h b/src/corelib/io/qresource_p.h
index 3fdaa41206..d632ac70be 100644
--- a/src/corelib/io/qresource_p.h
+++ b/src/corelib/io/qresource_p.h
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public:
 
     virtual Iterator *beginEntryList(QDir::Filters filters, const QStringList &filterNames);
     virtual Iterator *endEntryList();
-    
+
     bool extension(Extension extension, const ExtensionOption *option = 0, ExtensionReturn *output = 0);
     bool supportsExtension(Extension extension) const;
 };
diff --git a/src/corelib/io/qsettings.cpp b/src/corelib/io/qsettings.cpp
index d7b100ba3c..a0904fea24 100644
--- a/src/corelib/io/qsettings.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/io/qsettings.cpp
@@ -1074,7 +1074,7 @@ static void initDefaultPaths(QMutexLocker *locker)
     QString systemPath;
 
     locker->unlock();
-	
+
     /*
        QLibraryInfo::location() uses QSettings, so in order to
        avoid a dead-lock, we can't hold the global mutex while
@@ -3198,7 +3198,7 @@ bool QSettings::isWritable() const
 }
 
 /*!
-  
+
   Sets the value of setting \a key to \a value. If the \a key already
   exists, the previous value is overwritten.
 
@@ -3465,7 +3465,7 @@ void QSettings::setPath(Format format, Scope scope, const QString &path)
     \typedef QSettings::SettingsMap
 
     Typedef for QMap<QString, QVariant>.
-	
+
     \sa registerFormat()
 */
 
@@ -3477,8 +3477,8 @@ void QSettings::setPath(Format format, Scope scope, const QString &path)
     \snippet code/src_corelib_io_qsettings.cpp 27
 
     \c ReadFunc is used in \c registerFormat() as a pointer to a function
-    that reads a set of key/value pairs. \c ReadFunc should read all the 
-    options in one pass, and return all the settings in the \c SettingsMap 
+    that reads a set of key/value pairs. \c ReadFunc should read all the
+    options in one pass, and return all the settings in the \c SettingsMap
     container, which is initially empty.
 
     \sa WriteFunc, registerFormat()
@@ -3491,7 +3491,7 @@ void QSettings::setPath(Format format, Scope scope, const QString &path)
 
     \snippet code/src_corelib_io_qsettings.cpp 28
 
-    \c WriteFunc is used in \c registerFormat() as a pointer to a function 
+    \c WriteFunc is used in \c registerFormat() as a pointer to a function
     that writes a set of key/value pairs. \c WriteFunc is only called once,
     so you need to output the settings in one go.
 
diff --git a/src/corelib/io/qsettings_win.cpp b/src/corelib/io/qsettings_win.cpp
index bd127e621e..9ce14f1851 100644
--- a/src/corelib/io/qsettings_win.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/io/qsettings_win.cpp
@@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ QWinSettingsPrivate::~QWinSettingsPrivate()
 {
     if (deleteWriteHandleOnExit && writeHandle() != 0) {
 #if defined(Q_OS_WINCE)
-        remove(regList.at(0).key()); 
+        remove(regList.at(0).key());
 #else
         QString emptyKey;
         DWORD res = RegDeleteKey(writeHandle(), reinterpret_cast<const wchar_t *>(emptyKey.utf16()));
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qfunctions_nacl.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qfunctions_nacl.h
index bc44a21cb8..f40807a0d9 100644
--- a/src/corelib/kernel/qfunctions_nacl.h
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qfunctions_nacl.h
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ int pthread_cancel(pthread_t thread);
 
 int pthread_attr_setinheritsched(pthread_attr_t *attr,
     int inheritsched);
-int pthread_attr_getinheritsched(const pthread_attr_t *attr, 
+int pthread_attr_getinheritsched(const pthread_attr_t *attr,
     int *inheritsched);
 
 // event dispatcher, select
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qmath.qdoc b/src/corelib/kernel/qmath.qdoc
index 448b167662..06d8db9277 100644
--- a/src/corelib/kernel/qmath.qdoc
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qmath.qdoc
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \headerfile <QtCore/qmath.h>
     \title Math Functions
     \ingroup funclists
@@ -35,11 +35,11 @@
 
 /*!
     \fn int qCeil(qreal v)
-    Return the ceiling of the value \a v. 
+    Return the ceiling of the value \a v.
 
     The ceiling is the smallest integer that is not less than \a v.
     For example, if \a v is 41.2, then the ceiling is 42.
-    
+
     \relates <QtCore/qmath.h>
     \sa qFloor()
 */
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qmetaobject.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qmetaobject.cpp
index 14d96e96fd..4399349352 100644
--- a/src/corelib/kernel/qmetaobject.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qmetaobject.cpp
@@ -1001,7 +1001,7 @@ int QMetaObject::indexOfProperty(const char *name) const
 
     Q_ASSERT(priv(this->d.data)->revision >= 3);
     if (priv(this->d.data)->flags & DynamicMetaObject) {
-        QAbstractDynamicMetaObject *me = 
+        QAbstractDynamicMetaObject *me =
             const_cast<QAbstractDynamicMetaObject *>(static_cast<const QAbstractDynamicMetaObject *>(this));
 
         return me->createProperty(name, 0);
@@ -2041,8 +2041,8 @@ QMetaMethod QMetaMethod::fromSignalImpl(const QMetaObject *metaObject, void **si
 
     \snippet code/src_corelib_kernel_qmetaobject.cpp 8
 
-    QMetaObject::normalizedSignature() is used here to ensure that the format 
-    of the signature is what invoke() expects.  E.g. extra whitespace is 
+    QMetaObject::normalizedSignature() is used here to ensure that the format
+    of the signature is what invoke() expects.  E.g. extra whitespace is
     removed.
 
     If the "compute" slot does not take exactly one QString, one int
@@ -2970,7 +2970,7 @@ QMetaMethod QMetaProperty::notifySignal() const
 {
     int id = notifySignalIndex();
     if (id != -1)
-        return mobj->method(id); 
+        return mobj->method(id);
     else
         return QMetaMethod();
 }
@@ -2978,7 +2978,7 @@ QMetaMethod QMetaProperty::notifySignal() const
 /*!
     \since 4.6
 
-    Returns the index of the property change notifying signal if one was 
+    Returns the index of the property change notifying signal if one was
     specified, otherwise returns -1.
 
     \sa hasNotifySignal()
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qobject.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qobject.cpp
index 3e578b36d7..a60deefe90 100644
--- a/src/corelib/kernel/qobject.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qobject.cpp
@@ -927,7 +927,7 @@ QObjectPrivate::Connection::~Connection()
     \relates QObject
 
     Returns the given \a object cast to type T if the object is of type
-    T (or of a subclass); otherwise returns 0.  If \a object is 0 then 
+    T (or of a subclass); otherwise returns 0.  If \a object is 0 then
     it will also return 0.
 
     The class T must inherit (directly or indirectly) QObject and be
@@ -3089,8 +3089,8 @@ bool QMetaObject::disconnect(const QObject *sender, int signal_index,
 /*!
     \internal
 
-Disconnect a single signal connection.  If QMetaObject::connect() has been called 
-multiple times for the same sender, signal_index, receiver and method_index only 
+Disconnect a single signal connection.  If QMetaObject::connect() has been called
+multiple times for the same sender, signal_index, receiver and method_index only
 one of these connections will be removed.
  */
 bool QMetaObject::disconnectOne(const QObject *sender, int signal_index,
@@ -3368,7 +3368,7 @@ void QMetaObject::activate(QObject *sender, int signalOffset, int local_signal_i
         return;
 
     if (sender->d_func()->declarativeData && QAbstractDeclarativeData::signalEmitted)
-        QAbstractDeclarativeData::signalEmitted(sender->d_func()->declarativeData, sender, 
+        QAbstractDeclarativeData::signalEmitted(sender->d_func()->declarativeData, sender,
                                                 signal_index, argv);
 
     void *empty_argv[] = { 0 };
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qsystemerror_p.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qsystemerror_p.h
index 94bfb5deb4..4b46011129 100644
--- a/src/corelib/kernel/qsystemerror_p.h
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qsystemerror_p.h
@@ -66,14 +66,14 @@ public:
         StandardLibraryError,
         NativeError
     };
-    
+
     inline QSystemError(int error, ErrorScope scope);
     inline QSystemError();
-    
+
     QString toString();
     inline ErrorScope scope();
     inline int error();
-    
+
     //data members
     int errorCode;
     ErrorScope errorScope;
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qsystemsemaphore_win.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qsystemsemaphore_win.cpp
index 6b064c1d52..835a9fde5b 100644
--- a/src/corelib/kernel/qsystemsemaphore_win.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qsystemsemaphore_win.cpp
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
 #include <qt_windows.h>
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
-        
+
 #ifndef QT_NO_SYSTEMSEMAPHORE
 
 QSystemSemaphorePrivate::QSystemSemaphorePrivate() :
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qvariant_p.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qvariant_p.h
index e7940e0039..04b9d92f55 100644
--- a/src/corelib/kernel/qvariant_p.h
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qvariant_p.h
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ inline void v_construct(QVariant::Private *x, const T &t)
 template <class T>
 inline void v_clear(QVariant::Private *d, T* = 0)
 {
-    
+
     if (!QVariantIntegrator<T>::CanUseInternalSpace) {
         //now we need to cast
         //because QVariant::PrivateShared doesn't have a virtual destructor
diff --git a/src/corelib/plugin/quuid.cpp b/src/corelib/plugin/quuid.cpp
index 4ccf449ae2..4de83c62ee 100644
--- a/src/corelib/plugin/quuid.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/plugin/quuid.cpp
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ static QUuid createFromName(const QUuid &ns, const QByteArray &baseData, QCrypto
     The field layouts for the DCE versions listed in the table above
     are specified in the \l{http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4122.txt}
     {Network Working Group UUID Specification}.
-    
+
     Most platforms provide a tool for generating new UUIDs, e.g. \c
     uuidgen and \c guidgen. You can also use createUuid().  UUIDs
     generated by createUuid() are of the random type.  Their
@@ -534,23 +534,23 @@ QUuid QUuid::fromRfc4122(const QByteArray &bytes)
     \header
     \li Field #
     \li Source
-    
+
     \row
     \li 1
     \li data1
-    
+
     \row
     \li 2
     \li data2
-    
+
     \row
     \li 3
     \li data3
-    
+
     \row
     \li 4
     \li data4[0] .. data4[1]
-    
+
     \row
     \li 5
     \li data4[2] .. data4[7]
diff --git a/src/corelib/statemachine/qstatemachine_p.h b/src/corelib/statemachine/qstatemachine_p.h
index dae3cb1988..a661d105cf 100644
--- a/src/corelib/statemachine/qstatemachine_p.h
+++ b/src/corelib/statemachine/qstatemachine_p.h
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ public:
     void unregisterTransition(QAbstractTransition *transition);
     void unregisterAllTransitions();
     void handleTransitionSignal(QObject *sender, int signalIndex,
-                                void **args);    
+                                void **args);
 
     void postInternalEvent(QEvent *e);
     void postExternalEvent(QEvent *e);
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ public:
     bool isExternalEventQueueEmpty();
     void processEvents(EventProcessingMode processingMode);
     void cancelAllDelayedEvents();
-    
+
 #ifndef QT_NO_PROPERTIES
     typedef QPair<QPointer<QObject>, QByteArray> RestorableId;
     QHash<QAbstractState*, QHash<RestorableId, QVariant> > registeredRestorablesForState;
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ public:
     bool animated;
 
     QPair<QList<QAbstractAnimation*>, QList<QAbstractAnimation*> >
-        initializeAnimation(QAbstractAnimation *abstractAnimation, 
+        initializeAnimation(QAbstractAnimation *abstractAnimation,
                             const QPropertyAssignment &prop);
 
     QHash<QAbstractState*, QList<QAbstractAnimation*> > animationsForState;
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ public:
     QHash<int, DelayedEvent> delayedEvents;
     QHash<int, int> timerIdToDelayedEventId;
     QMutex delayedEventsMutex;
-  
+
     typedef QEvent* (*f_cloneEvent)(QEvent*);
     struct Handler {
         f_cloneEvent cloneEvent;
diff --git a/src/corelib/thread/qatomic.cpp b/src/corelib/thread/qatomic.cpp
index 1c83f23df0..11623f80dc 100644
--- a/src/corelib/thread/qatomic.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/thread/qatomic.cpp
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
 
     For atomic operations on pointers, see the QAtomicPointer class.
 
-    An \e atomic operation is a complex operation that completes without interruption. 
+    An \e atomic operation is a complex operation that completes without interruption.
     The QAtomicInt class provides atomic reference counting, test-and-set, fetch-and-store,
     and fetch-and-add for integers.
 
diff --git a/src/corelib/thread/qexception.cpp b/src/corelib/thread/qexception.cpp
index 263f7d19fe..0c17399d33 100644
--- a/src/corelib/thread/qexception.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/thread/qexception.cpp
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \class QException
     \inmodule QtCore
     \brief The QException class provides a base class for exceptions that can transferred across threads.
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \snippet code/src_corelib_thread_qexception.cpp 3
 */
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \class QUnhandledException
     \inmodule QtCore
 
diff --git a/src/corelib/thread/qfuture.qdoc b/src/corelib/thread/qfuture.qdoc
index 4ab28e81b2..421e683c4a 100644
--- a/src/corelib/thread/qfuture.qdoc
+++ b/src/corelib/thread/qfuture.qdoc
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
     use the isResultReadyAt() function to determine if a result is ready or
     not. For QFuture objects that report more than one result, the
     resultCount() function returns the number of continuous results. This
-    means that it is always safe to iterate through the results from 0 to 
+    means that it is always safe to iterate through the results from 0 to
     resultCount().
 
     QFuture provides a \l{Java-style iterators}{Java-style iterator}
diff --git a/src/corelib/thread/qfutureinterface.cpp b/src/corelib/thread/qfutureinterface.cpp
index f5590d95f8..0f7d04a7c5 100644
--- a/src/corelib/thread/qfutureinterface.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/thread/qfutureinterface.cpp
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ void QFutureInterfaceBase::waitForResult(int resultIndex)
         return;
     lock.unlock();
 
-    // To avoid deadlocks and reduce the number of threads used, try to 
+    // To avoid deadlocks and reduce the number of threads used, try to
     // run the runnable in the current thread.
     QThreadPool::globalInstance()->d_func()->stealRunnable(d->runnable);
 
diff --git a/src/corelib/thread/qfutureinterface.h b/src/corelib/thread/qfutureinterface.h
index d2d58a9332..e0a59697a1 100644
--- a/src/corelib/thread/qfutureinterface.h
+++ b/src/corelib/thread/qfutureinterface.h
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ inline void QFutureInterface<T>::reportResults(const QVector<T> &_results, int b
         this->reportResultsReady(resultCountBefore, store.count());
     } else {
         const int insertIndex = store.addResults(beginIndex, &_results, count);
-        this->reportResultsReady(insertIndex, insertIndex + _results.count());    
+        this->reportResultsReady(insertIndex, insertIndex + _results.count());
     }
 }
 
diff --git a/src/corelib/thread/qfuturesynchronizer.h b/src/corelib/thread/qfuturesynchronizer.h
index 426bb42b0d..39dbfc52a8 100644
--- a/src/corelib/thread/qfuturesynchronizer.h
+++ b/src/corelib/thread/qfuturesynchronizer.h
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ public:
                  m_futures[i].cancel();
             }
         }
-        
+
         for (int i = 0; i < m_futures.count(); ++i) {
              m_futures[i].waitForFinished();
          }
diff --git a/src/corelib/thread/qreadwritelock.cpp b/src/corelib/thread/qreadwritelock.cpp
index b6bb22b314..0de826fddf 100644
--- a/src/corelib/thread/qreadwritelock.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/thread/qreadwritelock.cpp
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \sa QReadLocker, QWriteLocker, QMutex, QSemaphore
 */
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \enum QReadWriteLock::RecursionMode
     \since 4.4
 
diff --git a/src/corelib/thread/qresultstore.cpp b/src/corelib/thread/qresultstore.cpp
index 940fd45027..65c2437064 100644
--- a/src/corelib/thread/qresultstore.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/thread/qresultstore.cpp
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ bool ResultIteratorBase::canIncrementVectorIndex() const
     return (m_vectorIndex + 1 < mapIterator.value().m_count);
 }
 
-ResultStoreBase::ResultStoreBase() 
+ResultStoreBase::ResultStoreBase()
     : insertIndex(0), resultCount(0), m_filterMode(false), filteredResults(0) { }
 
 void ResultStoreBase::setFilterMode(bool enable)
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ void ResultStoreBase::syncPendingResults()
     // check if we can insert any of the pending results:
     QMap<int, ResultItem>::iterator it = pendingResults.begin();
     while (it != pendingResults.end()) {
-        int index = it.key(); 
+        int index = it.key();
         if (index != resultCount + filteredResults)
             break;
 
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ int ResultStoreBase::addResult(int index, const void *result)
     return insertResultItem(index, resultItem);
 }
 
-int ResultStoreBase::addResults(int index, const void *results, int vectorSize, int totalCount) 
+int ResultStoreBase::addResults(int index, const void *results, int vectorSize, int totalCount)
 {
     if (m_filterMode == false || vectorSize == totalCount) {
         ResultItem resultItem(results, vectorSize);
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ ResultIteratorBase ResultStoreBase::resultAt(int index) const
     }
 
     const int vectorIndex = index - it.key();
-    
+
     if (vectorIndex >= it.value().count())
         return ResultIteratorBase(m_results.end());
     else if (it.value().isVector() == false && vectorIndex != 0)
diff --git a/src/corelib/thread/qresultstore.h b/src/corelib/thread/qresultstore.h
index c14146656a..11ce23936d 100644
--- a/src/corelib/thread/qresultstore.h
+++ b/src/corelib/thread/qresultstore.h
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ protected:
     bool m_filterMode;
     QMap<int, ResultItem> pendingResults;
     int filteredResults;
-    
+
 };
 
 template <typename T>
diff --git a/src/corelib/thread/qrunnable.cpp b/src/corelib/thread/qrunnable.cpp
index eed716af37..e271582b9b 100644
--- a/src/corelib/thread/qrunnable.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/thread/qrunnable.cpp
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
     change the auto-deletion flag.
 
     QThreadPool supports executing the same QRunnable more than once
-    by calling QThreadPool::tryStart(this) from within the run() function. 
+    by calling QThreadPool::tryStart(this) from within the run() function.
     If autoDelete is enabled the QRunnable will be deleted when
     the last thread exits the run function. Calling QThreadPool::start()
     multiple times with the same QRunnable when autoDelete is enabled
diff --git a/src/corelib/thread/qthread.cpp b/src/corelib/thread/qthread.cpp
index 79199c97e0..dd4d4e74ae 100644
--- a/src/corelib/thread/qthread.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/thread/qthread.cpp
@@ -524,9 +524,9 @@ int QThread::exec()
 
     Note that unlike the C library function of the same name, this
     function \e does return to the caller -- it is event processing
-    that stops. 
-    
-    No QEventLoops will be started anymore in this thread  until 
+    that stops.
+
+    No QEventLoops will be started anymore in this thread  until
     QThread::exec() has been called again. If the eventloop in QThread::exec()
     is not running then the next call to QThread::exec() will also return
     immediately.
diff --git a/src/corelib/thread/qthreadpool.cpp b/src/corelib/thread/qthreadpool.cpp
index 2b099706ff..1616fb9fab 100644
--- a/src/corelib/thread/qthreadpool.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/thread/qthreadpool.cpp
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ void QThreadPoolThread::run()
             // wait for work, exiting after the expiry timeout is reached
             expired = !manager->runnableReady.wait(locker.mutex(), manager->expiryTimeout);
             ++manager->activeThreads;
-    
+
             if (expired)
                 --manager->waitingThreads;
         }
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ void QThreadPoolPrivate::enqueueTask(QRunnable *runnable, int priority)
 
 int QThreadPoolPrivate::activeThreadCount() const
 {
-    // To improve scalability this function is called without holding 
+    // To improve scalability this function is called without holding
     // the mutex lock -- keep it thread-safe.
     return (allThreads.count()
             - expiredThreads.count()
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ bool QThreadPoolPrivate::waitForDone(int msecs)
         QElapsedTimer timer;
         timer.start();
         int t;
-        while (!(queue.isEmpty() && activeThreads == 0) && 
+        while (!(queue.isEmpty() && activeThreads == 0) &&
                ((t = msecs - timer.elapsed()) > 0))
             noActiveThreads.wait(locker.mutex(), t);
     }
@@ -367,11 +367,11 @@ void QThreadPoolPrivate::stealRunnable(QRunnable *runnable)
 
     \snippet code/src_corelib_concurrent_qthreadpool.cpp 0
 
-    QThreadPool deletes the QRunnable automatically by default. Use 
+    QThreadPool deletes the QRunnable automatically by default. Use
     QRunnable::setAutoDelete() to change the auto-deletion flag.
 
     QThreadPool supports executing the same QRunnable more than once
-    by calling tryStart(this) from within QRunnable::run(). 
+    by calling tryStart(this) from within QRunnable::run().
     If autoDelete is enabled the QRunnable will be deleted when
     the last thread exits the run function. Calling start()
     multiple times with the same QRunnable when autoDelete is enabled
@@ -595,8 +595,8 @@ void QThreadPool::releaseThread()
 }
 
 /*!
-    Waits up to \a msecs milliseconds for all threads to exit and removes all 
-    threads from the thread pool. Returns true if all threads were removed; 
+    Waits up to \a msecs milliseconds for all threads to exit and removes all
+    threads from the thread pool. Returns true if all threads were removed;
     otherwise it returns false. If \a msecs is -1 (the default), the timeout
     is ignored (waits for the last thread to exit).
 */
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qalgorithms.qdoc b/src/corelib/tools/qalgorithms.qdoc
index b4558722cb..cc544af868 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qalgorithms.qdoc
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qalgorithms.qdoc
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
     \snippet code/doc_src_qalgorithms.cpp 1
 
     Different algorithms can have different requirements for the
-    iterators they accept. For example, qFill() accepts two 
+    iterators they accept. For example, qFill() accepts two
     \l {forward iterators}. The iterator types required are specified
     for each algorithm. If an iterator of the wrong type is passed (for
     example, if QList::ConstIterator is passed as an \l {output
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ of \a value in the variable passed as a reference in argument \a n.
     This is the same as qSort(\a{container}.begin(), \a{container}.end());
 */
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \fn void qStableSort(RandomAccessIterator begin, RandomAccessIterator end)
     \relates <QtAlgorithms>
 
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ of \a value in the variable passed as a reference in argument \a n.
     \sa qSort(), {random access iterators}
 */
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \fn void qStableSort(RandomAccessIterator begin, RandomAccessIterator end, LessThan lessThan)
     \relates <QtAlgorithms>
 
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ of \a value in the variable passed as a reference in argument \a n.
     in case-insensitive alphabetical order:
 
     \snippet code/doc_src_qalgorithms.cpp 16
-    
+
     Note that earlier versions of Qt allowed using a lessThan function that took its
     arguments by non-const reference. From 4.3 and on this is no longer possible,
     the arguments has to be passed by const reference or value.
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ of \a value in the variable passed as a reference in argument \a n.
     property is often useful when sorting user-visible data.
 */
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \fn void qStableSort(Container &container)
     \relates <QtAlgorithms>
 
@@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ of \a value in the variable passed as a reference in argument \a n.
     specified by the \a lessThan object.
 */
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \fn void qLowerBound(const Container &container, const T &value)
     \relates <QtAlgorithms>
 
@@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ of \a value in the variable passed as a reference in argument \a n.
     specified by the \a lessThan object.
 */
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \fn void qUpperBound(const Container &container, const T &value)
     \relates <QtAlgorithms>
 
@@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ of \a value in the variable passed as a reference in argument \a n.
     specified by the \a lessThan object.
 */
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \fn void qBinaryFind(const Container &container, const T &value)
     \relates <QtAlgorithms>
 
@@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ of \a value in the variable passed as a reference in argument \a n.
 */
 
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \fn void qDeleteAll(ForwardIterator begin, ForwardIterator end)
     \relates <QtAlgorithms>
 
@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ of \a value in the variable passed as a reference in argument \a n.
     \sa {forward iterators}
 */
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \fn void qDeleteAll(const Container &c)
     \relates <QtAlgorithms>
 
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qbitarray.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qbitarray.cpp
index 66ae7d21c2..2b459b2b1b 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qbitarray.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qbitarray.cpp
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ int QBitArray::count(bool on) const
     while (len >= 24) {
         quint32 v = quint32(bits[0]) | (quint32(bits[1]) << 8) | (quint32(bits[2]) << 16);
         quint32 c =  ((v & 0xfff) * Q_UINT64_C(0x1001001001001) & Q_UINT64_C(0x84210842108421)) % 0x1f;
-        c += (((v & 0xfff000) >> 12) * Q_UINT64_C(0x1001001001001) & Q_UINT64_C(0x84210842108421)) % 0x1f;    
+        c += (((v & 0xfff000) >> 12) * Q_UINT64_C(0x1001001001001) & Q_UINT64_C(0x84210842108421)) % 0x1f;
         len -= 24;
         bits += 3;
         numBits += int(c);
@@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ QBitArray &QBitArray::operator&=(const QBitArray &other)
     resize(qMax(size(), other.size()));
     uchar *a1 = reinterpret_cast<uchar*>(d.data()) + 1;
     const uchar *a2 = reinterpret_cast<const uchar*>(other.d.constData()) + 1;
-    int n = other.d.size() -1 ; 
+    int n = other.d.size() -1 ;
     int p = d.size() - 1 - n;
     while (n-- > 0)
         *a1++ &= *a2++;
@@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ QBitArray &QBitArray::operator|=(const QBitArray &other)
     resize(qMax(size(), other.size()));
     uchar *a1 = reinterpret_cast<uchar*>(d.data()) + 1;
     const uchar *a2 = reinterpret_cast<const uchar *>(other.d.constData()) + 1;
-    int n = other.d.size() - 1;   
+    int n = other.d.size() - 1;
     while (n-- > 0)
         *a1++ |= *a2++;
     return *this;
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qbytearray.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qbytearray.cpp
index 950d291986..dc3f5f3be9 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qbytearray.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qbytearray.cpp
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ static const quint16 crc_tbl[16] = {
     0xc60c, 0xd68d, 0xe70e, 0xf78f
 };
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \relates QByteArray
 
     Returns the CRC-16 checksum of the first \a len bytes of \a data.
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ quint16 qChecksum(const char *data, uint len)
     return ~crc & 0xffff;
 }
 
-/*!     
+/*!
     \fn QByteArray qCompress(const QByteArray& data, int compressionLevel)
 
     \relates QByteArray
@@ -1370,7 +1370,7 @@ QByteArray::QByteArray(int size, char ch)
 }
 
 /*!
-    \internal 
+    \internal
 
     Constructs a byte array of size \a size with uninitialized contents.
 */
@@ -1904,7 +1904,7 @@ QByteArray &QByteArray::replace(const QByteArray &before, const QByteArray &afte
     QByteArray aft = after;
     if (after.d == d)
         aft.detach();
-    
+
     return replace(before.constData(), before.size(), aft.constData(), aft.size());
 }
 
@@ -1921,7 +1921,7 @@ QByteArray &QByteArray::replace(const char *c, const QByteArray &after)
     QByteArray aft = after;
     if (after.d == d)
         aft.detach();
-    
+
     return replace(c, qstrlen(c), aft.constData(), aft.size());
 }
 
@@ -1954,7 +1954,7 @@ QByteArray &QByteArray::replace(const char *before, int bsize, const char *after
         memcpy(copy, before, bsize);
         b = copy;
     }
-    
+
     QByteArrayMatcher matcher(before, bsize);
     int index = 0;
     int len = d->size;
@@ -2044,8 +2044,8 @@ QByteArray &QByteArray::replace(const char *before, int bsize, const char *after
         ::free((char *)a);
     if (b != before)
         ::free((char *)b);
-    
-    
+
+
     return *this;
 }
 
@@ -2274,7 +2274,7 @@ int QByteArray::indexOf(const char *c, int from) const
     const int ol = qstrlen(c);
     if (ol == 1)
         return indexOf(*c, from);
-    
+
     const int l = d->size;
     if (from > d->size || ol + from > l)
         return -1;
@@ -3580,7 +3580,7 @@ QByteArray QByteArray::toBase64() const
     return tmp;
 }
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \fn QByteArray &QByteArray::setNum(int n, int base)
 
     Sets the byte array to the printed value of \a n in base \a base (10
@@ -3597,21 +3597,21 @@ QByteArray QByteArray::toBase64() const
     \sa number(), toInt()
 */
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \fn QByteArray &QByteArray::setNum(uint n, int base)
     \overload
 
     \sa toUInt()
 */
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \fn QByteArray &QByteArray::setNum(short n, int base)
     \overload
 
     \sa toShort()
 */
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \fn QByteArray &QByteArray::setNum(ushort n, int base)
     \overload
 
@@ -3677,7 +3677,7 @@ QByteArray &QByteArray::setNum(qulonglong n, int base)
     return *this;
 }
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \overload
 
     Sets the byte array to the printed value of \a n, formatted in format
@@ -3736,7 +3736,7 @@ QByteArray &QByteArray::setNum(double n, char f, int prec)
     return *this;
 }
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \fn QByteArray &QByteArray::setNum(float n, char f, int prec)
     \overload
 
@@ -3806,7 +3806,7 @@ QByteArray QByteArray::number(qulonglong n, int base)
     return s;
 }
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \overload
 
     Returns a byte array that contains the printed value of \a n,
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qcontiguouscache.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qcontiguouscache.cpp
index bfef234ae4..b92c4d3fe9 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qcontiguouscache.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qcontiguouscache.cpp
@@ -313,8 +313,8 @@ MyRecord record(int row) const
 
     In most cases it is better to use either at() or insert().
 
-    \note This non-const overload of operator[] requires QContiguousCache 
-    to make a deep copy. Use at() for read-only access to a non-const 
+    \note This non-const overload of operator[] requires QContiguousCache
+    to make a deep copy. Use at() for read-only access to a non-const
     QContiguousCache.
 
     \sa insert(), at()
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qcryptographichash.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qcryptographichash.cpp
index fdf2d1a620..32f5f0b33a 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qcryptographichash.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qcryptographichash.cpp
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ void QCryptographicHash::addData(const char *data, int length)
         sha3Update(&d->sha3Context, reinterpret_cast<const BitSequence *>(data), length*8);
         break;
 #endif
-    }    
+    }
     d->result.clear();
 }
 
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ bool QCryptographicHash::addData(QIODevice* device)
 */
 QByteArray QCryptographicHash::result() const
 {
-    if (!d->result.isEmpty()) 
+    if (!d->result.isEmpty())
         return d->result;
 
     switch (d->method) {
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qhash.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qhash.cpp
index b8cd076cb6..ed756cbeb6 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qhash.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qhash.cpp
@@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ void QHashData::checkSanity()
     \fn uint qHash(const QPair<T1, T2> &key, uint seed = 0)
     \since 5.0
     \relates QHash
-    
+
     Returns the hash value for the \a key, using \a seed to seed the calculation.
 
     Types \c T1 and \c T2 must be supported by qHash().
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qiterator.qdoc b/src/corelib/tools/qiterator.qdoc
index 798d25e050..25914967a9 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qiterator.qdoc
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qiterator.qdoc
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \class QListIterator
     \inmodule QtCore
 
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
     \sa QMutableListIterator, QList::const_iterator
 */
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \class QLinkedListIterator
     \inmodule QtCore
 
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
     \sa QMutableLinkedListIterator, QLinkedList::const_iterator
 */
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \class QVectorIterator
     \inmodule QtCore
     \brief The QVectorIterator class provides a Java-style const iterator for QVector and QStack.
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@
     \sa QMutableVectorIterator, QVector::const_iterator
 */
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \class QSetIterator
     \inmodule QtCore
     \brief The QSetIterator class provides a Java-style const iterator for QSet.
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@
     \sa QMutableSetIterator, QSet::const_iterator
 */
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \class QMutableListIterator
     \inmodule QtCore
 
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@
     \sa QListIterator, QList::iterator
 */
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \class QMutableLinkedListIterator
     \inmodule QtCore
 
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@
     \sa QLinkedListIterator, QLinkedList::iterator
 */
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \class QMutableVectorIterator
     \inmodule QtCore
 
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@
     \sa QVectorIterator, QVector::iterator
 */
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \class QMutableSetIterator
     \inmodule QtCore
     \since 4.2
@@ -869,7 +869,7 @@
     \sa remove(), setValue()
 */
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \class QMapIterator
     \inmodule QtCore
 
@@ -921,7 +921,7 @@
     \sa QMutableMapIterator, QMap::const_iterator
 */
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \class QHashIterator
     \inmodule QtCore
 
@@ -973,7 +973,7 @@
     \sa QMutableHashIterator, QHash::const_iterator
 */
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \class QMutableMapIterator
     \inmodule QtCore
 
@@ -1038,7 +1038,7 @@
     \sa QMapIterator, QMap::iterator
 */
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \class QMutableHashIterator
     \inmodule QtCore
 
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qline.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qline.cpp
index 5d8368e930..3fb958fae6 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qline.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qline.cpp
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ QDataStream &operator>>(QDataStream &stream, QLine &line)
 
     \value UnboundedIntersection The two lines intersect, but not
     within the range defined by their lengths. This will be the case
-    if the lines are not parallel. 
+    if the lines are not parallel.
 
     intersect() will also return this value if the intersect point is
     within the start and end point of only one of the lines.
@@ -499,9 +499,9 @@ QDataStream &operator>>(QDataStream &stream, QLine &line)
 
     Sets the length of the line to the given \a length. QLineF will
     move the end point - p2() - of the line to give the line its new length.
-    
+
     If the line is a null line, the length will remain zero regardless
-    of the length specified. 
+    of the length specified.
 
     \sa length(), isNull()
 */
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qmargins.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qmargins.cpp
index 6e7b541110..2cdc3f3f03 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qmargins.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qmargins.cpp
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \ingroup painting
     \since 4.6
 
-    \brief The QMargins class defines the four margins of a rectangle. 
+    \brief The QMargins class defines the four margins of a rectangle.
 
     QMargin defines a set of four margins; left, top, right and bottom,
     that describe the size of the borders surrounding a rectangle.
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qpair.qdoc b/src/corelib/tools/qpair.qdoc
index 55353dc258..b0caf1aaf0 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qpair.qdoc
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qpair.qdoc
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
     \brief The QPair class is a template class that stores a pair of items.
 
     \ingroup tools
-    
+
     QPair\<T1, T2\> can be used in your application if the STL \c
     pair type is not available. It stores one value of type T1 and
     one value of type T2. It can be used as a return value for a
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qregexp.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qregexp.cpp
index cbb3580024..83e87ff637 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qregexp.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qregexp.cpp
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ int qFindString(const QChar *haystack, int haystackLen, int from,
     Square brackets mean match any character contained in the square
     brackets. The character set abbreviations described above can
     appear in a character set in square brackets. Except for the
-    character set abbreviations and the following two exceptions, 
+    character set abbreviations and the following two exceptions,
     characters do not have special meanings in square brackets.
 
     \table
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qringbuffer_p.h b/src/corelib/tools/qringbuffer_p.h
index 9c952fea21..b17c6d2f40 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qringbuffer_p.h
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qringbuffer_p.h
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ public:
             --tailBuffer;
         }
         bufferSize -= qba.length();
-        return qba;        
+        return qba;
     }
 
     // append a new buffer to the end
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qset.qdoc b/src/corelib/tools/qset.qdoc
index cd90b4949b..c1351943e1 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qset.qdoc
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qset.qdoc
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
     \fn QSet<T> &QSet::operator=(const QSet<T> &other)
 
     Assigns the \a other set to this set and returns a reference to
-    this set.  
+    this set.
 */
 
 /*!
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@
 
     Returns a non-const iterator positioned at the item \a value in
     the set. If the set contains no item \a value, the function
-    returns end(). 
+    returns end().
 */
 
 /*! \fn QSet::const_iterator QSet::constFind(const T &value) const
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@
     \overload
 
     Returns a non-const \l{STL-style iterators}{STL-style iterator} positioned at the first
-    item in the set.  
+    item in the set.
 */
 
 /*! \fn QSet::const_iterator QSet::cbegin() const
@@ -496,7 +496,7 @@
 /*!
     \fn QSet<T> &QSet::subtract(const QSet<T> &other)
 
-    Removes all items from  this set that are contained in the 
+    Removes all items from  this set that are contained in the
     \a other set. Returns a reference to this set.
 
     \sa operator-=(), unite(), intersect()
@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@
     \fn bool QSet::empty() const
 
     Returns true if the set is empty. This function is provided
-    for STL compatibility. It is equivalent to isEmpty().  
+    for STL compatibility. It is equivalent to isEmpty().
 */
 
 /*!
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@
 /*!
     \fn QSet<T> &QSet::operator-=(const T &value)
 
-    Removes the occurrence of item \a value from the set, if 
+    Removes the occurrence of item \a value from the set, if
     it is found, and returns a reference to the set. If the
     \a value is not contained the set, nothing is removed.
 
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@
     \overload
 
     Same as intersect(\e{other}), if we consider \e{other} to be a set
-    that contains the singleton \a value.  
+    that contains the singleton \a value.
 */
 
 
@@ -575,7 +575,7 @@
     \fn QSet<T> QSet::operator|(const QSet<T> &other) const
     \fn QSet<T> QSet::operator+(const QSet<T> &other) const
 
-    Returns a new QSet that is the union of this set and the 
+    Returns a new QSet that is the union of this set and the
     \a other set.
 
     \sa unite(), operator|=(), operator&(), operator-()
@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@
     iterators are slightly faster, and can improve code readability.
 
     QSet\<T\>::iterator allows you to iterate over a QSet\<T\> and
-    modify it as you go (using QSet::erase()). However, 
+    modify it as you go (using QSet::erase()). However,
 
     The default QSet::iterator constructor creates an uninitialized
     iterator. You must initialize it using a function like
@@ -701,7 +701,7 @@
     \sa QSet::begin(), QSet::end()
 */
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \fn QSet::iterator::iterator(typename Hash::iterator i)
     \fn QSet::const_iterator::const_iterator(typename Hash::const_iterator i)
 
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qshareddata.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qshareddata.cpp
index 8205560781..cee0c1d450 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qshareddata.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qshareddata.cpp
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \class QSharedData
     \inmodule QtCore
     \brief The QSharedData class is a base class for shared data objects.
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \a other is ignored.
 */
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \class QSharedDataPointer
     \inmodule QtCore
     \brief The QSharedDataPointer class represents a pointer to an implicitly shared object.
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     return the proper polymorphic type.
 */
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \class QExplicitlySharedDataPointer
     \inmodule QtCore
     \brief The QExplicitlySharedDataPointer class represents a pointer to an explicitly shared object.
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qtextboundaryfinder.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qtextboundaryfinder.cpp
index 5e8aed579d..eb861b7289 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qtextboundaryfinder.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qtextboundaryfinder.cpp
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ static void init(QTextBoundaryFinder::BoundaryType type, const QChar *chars, int
     QUnicodeTools::initCharAttributes(string, length, scriptItems.data(), scriptItems.count(), attributes, options);
 }
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \class QTextBoundaryFinder
     \inmodule QtCore
 
diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qvector.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qvector.cpp
index e72c1964a2..725cf894c6 100644
--- a/src/corelib/tools/qvector.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/tools/qvector.cpp
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@
     Same as at(\a i).
 */
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \fn void QVector::append(const T &value)
 
     Inserts \a value at the end of the vector.
diff --git a/src/corelib/xml/qxmlutils.cpp b/src/corelib/xml/qxmlutils.cpp
index 52921919eb..d175d554cc 100644
--- a/src/corelib/xml/qxmlutils.cpp
+++ b/src/corelib/xml/qxmlutils.cpp
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ bool QXmlUtils::rangeContains(RangeIter begin, RangeIter end, const QChar c)
 
     // check the first two ranges "manually" as characters in that
     // range are checked very often and we avoid the binary search below.
- 
+
     if (cp <= begin->max)
         return cp >= begin->min;
 
diff --git a/src/dbus/qdbusabstractinterface.cpp b/src/dbus/qdbusabstractinterface.cpp
index 2a8681d1d7..22fe4a5fd8 100644
--- a/src/dbus/qdbusabstractinterface.cpp
+++ b/src/dbus/qdbusabstractinterface.cpp
@@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ QDBusPendingCall QDBusAbstractInterface::asyncCallWithArgumentList(const QString
     not indicate that the executed call succeeded. If it fails,
     the \a errorMethod is called. If the queueing failed, this
     function returns false and no slot will be called.
- 
+
     The \a returnMethod must have as its parameters the types returned
     by the function call. Optionally, it may have a QDBusMessage
     parameter as its last or only parameter.  The \a errorMethod must
diff --git a/src/dbus/qdbuserror.cpp b/src/dbus/qdbuserror.cpp
index d578bf7d76..f486c19fdc 100644
--- a/src/dbus/qdbuserror.cpp
+++ b/src/dbus/qdbuserror.cpp
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ for ($j = 0; $j < $i; ++$j) {
 }
 print "0\n};\n";
 ===== PERL SCRIPT ====
- 
+
  * The input data is as follows:
 other
 org.freedesktop.DBus.Error.Failed
diff --git a/src/dbus/qdbusintrospection_p.h b/src/dbus/qdbusintrospection_p.h
index a9f3773acc..b892ed95f1 100644
--- a/src/dbus/qdbusintrospection_p.h
+++ b/src/dbus/qdbusintrospection_p.h
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ public:
         inline bool operator==(const Argument& other) const
         { return name == other.name && type == other.type; }
     };
-    
+
     struct Method
     {
         QString name;
diff --git a/src/dbus/qdbusmetaobject.cpp b/src/dbus/qdbusmetaobject.cpp
index f3bd7c28ba..799c66f6f9 100644
--- a/src/dbus/qdbusmetaobject.cpp
+++ b/src/dbus/qdbusmetaobject.cpp
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ private:
         QVarLengthArray<int, 4> outputTypes;
         int flags;
     };
-    
+
     struct Property {
         QByteArray typeName;
         QByteArray signature;
@@ -92,14 +92,14 @@ private:
     QMap<QByteArray, Method> signals_;
     QMap<QByteArray, Method> methods;
     QMap<QByteArray, Property> properties;
-    
+
     const QDBusIntrospection::Interface *data;
     QString interface;
 
     Type findType(const QByteArray &signature,
                   const QDBusIntrospection::Annotations &annotations,
                   const char *direction = "Out", int id = -1);
-    
+
     void parseMethods();
     void parseSignals();
     void parseProperties();
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ void QDBusMetaObjectGenerator::parseMethods()
             mm.inputTypes.append(type.id);
 
             mm.parameterNames.append(arg.name.toLatin1());
-            
+
             prototype.append(type.name);
             prototype.append(',');
         }
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ void QDBusMetaObjectGenerator::parseSignals()
             mm.inputTypes.append(type.id);
 
             mm.parameterNames.append(arg.name.toLatin1());
-            
+
             prototype.append(type.name);
             prototype.append(',');
         }
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ void QDBusMetaObjectGenerator::parseProperties()
         Type type = findType(p.type.toLatin1(), p.annotations);
         if (type.id == QVariant::Invalid)
             continue;
-        
+
         QByteArray name = p.name.toLatin1();
         mp.signature = p.type.toLatin1();
         mp.type = type.id;
@@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ void QDBusMetaObjectGenerator::writeWithoutXml(const QString &interface)
 
     char *stringdata = new char[name.length() + 1];
     stringdata[name.length()] = '\0';
-    
+
     d.data = reinterpret_cast<uint*>(header);
     d.relatedMetaObjects = 0;
     d.static_metacall = 0;
@@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ QDBusMetaObject *QDBusMetaObject::createMetaObject(const QString &interface, con
     if (we)
         return we;
     // still nothing?
-    
+
     if (parsed.isEmpty()) {
         // object didn't return introspection
         we = new QDBusMetaObject;
@@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ QDBusMetaObject *QDBusMetaObject::createMetaObject(const QString &interface, con
         // merge all interfaces
         it = parsed.constBegin();
         QDBusIntrospection::Interface merged = *it.value().constData();
- 
+
         for (++it; it != end; ++it) {
             merged.annotations.unite(it.value()->annotations);
             merged.methods.unite(it.value()->methods);
diff --git a/src/dbus/qdbusmetatype.cpp b/src/dbus/qdbusmetatype.cpp
index ff5818d684..804e80699a 100644
--- a/src/dbus/qdbusmetatype.cpp
+++ b/src/dbus/qdbusmetatype.cpp
@@ -318,10 +318,10 @@ int QDBusMetaType::signatureToType(const char *signature)
 
     case DBUS_TYPE_UINT16:
         return QMetaType::UShort;
-        
+
     case DBUS_TYPE_INT32:
         return QVariant::Int;
-        
+
     case DBUS_TYPE_UINT32:
         return QVariant::UInt;
 
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ int QDBusMetaType::signatureToType(const char *signature)
 
 /*!
     \fn QDBusMetaType::typeToSignature(int type)
-    \internal 
+    \internal
 
     Returns the D-Bus signature equivalent to the supplied meta type id \a type.
 
diff --git a/src/gui/doc/snippets/textdocument-tables/mainwindow.cpp b/src/gui/doc/snippets/textdocument-tables/mainwindow.cpp
index 443f5407e0..1169254253 100644
--- a/src/gui/doc/snippets/textdocument-tables/mainwindow.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/doc/snippets/textdocument-tables/mainwindow.cpp
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ MainWindow::MainWindow()
     int row;
     QTextTableCell cell;
     QTextCursor cellCursor;
-    
+
     QTextCharFormat charFormat;
     charFormat.setForeground(Qt::black);
 
diff --git a/src/gui/doc/snippets/textdocument-texttable/main.cpp b/src/gui/doc/snippets/textdocument-texttable/main.cpp
index 0024d8592b..f82b5235cf 100644
--- a/src/gui/doc/snippets/textdocument-texttable/main.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/doc/snippets/textdocument-texttable/main.cpp
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ int main(int argc, char * argv[])
     tableFormat.setCellSpacing(2);
     QTextTable *table = cursor.insertTable(rows, columns);
     table->setFormat(tableFormat);
-    
+
     QTextCharFormat boldFormat;
     boldFormat.setFontWeight(QFont::Bold);
 
diff --git a/src/gui/doc/src/paintsystem.qdoc b/src/gui/doc/src/paintsystem.qdoc
index 7857a160ac..cd208e9e18 100644
--- a/src/gui/doc/src/paintsystem.qdoc
+++ b/src/gui/doc/src/paintsystem.qdoc
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
     \ingroup qt-graphics
     \ingroup frameworks-technologies
     \ingroup qt-basic-concepts
-	
+
 
     Qt's paint system enables painting on screen and print devices
     using the same API, and is primarily based on the QPainter,
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
     same painting pipeline making it easy to add support for new
     features and providing default implementations for unsupported
     ones.
-    
+
     \section1 Topics
     \list
         \li \l{Classes for Painting}
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
     in a platform-independent way. Another benefit is that the
     painting can be performed in another thread than the current GUI
     thread.
-    
+
     \row \li \b Pixmap
 
     The QPixmap class is an off-screen image representation which is
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@
     actually be able to draw on the device, this paint engine must be
     a custom paint engine created by deriving from the QPaintEngine
     class.
-    
+
     \endtable
 
 */
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@
 /*!
     \page paintsystem-drawing.html
     \title Drawing and Filling
-    
+
     \previouspage Paint Devices and Backends
     \contentspage The Paint System
     \nextpage Coordinate System
diff --git a/src/gui/doc/src/qtgui.qdoc b/src/gui/doc/src/qtgui.qdoc
index aa44dcfad5..201bb03a14 100644
--- a/src/gui/doc/src/qtgui.qdoc
+++ b/src/gui/doc/src/qtgui.qdoc
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
 
     For application developers writing user interfaces, Qt provides
     higher level API's, like Qt Quick, that are much more suitable
-    than the enablers found in the Qt GUI module. 
+    than the enablers found in the Qt GUI module.
 
     \section1 Getting started
 
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qimageiohandler.cpp b/src/gui/image/qimageiohandler.cpp
index f770458127..055ace9985 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qimageiohandler.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qimageiohandler.cpp
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ bool QImageIOHandler::supportsOption(ImageOption option) const
     the sequence number of the current image in the animation. If
     this function is called before any image is read(), -1 is
     returned. The number of the first image in the sequence is 0.
-    
+
     If the image format does not support animation, 0 is returned.
 
     \sa read()
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qmovie.cpp b/src/gui/image/qmovie.cpp
index e137af2231..ae526f5ba7 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qmovie.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qmovie.cpp
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \class QMovie
 
     \inmodule QtGui
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@
     copy of the frame.
 */
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \fn void QMovie::stateChanged(QMovie::MovieState state)
 
     This signal is emitted every time the state of the movie changes. The new
@@ -203,23 +203,23 @@ public:
     inline QFrameInfo(bool endMark)
         : pixmap(QPixmap()), delay(QMOVIE_INVALID_DELAY), endMark(endMark)
     { }
-    
+
     inline QFrameInfo()
         : pixmap(QPixmap()), delay(QMOVIE_INVALID_DELAY), endMark(false)
     { }
-    
+
     inline QFrameInfo(const QPixmap &pixmap, int delay)
         : pixmap(pixmap), delay(delay), endMark(false)
     { }
-    
+
     inline bool isValid()
     {
         return endMark || !(pixmap.isNull() && (delay == QMOVIE_INVALID_DELAY));
     }
-    
+
     inline bool isEndMarker()
     { return endMark; }
-    
+
     static inline QFrameInfo endMarker()
     { return QFrameInfo(true); }
 };
diff --git a/src/gui/image/qxbmhandler.cpp b/src/gui/image/qxbmhandler.cpp
index 0e1ecfa299..498f6ce767 100644
--- a/src/gui/image/qxbmhandler.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/image/qxbmhandler.cpp
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ bool QXbmHandler::read(QImage *image)
 {
     if (state == Error)
         return false;
-    
+
     if (state == Ready && !readHeader()) {
         state = Error;
         return false;
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qclipboard.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qclipboard.cpp
index 79da6471b8..f0b1f16ba2 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qclipboard.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qclipboard.cpp
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ QClipboard::~QClipboard()
     the global clipboard.
 
     \value Selection  indicates that data should be stored and retrieved from
-    the global mouse selection. Support for \c Selection is provided only on 
+    the global mouse selection. Support for \c Selection is provided only on
     systems with a global mouse selection (e.g. X11).
 
     \value FindBuffer indicates that data should be stored and retrieved from
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ void QClipboard::setText(const QString &text, Mode mode)
     clipboard is used.  If \a mode is QClipboard::Clipboard, the
     image is retrieved from the global clipboard.  If \a mode is
     QClipboard::Selection, the image is retrieved from the global
-    mouse selection. 
+    mouse selection.
 
     \sa setImage(), pixmap(), mimeData(), QImage::isNull()
 */
@@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ void QClipboard::setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap, Mode mode)
     \sa mimeData()
 */
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \fn void QClipboard::clear(Mode mode)
     Clear the clipboard contents.
 
@@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ void QClipboard::setPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap, Mode mode)
     clipboard is used.  If \a mode is QClipboard::Clipboard, this
     function clears the global clipboard contents.  If \a mode is
     QClipboard::Selection, this function clears the global mouse
-    selection contents. If \a mode is QClipboard::FindBuffer, this 
+    selection contents. If \a mode is QClipboard::FindBuffer, this
     function clears the search string buffer.
 
     \sa QClipboard::Mode, supportsSelection()
@@ -521,21 +521,21 @@ bool QClipboard::ownsFindBuffer() const
     return ownsMode(FindBuffer);
 }
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \internal
     \fn bool QClipboard::supportsMode(Mode mode) const;
     Returns true if the clipboard supports the clipboard mode speacified by \a mode;
     otherwise returns false.
 */
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \internal
     \fn bool QClipboard::ownsMode(Mode mode) const;
     Returns true if the clipboard supports the clipboard data speacified by \a mode;
     otherwise returns false.
 */
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \internal
     Emits the appropriate changed signal for \a mode.
 */
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qcursor.h b/src/gui/kernel/qcursor.h
index 016a0ef798..0bf4cc7bf9 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qcursor.h
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qcursor.h
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ public:
     static void setPos(QScreen *screen, int x, int y);
     inline static void setPos(const QPoint &p) { setPos(p.x(), p.y()); }
     inline static void setPos(QScreen *screen, const QPoint &p) { setPos(screen, p.x(), p.y()); }
-    
+
 private:
     QCursorData *d;
 };
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qkeysequence.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qkeysequence.cpp
index cc0ecdf388..66eb1d58ed 100644
--- a/src/gui/kernel/qkeysequence.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/kernel/qkeysequence.cpp
@@ -878,7 +878,7 @@ const uint QKeySequencePrivate::numberOfKeyBindings = sizeof(QKeySequencePrivate
     \value SelectPreviousPage       Extend selection to previous page.
     \value SelectPreviousWord       Extend selection to previous word.
     \value SelectStartOfBlock       Extend selection to the start of a text block. This shortcut is only used on OS X.
-    \value SelectStartOfDocument    Extend selection to start of document. 
+    \value SelectStartOfDocument    Extend selection to start of document.
     \value SelectStartOfLine        Extend selection to start of line.
     \value Underline        Underline text.
     \value Undo             Undo.
@@ -892,10 +892,10 @@ const uint QKeySequencePrivate::numberOfKeyBindings = sizeof(QKeySequencePrivate
 /*!
     \since 4.2
 
-    Constructs a QKeySequence object for the given \a key. 
-    The result will depend on the currently running platform. 
+    Constructs a QKeySequence object for the given \a key.
+    The result will depend on the currently running platform.
 
-    The resulting object will be based on the first element in the 
+    The resulting object will be based on the first element in the
     list of key bindings for the \a key.
 */
 QKeySequence::QKeySequence(StandardKey key)
@@ -903,7 +903,7 @@ QKeySequence::QKeySequence(StandardKey key)
     const QList <QKeySequence> bindings = keyBindings(key);
     //pick only the first/primary shortcut from current bindings
     if (bindings.size() > 0) {
-        d = bindings.first().d; 
+        d = bindings.first().d;
         d->ref.ref();
     }
     else
@@ -991,8 +991,8 @@ static inline int maybeSwapShortcut(int shortcut)
     \since 4.2
 
     Returns a list of key bindings for the given \a key.
-    The result of calling this function will vary based on the target platform. 
-    The first element of the list indicates the primary shortcut for the given platform. 
+    The result of calling this function will vary based on the target platform.
+    The first element of the list indicates the primary shortcut for the given platform.
     If the result contains more than one result, these can
     be considered alternative shortcuts on the same platform for the given \a key.
 */
@@ -1509,9 +1509,9 @@ QKeySequence::SequenceMatch QKeySequence::matches(const QKeySequence &seq) const
 
     \obsolete
 
-    Use toString() instead. 
-    
-    Returns the key sequence as a QString. This is equivalent to 
+    Use toString() instead.
+
+    Returns the key sequence as a QString. This is equivalent to
     calling toString(QKeySequence::NativeText). Note that the
     result is not platform independent.
 */
diff --git a/src/gui/opengl/qopengl2pexvertexarray_p.h b/src/gui/opengl/qopengl2pexvertexarray_p.h
index fa0ad47e7f..03a3ba5d24 100644
--- a/src/gui/opengl/qopengl2pexvertexarray_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/opengl/qopengl2pexvertexarray_p.h
@@ -104,20 +104,20 @@ public:
         maxX(-2e10), maxY(-2e10), minX(2e10), minY(2e10),
         boundingRectDirty(true)
     { }
-    
+
     inline void addRect(const QRectF &rect)
     {
         qreal top = rect.top();
         qreal left = rect.left();
         qreal bottom = rect.bottom();
         qreal right = rect.right();
-    
+
         vertexArray << QOpenGLPoint(left, top)
                     << QOpenGLPoint(right, top)
                     << QOpenGLPoint(right, bottom)
                     << QOpenGLPoint(right, bottom)
                     << QOpenGLPoint(left, bottom)
-                    << QOpenGLPoint(left, top);        
+                    << QOpenGLPoint(left, top);
     }
 
     inline void addQuad(const QRectF &rect)
diff --git a/src/gui/opengl/qopengles2ext.h b/src/gui/opengl/qopengles2ext.h
index be7d6f3290..5926d5bbd5 100644
--- a/src/gui/opengl/qopengles2ext.h
+++ b/src/gui/opengl/qopengles2ext.h
@@ -100,23 +100,23 @@ typedef void* GLeglImageOES;
 #endif
 
 /* GL_OES_required_internalformat */
-#ifndef GL_OES_required_internalformat 
+#ifndef GL_OES_required_internalformat
 #define GL_ALPHA8_OES                                           0x803C
 #define GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT16_OES                                0x81A5
-/* reuse GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT24_OES */                            
-/* reuse GL_DEPTH24_STENCIL8_OES */                             
-/* reuse GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT32_OES */                            
+/* reuse GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT24_OES */
+/* reuse GL_DEPTH24_STENCIL8_OES */
+/* reuse GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT32_OES */
 #define GL_LUMINANCE4_ALPHA4_OES                                0x8043
 #define GL_LUMINANCE8_ALPHA8_OES                                0x8045
 #define GL_LUMINANCE8_OES                                       0x8040
 #define GL_RGBA4_OES                                            0x8056
 #define GL_RGB5_A1_OES                                          0x8057
 #define GL_RGB565_OES                                           0x8D62
-/* reuse GL_RGB8_OES */                              
-/* reuse GL_RGBA8_OES */  
+/* reuse GL_RGB8_OES */
+/* reuse GL_RGBA8_OES */
 /* reuse GL_RGB10_EXT */
 /* reuse GL_RGB10_A2_EXT */
-#endif 
+#endif
 
 /* GL_OES_rgb8_rgba8 */
 #ifndef GL_OES_rgb8_rgba8
@@ -216,9 +216,9 @@ typedef void (GL_APIENTRYP GLDEBUGPROC)(GLenum source,GLenum type,GLuint id,GLen
 #define GL_SHADER                                               0x82E1
 #define GL_PROGRAM                                              0x82E2
 #define GL_QUERY                                                0x82E3
-/* PROGRAM_PIPELINE only in GL */                               
+/* PROGRAM_PIPELINE only in GL */
 #define GL_SAMPLER                                              0x82E6
-/* DISPLAY_LIST only in GL */                                   
+/* DISPLAY_LIST only in GL */
 #define GL_MAX_LABEL_LENGTH                                     0x82E8
 #define GL_MAX_DEBUG_MESSAGE_LENGTH                             0x9143
 #define GL_MAX_DEBUG_LOGGED_MESSAGES                            0x9144
@@ -328,12 +328,12 @@ typedef void (GL_APIENTRYP GLDEBUGPROC)(GLenum source,GLenum type,GLuint id,GLen
 #endif
 
 /* GL_ANGLE_instanced_arrays */
-#ifndef GL_ANGLE_instanced_arrays 
+#ifndef GL_ANGLE_instanced_arrays
 #define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_DIVISOR_ANGLE                    0x88FE
 #endif
 
 /* GL_ANGLE_pack_reverse_row_order */
-#ifndef GL_ANGLE_pack_reverse_row_order 
+#ifndef GL_ANGLE_pack_reverse_row_order
 #define GL_PACK_REVERSE_ROW_ORDER_ANGLE                         0x93A4
 #endif
 
@@ -343,23 +343,23 @@ typedef void (GL_APIENTRYP GLDEBUGPROC)(GLenum source,GLenum type,GLuint id,GLen
 #endif
 
 /* GL_ANGLE_texture_compression_dxt3 */
-#ifndef GL_ANGLE_texture_compression_dxt3 
+#ifndef GL_ANGLE_texture_compression_dxt3
 #define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_S3TC_DXT3_ANGLE                      0x83F2
 #endif
 
 /* GL_ANGLE_texture_compression_dxt5 */
-#ifndef GL_ANGLE_texture_compression_dxt5 
+#ifndef GL_ANGLE_texture_compression_dxt5
 #define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_S3TC_DXT5_ANGLE                      0x83F3
 #endif
 
 /* GL_ANGLE_texture_usage */
-#ifndef GL_ANGLE_texture_usage 
+#ifndef GL_ANGLE_texture_usage
 #define GL_TEXTURE_USAGE_ANGLE                                  0x93A2
 #define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_ANGLE                         0x93A3
 #endif
 
 /* GL_ANGLE_translated_shader_source */
-#ifndef GL_ANGLE_translated_shader_source 
+#ifndef GL_ANGLE_translated_shader_source
 #define GL_TRANSLATED_SHADER_SOURCE_LENGTH_ANGLE                0x93A0
 #endif
 
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ typedef void (GL_APIENTRYP GLDEBUGPROC)(GLenum source,GLenum type,GLuint id,GLen
 
 /* GL_APPLE_copy_texture_levels */
 /* No new tokens introduced by this extension. */
-    
+
 /* GL_APPLE_framebuffer_multisample */
 #ifndef GL_APPLE_framebuffer_multisample
 #define GL_RENDERBUFFER_SAMPLES_APPLE                           0x8CAB
@@ -394,9 +394,9 @@ typedef void (GL_APIENTRYP GLDEBUGPROC)(GLenum source,GLenum type,GLuint id,GLen
 #ifndef __gl3_h_
 /* These types are defined with reference to <inttypes.h>
  * in the Apple extension spec, but here we use the Khronos
- * portable types in khrplatform.h, and assume those types 
+ * portable types in khrplatform.h, and assume those types
  * are always defined.
- * If any other extensions using these types are defined, 
+ * If any other extensions using these types are defined,
  * the typedefs must move out of this block and be shared.
  */
 typedef khronos_int64_t GLint64;
@@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ typedef struct __GLsync *GLsync;
 /* GL_EXT_multisampled_render_to_texture */
 #ifndef GL_EXT_multisampled_render_to_texture
 #define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_TEXTURE_SAMPLES_EXT           0x8D6C
-/* reuse values from GL_EXT_framebuffer_multisample (desktop extension) */ 
+/* reuse values from GL_EXT_framebuffer_multisample (desktop extension) */
 #define GL_RENDERBUFFER_SAMPLES_EXT                             0x8CAB
 #define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_MULTISAMPLE_EXT               0x8D56
 #define GL_MAX_SAMPLES_EXT                                      0x8D57
@@ -610,10 +610,10 @@ typedef struct __GLsync *GLsync;
 /* GL_EXT_texture_storage */
 #ifndef GL_EXT_texture_storage
 #define GL_TEXTURE_IMMUTABLE_FORMAT_EXT                         0x912F
-#define GL_ALPHA8_EXT                                           0x803C  
+#define GL_ALPHA8_EXT                                           0x803C
 #define GL_LUMINANCE8_EXT                                       0x8040
 #define GL_LUMINANCE8_ALPHA8_EXT                                0x8045
-#define GL_RGBA32F_EXT                                          0x8814  
+#define GL_RGBA32F_EXT                                          0x8814
 #define GL_RGB32F_EXT                                           0x8815
 #define GL_ALPHA32F_EXT                                         0x8816
 #define GL_LUMINANCE32F_EXT                                     0x8818
@@ -623,12 +623,12 @@ typedef struct __GLsync *GLsync;
 #define GL_ALPHA16F_EXT                                         0x881C
 #define GL_LUMINANCE16F_EXT                                     0x881E
 #define GL_LUMINANCE_ALPHA16F_EXT                               0x881F
-#define GL_RGB10_A2_EXT                                         0x8059  
+#define GL_RGB10_A2_EXT                                         0x8059
 #define GL_RGB10_EXT                                            0x8052
 #define GL_BGRA8_EXT                                            0x93A1
 #define GL_R8_EXT                                               0x8229
 #define GL_RG8_EXT                                              0x822B
-#define GL_R32F_EXT                                             0x822E  
+#define GL_R32F_EXT                                             0x822E
 #define GL_RG32F_EXT                                            0x8230
 #define GL_R16F_EXT                                             0x822D
 #define GL_RG16F_EXT                                            0x822F
@@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ typedef struct __GLsync *GLsync;
 #ifndef GL_NV_framebuffer_blit
 #define GL_READ_FRAMEBUFFER_NV                                  0x8CA8
 #define GL_DRAW_FRAMEBUFFER_NV                                  0x8CA9
-#define GL_DRAW_FRAMEBUFFER_BINDING_NV                          0x8CA6 
+#define GL_DRAW_FRAMEBUFFER_BINDING_NV                          0x8CA6
 #define GL_READ_FRAMEBUFFER_BINDING_NV                          0x8CAA
 #endif
 
@@ -824,10 +824,10 @@ typedef struct __GLsync *GLsync;
 /* GL_NV_shadow_samplers_array */
 #ifndef GL_NV_shadow_samplers_array
 #define GL_SAMPLER_2D_ARRAY_SHADOW_NV                           0x8DC4
-#endif                                             
-                                                   
+#endif
+
 /* GL_NV_shadow_samplers_cube */
-#ifndef GL_NV_shadow_samplers_cube                 
+#ifndef GL_NV_shadow_samplers_cube
 #define GL_SAMPLER_CUBE_SHADOW_NV                               0x8DC5
 #endif
 
@@ -1162,7 +1162,7 @@ GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glGetObjectLabel (GLenum identifier, GLuint name, GL
 GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glObjectPtrLabel (const void *ptr, GLsizei length, const GLchar *label);
 GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glGetObjectPtrLabel (const void *ptr, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *label);
 GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glGetPointerv (GLenum pname, void **params);
-#endif 
+#endif
 typedef void (GL_APIENTRYP PFNGLDEBUGMESSAGECONTROLPROC) (GLenum source, GLenum type, GLenum severity, GLsizei count, const GLuint *ids, GLboolean enabled);
 typedef void (GL_APIENTRYP PFNGLDEBUGMESSAGEINSERTPROC) (GLenum source, GLenum type, GLuint id, GLenum severity, GLsizei length, const GLchar *buf);
 typedef void (GL_APIENTRYP PFNGLDEBUGMESSAGECALLBACKPROC) (GLDEBUGPROC callback, const void *userParam);
@@ -1256,7 +1256,7 @@ GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glRenderbufferStorageMultisampleANGLE (GLenum target
 typedef void (GL_APIENTRYP PFNGLRENDERBUFFERSTORAGEMULTISAMPLEANGLEPROC) (GLenum target, GLsizei samples, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
 #endif
 
-#ifndef GL_ANGLE_instanced_arrays 
+#ifndef GL_ANGLE_instanced_arrays
 #define GL_ANGLE_instanced_arrays 1
 #ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
 GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glDrawArraysInstancedANGLE (GLenum mode, GLint first, GLsizei count, GLsizei primcount);
@@ -1269,7 +1269,7 @@ typedef void (GL_APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBDIVISORANGLEPROC) (GLuint index, GLu
 #endif
 
 /* GL_ANGLE_pack_reverse_row_order */
-#ifndef GL_ANGLE_pack_reverse_row_order 
+#ifndef GL_ANGLE_pack_reverse_row_order
 #define GL_ANGLE_pack_reverse_row_order 1
 #endif
 
@@ -1279,21 +1279,21 @@ typedef void (GL_APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBDIVISORANGLEPROC) (GLuint index, GLu
 #endif
 
 /* GL_ANGLE_texture_compression_dxt3 */
-#ifndef GL_ANGLE_texture_compression_dxt3 
+#ifndef GL_ANGLE_texture_compression_dxt3
 #define GL_ANGLE_texture_compression_dxt3 1
 #endif
 
 /* GL_ANGLE_texture_compression_dxt5 */
-#ifndef GL_ANGLE_texture_compression_dxt5 
+#ifndef GL_ANGLE_texture_compression_dxt5
 #define GL_ANGLE_texture_compression_dxt5 1
 #endif
 
 /* GL_ANGLE_texture_usage */
-#ifndef GL_ANGLE_texture_usage 
+#ifndef GL_ANGLE_texture_usage
 #define GL_ANGLE_texture_usage 1
 #endif
 
-#ifndef GL_ANGLE_translated_shader_source 
+#ifndef GL_ANGLE_translated_shader_source
 #define GL_ANGLE_translated_shader_source 1
 #ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
 GL_APICALL void GL_APIENTRY glGetTranslatedShaderSourceANGLE (GLuint shader, GLsizei bufsize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *source);
diff --git a/src/gui/opengl/qopenglext.h b/src/gui/opengl/qopenglext.h
index e65578caee..dfdb8249d9 100644
--- a/src/gui/opengl/qopenglext.h
+++ b/src/gui/opengl/qopenglext.h
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ extern "C" {
 
 /*
 ** Copyright (c) 2007-2012 The Khronos Group Inc.
-** 
+**
 ** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
 ** copy of this software and/or associated documentation files (the
 ** "Materials"), to deal in the Materials without restriction, including
@@ -21,10 +21,10 @@ extern "C" {
 ** distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to
 ** permit persons to whom the Materials are furnished to do so, subject to
 ** the following conditions:
-** 
+**
 ** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
 ** in all copies or substantial portions of the Materials.
-** 
+**
 ** THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
 ** EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
 ** MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
diff --git a/src/gui/opengl/qtriangulator.cpp b/src/gui/opengl/qtriangulator.cpp
index 83c7c93fdf..d3c80e264f 100644
--- a/src/gui/opengl/qtriangulator.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/opengl/qtriangulator.cpp
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ bool QIntersectionPoint::isOnLine(const QPodPoint &u, const QPodPoint &v) const
 
     if (((q.x < 0) == (q.y < 0)) != ((p.x < 0) == (p.y < 0)))
         return false; // 'p + offset' and 'q' pass through different quadrants.
-    
+
     // Move all coordinates into the first quadrant.
     quint64 nx, ny;
     if (p.x < 0)
@@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ void QTriangulator<T>::ComplexToSimple::initEdges()
     if (first != m_edges.size())
         m_edges.last().to = m_edges.at(first).from;
     for (int i = 0; i < m_edges.size(); ++i) {
-        m_edges.at(i).originallyPointingUp = m_edges.at(i).pointingUp = 
+        m_edges.at(i).originallyPointingUp = m_edges.at(i).pointingUp =
             m_parent->m_vertices.at(m_edges.at(i).to) < m_parent->m_vertices.at(m_edges.at(i).from);
     }
 }
@@ -1646,7 +1646,7 @@ QTriangulator<T>::ComplexToSimple::DebugDialog::DebugDialog(ComplexToSimple *par
     QDataBuffer<QPodPoint> &vertices = m_parent->m_parent->m_vertices;
     if (vertices.isEmpty())
         return;
-    
+
     int minX, maxX, minY, maxY;
     minX = maxX = vertices.at(0).x;
     minY = maxY = vertices.at(0).y;
@@ -1671,7 +1671,7 @@ void QTriangulator<T>::ComplexToSimple::DebugDialog::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *)
     QDataBuffer<QPodPoint> &vertices = m_parent->m_parent->m_vertices;
     if (vertices.isEmpty())
         return;
-    
+
     qreal halfPointSize = qMin(m_window.width(), m_window.height()) / 300.0;
     p.setWindow(m_window.toRect());
 
@@ -1725,7 +1725,7 @@ void QTriangulator<T>::ComplexToSimple::DebugDialog::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *)
         }
         u += q;
         v += q;
-        p.drawLine(u.x, u.y, v.x, v.y);        
+        p.drawLine(u.x, u.y, v.x, v.y);
     }
 }
 
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qcolor.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qcolor.cpp
index 7eec60ed12..12ca84d8d1 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qcolor.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qcolor.cpp
@@ -1572,7 +1572,7 @@ QColor QColor::toRgb() const
                 // achromatic case
                 color.ct.argb.red = color.ct.argb.green = color.ct.argb.blue = ct.ahsl.lightness;
             } else if (ct.ahsl.lightness == 0) {
-                // lightness 0 
+                // lightness 0
                 color.ct.argb.red = color.ct.argb.green = color.ct.argb.blue = 0;
             } else {
                 // chromatic case
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qcolor.h b/src/gui/painting/qcolor.h
index 5bd879ed63..ef3503e8d8 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qcolor.h
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qcolor.h
@@ -266,10 +266,10 @@ inline QColor::QColor(const QColor &acolor)
 inline bool QColor::isValid() const
 { return cspec != Invalid; }
 
-inline QColor QColor::lighter(int f) const 
+inline QColor QColor::lighter(int f) const
 { return light(f); }
 
-inline QColor QColor::darker(int f) const 
+inline QColor QColor::darker(int f) const
 { return dark(f); }
 
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qcssutil_p.h b/src/gui/painting/qcssutil_p.h
index 38e45ae7c9..7888b9edf1 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qcssutil_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qcssutil_p.h
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ extern void Q_GUI_EXPORT qNormalizeRadii(const QRect &br, const QSize *radii,
                             QSize *tlr, QSize *trr, QSize *blr, QSize *brr);
 
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
-        
+
 #endif //QT_NO_CSSPARSER
 
 #endif // QCSSUTIL_P_H
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qemulationpaintengine_p.h b/src/gui/painting/qemulationpaintengine_p.h
index 72093a3612..db2d51e53a 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qemulationpaintengine_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qemulationpaintengine_p.h
@@ -62,10 +62,10 @@ class QEmulationPaintEngine : public QPaintEngineEx
 {
 public:
     QEmulationPaintEngine(QPaintEngineEx *engine);
-    
+
     virtual bool begin(QPaintDevice *pdev);
     virtual bool end();
-    
+
     virtual Type type() const;
     virtual QPainterState *createState(QPainterState *orig) const;
 
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ public:
     virtual void drawStaticTextItem(QStaticTextItem *item);
     virtual void drawTiledPixmap(const QRectF &r, const QPixmap &pixmap, const QPointF &s);
     virtual void drawImage(const QRectF &r, const QImage &pm, const QRectF &sr, Qt::ImageConversionFlags flags);
-    
+
     virtual void clipEnabledChanged();
     virtual void penChanged();
     virtual void brushChanged();
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpaintbuffer.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qpaintbuffer.cpp
index be446c86eb..bb0c441b40 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qpaintbuffer.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qpaintbuffer.cpp
@@ -1731,12 +1731,12 @@ void QPainterReplayer::process(const QPaintBufferCommand &cmd)
 #endif
         painter->setClipRegion(region, Qt::ClipOperation(cmd.extra));
         break; }
-        
+
 #if !defined(QT_NO_RAWFONT)
     case QPaintBufferPrivate::Cmd_DrawStaticText: {
-            
+
             QVariantList variants(d->variants.at(cmd.offset).value<QVariantList>());
-            
+
             QFont font = variants.at(0).value<QFont>();
 
             QVector<quint32> glyphIndexes;
diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qtextureglyphcache.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qtextureglyphcache.cpp
index 8769aeaba9..81c9c676ba 100644
--- a/src/gui/painting/qtextureglyphcache.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/painting/qtextureglyphcache.cpp
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ bool QTextureGlyphCache::populate(QFontEngine *fontEngine, int numGlyphs, const
                metrics.yoff.toReal(),
                metrics.x.toReal(),
                metrics.y.toReal());
-#endif        
+#endif
         GlyphAndSubPixelPosition key(glyph, subPixelPosition);
         int glyph_width = metrics.width.ceil().toInt();
         int glyph_height = metrics.height.ceil().toInt();
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qabstracttextdocumentlayout.cpp b/src/gui/text/qabstracttextdocumentlayout.cpp
index eaca605652..b7b8e919ad 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qabstracttextdocumentlayout.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qabstracttextdocumentlayout.cpp
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
    This signal is emitted when the specified \a block has been updated.
 
    Subclasses of QAbstractTextDocumentLayout should emit this signal when
-   the layout of \a block has changed in order to repaint. 
+   the layout of \a block has changed in order to repaint.
 */
 
 /*!
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qcssparser.cpp b/src/gui/text/qcssparser.cpp
index 5f610e3fb7..1264330873 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qcssparser.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qcssparser.cpp
@@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ QSize ValueExtractor::sizeValue(const Declaration &decl)
                      lengthValueFromData(qvariant_cast<LengthData>(v.at(1)), f));
     }
 
-    LengthData x[2] = { {0, LengthData::None }, {0, LengthData::None} };   
+    LengthData x[2] = { {0, LengthData::None }, {0, LengthData::None} };
     if (decl.d->values.count() > 0)
         x[0] = lengthValue(decl.d->values.at(0));
     if (decl.d->values.count() > 1)
@@ -917,7 +917,7 @@ void ValueExtractor::borderValue(const Declaration &decl, int *width, QCss::Bord
 
     if (decl.d->values.isEmpty())
         return;
-    
+
     BorderData data;
     data.width.number = 0;
     data.width.unit = LengthData::None;
@@ -1465,7 +1465,7 @@ QRect Declaration::rectValue() const
 {
     if (d->values.count() != 1)
         return QRect();
-    
+
     if (d->parsed.isValid())
         return qvariant_cast<QRect>(d->parsed);
 
@@ -1934,7 +1934,7 @@ QVector<StyleRule> StyleSelector::styleRulesForNode(NodePtr node)
         return rules;
 
     QMap<uint, StyleRule> weightedRules; // (spec, rule) that will be sorted below
-    
+
     //prune using indexed stylesheet
     for (int sheetIdx = 0; sheetIdx < styleSheets.count(); ++sheetIdx) {
         const StyleSheet &styleSheet = styleSheets.at(sheetIdx);
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qstatictext.cpp b/src/gui/text/qstatictext.cpp
index 2c1683f416..cd88e3bbe4 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qstatictext.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qstatictext.cpp
@@ -60,8 +60,8 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \mainclass
 
     QStaticText provides a way to cache layout data for a block of text so that it can be drawn
-    more efficiently than by using QPainter::drawText() in which the layout information is 
-    recalculated with every call. 
+    more efficiently than by using QPainter::drawText() in which the layout information is
+    recalculated with every call.
 
     The class primarily provides an optimization for cases where the text, its font and the
     transformations on the painter are static over several paint events. If the text or its layout
@@ -97,8 +97,8 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \endcode
 
     The QStaticText class can be used to mimic the behavior of QPainter::drawText() to a specific
-    point with no boundaries, and also when QPainter::drawText() is called with a bounding 
-    rectangle. 
+    point with no boundaries, and also when QPainter::drawText() is called with a bounding
+    rectangle.
 
     If a bounding rectangle is not required, create a QStaticText object without setting a preferred
     text width. The text will then occupy a single line.
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 /*!
     Constructs an empty QStaticText
 */
-QStaticText::QStaticText()    
+QStaticText::QStaticText()
     : data(new QStaticTextPrivate)
 {
 }
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ QStaticText::QStaticText()
 */
 QStaticText::QStaticText(const QString &text)
     : data(new QStaticTextPrivate)
-{    
+{
     data->text = text;
     data->invalidate();
 }
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ QStaticText::QStaticText(const QString &text)
 /*!
     Constructs a QStaticText object which is a copy of \a other.
 */
-QStaticText::QStaticText(const QStaticText &other)    
+QStaticText::QStaticText(const QStaticText &other)
 {
     data = other.data;
 }
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ QStaticText::~QStaticText()
     \internal
 */
 void QStaticText::detach()
-{    
+{
     if (data->ref.load() != 1)
         data.detach();
 }
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ void QStaticText::prepare(const QTransform &matrix, const QFont &font)
     Assigns \a other to this QStaticText.
 */
 QStaticText &QStaticText::operator=(const QStaticText &other)
-{    
+{
     data = other.data;
     return *this;
 }
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ Qt::TextFormat QStaticText::textFormat() const
 
     \sa setText()
 */
-QString QStaticText::text() const 
+QString QStaticText::text() const
 {
     return data->text;
 }
@@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ void QStaticTextPrivate::paintText(const QPointF &topLeftPosition, QPainter *p)
                                       .arg(QString::number(color.blue(), 16), 2, QLatin1Char('0')));
 #endif
         document.setDefaultFont(font);
-        document.setDocumentMargin(0.0);        
+        document.setDocumentMargin(0.0);
 #ifndef QT_NO_TEXTHTMLPARSER
         document.setHtml(text);
 #else
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qstatictext.h b/src/gui/text/qstatictext.h
index 60fa82712b..e41c475495 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qstatictext.h
+++ b/src/gui/text/qstatictext.h
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
 class QStaticTextPrivate;
 class Q_GUI_EXPORT QStaticText
-{    
+{
 public:
     enum PerformanceHint {
         ModerateCaching,
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qstatictext_p.h b/src/gui/text/qstatictext_p.h
index 1434c54417..4451f27b27 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qstatictext_p.h
+++ b/src/gui/text/qstatictext_p.h
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ public:
 
 class Q_GUI_EXPORT QStaticTextItem
 {
-public:    
+public:
     QStaticTextItem() : chars(0), numChars(0), useBackendOptimizations(false),
                         userDataNeedsUpdate(0), m_fontEngine(0), m_userData(0) {}
 
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qsyntaxhighlighter.cpp b/src/gui/text/qsyntaxhighlighter.cpp
index e8e1c81dab..784aeb9a71 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qsyntaxhighlighter.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qsyntaxhighlighter.cpp
@@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ void QSyntaxHighlighter::rehighlight()
     \since 4.6
 
     Reapplies the highlighting to the given QTextBlock \a block.
-    
+
     \sa rehighlight()
 */
 void QSyntaxHighlighter::rehighlightBlock(const QTextBlock &block)
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextdocument.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtextdocument.cpp
index 34133c5e07..b83af30f7f 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtextdocument.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtextdocument.cpp
@@ -416,12 +416,12 @@ void QTextDocument::redo(QTextCursor *cursor)
 }
 
 /*! \enum QTextDocument::Stacks
-  
+
   \value UndoStack              The undo stack.
   \value RedoStack              The redo stack.
   \value UndoAndRedoStacks      Both the undo and redo stacks.
 */
-        
+
 /*!
     \since 4.7
     Clears the stacks specified by \a stacksToClear.
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextlayout.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtextlayout.cpp
index 833e4c5037..50908f9908 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtextlayout.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtextlayout.cpp
@@ -1022,7 +1022,7 @@ static inline QRectF clipIfValid(const QRectF &rect, const QRectF &clip)
 */
 #if !defined(QT_NO_RAWFONT)
 QList<QGlyphRun> QTextLayout::glyphRuns(int from, int length) const
-{    
+{
     if (from < 0)
         from = 0;
     if (length < 0)
@@ -1651,7 +1651,7 @@ namespace {
         }
 
         inline glyph_t currentGlyph() const
-        {            
+        {
             Q_ASSERT(currentPosition > 0);
             Q_ASSERT(logClusters[currentPosition - 1] < glyphs.numGlyphs);
 
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextobject.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtextobject.cpp
index 80ed2f023f..8465dcdaad 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtextobject.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtextobject.cpp
@@ -636,7 +636,7 @@ QTextFrame::iterator QTextFrame::begin() const
 
 /*!
     Returns an iterator pointing to the position past the last document element inside the frame.
-    Please see the document \l{STL-Style Iterators} for more information.    
+    Please see the document \l{STL-Style Iterators} for more information.
     \sa begin()
 */
 QTextFrame::iterator QTextFrame::end() const
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextodfwriter.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtextodfwriter.cpp
index d83dc98e22..1572648d7f 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtextodfwriter.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtextodfwriter.cpp
@@ -677,13 +677,13 @@ void QTextOdfWriter::writeFrameFormat(QXmlStreamWriter &writer, QTextFrameFormat
     writer.writeEndElement(); // style
 
 // TODO consider putting the following properties in a qt-namespace.
-// Position   position () const 
-// qreal   border () const 
-// QBrush   borderBrush () const 
-// BorderStyle   borderStyle () const 
-// qreal   padding () const 
-// QTextLength   width () const 
-// QTextLength   height () const 
+// Position   position () const
+// qreal   border () const
+// QBrush   borderBrush () const
+// BorderStyle   borderStyle () const
+// qreal   padding () const
+// QTextLength   width () const
+// QTextLength   height () const
 // PageBreakFlags   pageBreakPolicy () const
 }
 
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextoption.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtextoption.cpp
index 7b5d20bc5c..c939020457 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtextoption.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtextoption.cpp
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ QList<QTextOption::Tab> QTextOption::tabs() const
 
 /*!
     \fn Tab::Tab(qreal pos, TabType tabType, QChar delim = QChar())
-    
+
     Creates a tab with the given position, tab type, and delimiter
     (\a pos, \a tabType, \a delim).
 
diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtexttable.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtexttable.cpp
index 0c9ec6203e..a56f8060e0 100644
--- a/src/gui/text/qtexttable.cpp
+++ b/src/gui/text/qtexttable.cpp
@@ -535,11 +535,11 @@ void QTextTablePrivate::update() const
     Rows and columns within a QTextTable can be merged and split using
     the mergeCells() and splitCell() functions. However, only cells that span multiple
     rows or columns can be split. (Merging or splitting does not increase or decrease
-    the number of rows and columns.) 
+    the number of rows and columns.)
 
     Note that if you have merged multiple columns and rows into one cell, you will not
-    be able to split the merged cell into new cells spanning over more than one row 
-    or column. To be able to split cells spanning over several rows and columns you 
+    be able to split the merged cell into new cells spanning over more than one row
+    or column. To be able to split cells spanning over several rows and columns you
     need to do this over several iterations.
 
     \table 80%
diff --git a/src/network/access/qhttpnetworkconnection.cpp b/src/network/access/qhttpnetworkconnection.cpp
index 509f8b3251..a279990f4c 100644
--- a/src/network/access/qhttpnetworkconnection.cpp
+++ b/src/network/access/qhttpnetworkconnection.cpp
@@ -923,7 +923,7 @@ void QHttpNetworkConnectionPrivate::_q_startNextRequest()
             fillPipeline(channels[i].socket);
 
     // If there is not already any connected channels we need to connect a new one.
-    // We do not pair the channel with the request until we know if it is 
+    // We do not pair the channel with the request until we know if it is
     // connected or not. This is to reuse connected channels before we connect new once.
     int queuedRequest = highPriorityQueue.count() + lowPriorityQueue.count();
     for (int i = 0; i < channelCount; ++i) {
diff --git a/src/network/access/qhttpnetworkconnectionchannel_p.h b/src/network/access/qhttpnetworkconnectionchannel_p.h
index 3577d76df5..c8138b5453 100644
--- a/src/network/access/qhttpnetworkconnectionchannel_p.h
+++ b/src/network/access/qhttpnetworkconnectionchannel_p.h
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ public:
     QHttpNetworkConnectionChannel();
 
     QAbstractSocket::NetworkLayerProtocol networkLayerPreference;
-    
+
     void setConnection(QHttpNetworkConnection *c);
     QPointer<QHttpNetworkConnection> connection;
 
diff --git a/src/network/access/qnetworkaccessdebugpipebackend.cpp b/src/network/access/qnetworkaccessdebugpipebackend.cpp
index d9d3200564..b6c04dddea 100644
--- a/src/network/access/qnetworkaccessdebugpipebackend.cpp
+++ b/src/network/access/qnetworkaccessdebugpipebackend.cpp
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ void QNetworkAccessDebugPipeBackend::pushFromSocketToDownstream()
 
         buffer.resize(ReadBufferSize);
         qint64 haveRead = socket.read(buffer.data(), ReadBufferSize);
-        
+
         if (haveRead == -1) {
             hasDownloadFinished = true;
             // this ensures a good last downloadProgress is emitted
diff --git a/src/network/access/qnetworkaccessmanager.cpp b/src/network/access/qnetworkaccessmanager.cpp
index 123b354131..83cb729589 100644
--- a/src/network/access/qnetworkaccessmanager.cpp
+++ b/src/network/access/qnetworkaccessmanager.cpp
@@ -672,8 +672,8 @@ QNetworkReply *QNetworkAccessManager::head(const QNetworkRequest &request)
 
 /*!
     Posts a request to obtain the contents of the target \a request
-    and returns a new QNetworkReply object opened for reading which emits the 
-    \l{QIODevice::readyRead()}{readyRead()} signal whenever new data 
+    and returns a new QNetworkReply object opened for reading which emits the
+    \l{QIODevice::readyRead()}{readyRead()} signal whenever new data
     arrives.
 
     The contents as well as associated headers will be downloaded.
@@ -687,11 +687,11 @@ QNetworkReply *QNetworkAccessManager::get(const QNetworkRequest &request)
 
 /*!
     Sends an HTTP POST request to the destination specified by \a request
-    and returns a new QNetworkReply object opened for reading that will 
-    contain the reply sent by the server. The contents of  the \a data 
+    and returns a new QNetworkReply object opened for reading that will
+    contain the reply sent by the server. The contents of  the \a data
     device will be uploaded to the server.
 
-    \a data must be open for reading and must remain valid until the 
+    \a data must be open for reading and must remain valid until the
     finished() signal is emitted for this reply.
 
     \note Sending a POST request on protocols other than HTTP and
@@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ QNetworkReply *QNetworkAccessManager::post(const QNetworkRequest &request, QIODe
 /*!
     \overload
 
-    Sends the contents of the \a data byte array to the destination 
+    Sends the contents of the \a data byte array to the destination
     specified by \a request.
 */
 QNetworkReply *QNetworkAccessManager::post(const QNetworkRequest &request, const QByteArray &data)
@@ -770,8 +770,8 @@ QNetworkReply *QNetworkAccessManager::put(const QNetworkRequest &request, QHttpM
     this reply.
 
     Whether anything will be available for reading from the returned
-    object is protocol dependent. For HTTP, the server may send a 
-    small HTML page indicating the upload was successful (or not). 
+    object is protocol dependent. For HTTP, the server may send a
+    small HTML page indicating the upload was successful (or not).
     Other protocols will probably have content in their replies.
 
     \note For HTTP, this request will send a PUT request, which most servers
@@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ QNetworkReply *QNetworkAccessManager::put(const QNetworkRequest &request, const
 
     Sends a request to delete the resource identified by the URL of \a request.
 
-    \note This feature is currently available for HTTP only, performing an 
+    \note This feature is currently available for HTTP only, performing an
     HTTP DELETE request.
 
     \sa get(), post(), put(), sendCustomRequest()
diff --git a/src/network/bearer/qnetworkconfigmanager.cpp b/src/network/bearer/qnetworkconfigmanager.cpp
index ec8d7894fa..49d6babb10 100644
--- a/src/network/bearer/qnetworkconfigmanager.cpp
+++ b/src/network/bearer/qnetworkconfigmanager.cpp
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ QNetworkConfigurationManagerPrivate *qNetworkConfigurationManagerPrivate()
     \sa QNetworkConfiguration
 */
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \fn void QNetworkConfigurationManager::configurationAdded(const QNetworkConfiguration &config)
 
     This signal is emitted whenever a new network configuration is added to the system. The new
diff --git a/src/network/bearer/qnetworksession.cpp b/src/network/bearer/qnetworksession.cpp
index f06a2d0df4..cca95fce8c 100644
--- a/src/network/bearer/qnetworksession.cpp
+++ b/src/network/bearer/qnetworksession.cpp
@@ -66,37 +66,37 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \ingroup network
 
     A QNetworkSession enables control over the system's network interfaces. The session's configuration
-    parameter are determined via the QNetworkConfiguration object to which it is bound. Depending on the 
+    parameter are determined via the QNetworkConfiguration object to which it is bound. Depending on the
     type of the session (single access point or service network) a session may be linked to one or more
-    network interfaces. By means of \l{open()}{opening} and \l{close()}{closing} of network sessions 
-    a developer can start and stop the systems network interfaces. If the configuration represents 
+    network interfaces. By means of \l{open()}{opening} and \l{close()}{closing} of network sessions
+    a developer can start and stop the systems network interfaces. If the configuration represents
     multiple access points (see \l QNetworkConfiguration::ServiceNetwork) more advanced features such as roaming may be supported.
 
-    QNetworkSession supports session management within the same process and depending on the platform's 
-    capabilities may support out-of-process sessions. If the same 
+    QNetworkSession supports session management within the same process and depending on the platform's
+    capabilities may support out-of-process sessions. If the same
     network configuration is used by multiple open sessions the underlying network interface is only terminated once
     the last session has been closed.
 
     \section1 Roaming
 
-    Applications may connect to the preferredConfigurationChanged() signal in order to 
-    receive notifications when a more suitable access point becomes available. 
+    Applications may connect to the preferredConfigurationChanged() signal in order to
+    receive notifications when a more suitable access point becomes available.
     In response to this signal the application must either initiate the roaming via migrate()
-    or ignore() the new access point. Once the session has roamed the 
-    newConfigurationActivated() signal is emitted. The application may now test the 
+    or ignore() the new access point. Once the session has roamed the
+    newConfigurationActivated() signal is emitted. The application may now test the
     carrier and must either accept() or reject() it. The session will return to the previous
     access point if the roaming was rejected. The subsequent state diagram depicts the required
     state transitions.
-    
+
     \image roaming-states.png
 
-    Some platforms may distinguish forced roaming and application level roaming (ALR). 
-    ALR implies that the application controls (via migrate(), ignore(), accept() and reject()) 
+    Some platforms may distinguish forced roaming and application level roaming (ALR).
+    ALR implies that the application controls (via migrate(), ignore(), accept() and reject())
     whether a network session can roam from one access point to the next. Such control is useful
     if the application maintains stateful socket connections and wants to control the transition from
-    one interface to the next. Forced roaming implies that the system automatically roams to the next network without 
+    one interface to the next. Forced roaming implies that the system automatically roams to the next network without
     consulting the application. This has the advantage that the application can make use of roaming features
-    without actually being aware of it. It is expected that the application detects that the underlying 
+    without actually being aware of it. It is expected that the application detects that the underlying
     socket is broken and automatically reconnects via the new network link.
 
     If the platform supports both modes of roaming, an application indicates its preference
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     level roaming. If the client does not connect to the preferredConfigurationChanged(), forced roaming
     is used. If forced roaming is not supported the network session will not roam by default.
 
-    Some applications may want to suppress any form of roaming altogether. Possible use cases may be 
+    Some applications may want to suppress any form of roaming altogether. Possible use cases may be
     high priority downloads or remote services which cannot handle a roaming enabled client. Clients
     can suppress roaming by connecting to the preferredConfigurationChanged() signal and answer each
     signal emission with ignore().
@@ -120,19 +120,19 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     single access point configuration the state of the session is the same as the state of the
     associated network interface.
 
-    \value Invalid          The session is invalid due to an invalid configuration. This may 
-                            happen due to a removed access point or a configuration that was 
+    \value Invalid          The session is invalid due to an invalid configuration. This may
+                            happen due to a removed access point or a configuration that was
                             invalid to begin with.
     \value NotAvailable     The session is based on a defined but not yet discovered QNetworkConfiguration
                             (see \l QNetworkConfiguration::StateFlag).
     \value Connecting       The network session is being established.
     \value Connected        The network session is connected. If the current process wishes to use this session
-                            it has to register its interest by calling open(). A network session 
+                            it has to register its interest by calling open(). A network session
                             is considered to be ready for socket operations if it isOpen() and connected.
     \value Closing          The network session is in the process of being shut down.
     \value Disconnected     The network session is not connected. The associated QNetworkConfiguration
                             has the state QNetworkConfiguration::Discovered.
-    \value Roaming          The network session is roaming from one access point to another 
+    \value Roaming          The network session is roaming from one access point to another
                             access point.
 */
 
@@ -194,16 +194,16 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     If the roaming process is non-seamless the IP address will change which means that
     a socket becomes invalid. However seamless mobility can ensure that the local IP address
     does not change. This is achieved by using a virtual IP address which is bound to the actual
-    link address. During the roaming process the virtual address is attached to the new link 
+    link address. During the roaming process the virtual address is attached to the new link
     address.
 
-    Some platforms may support the concept of Forced Roaming and Application Level Roaming (ALR). 
-    Forced roaming implies that the platform may simply roam to a new configuration without 
+    Some platforms may support the concept of Forced Roaming and Application Level Roaming (ALR).
+    Forced roaming implies that the platform may simply roam to a new configuration without
     consulting applications. It is up to the application to detect the link layer loss and reestablish
-    its sockets. In contrast ALR provides the opportunity to prevent the system from roaming. 
+    its sockets. In contrast ALR provides the opportunity to prevent the system from roaming.
     If this session is based on a configuration that supports roaming the application can choose
-    whether it wants to be consulted (ALR use case) by connecting to this signal. For as long as this signal 
-    connection remains the session remains registered as a roaming stakeholder; otherwise roaming will 
+    whether it wants to be consulted (ALR use case) by connecting to this signal. For as long as this signal
+    connection remains the session remains registered as a roaming stakeholder; otherwise roaming will
     be enforced by the platform.
 
     \sa migrate(), ignore(), QNetworkConfiguration::isRoamingAvailable()
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
     This signal is emitted once the session has roamed to the new access point.
     The application may reopen its socket and test the suitability of the new network link.
-    Subsequently it must either accept() or reject() the new access point. 
+    Subsequently it must either accept() or reject() the new access point.
 
     \sa accept(), reject()
 */
@@ -222,8 +222,8 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 /*!
     \fn void QNetworkSession::opened()
 
-    This signal is emitted when the network session has been opened. 
-    
+    This signal is emitted when the network session has been opened.
+
     The underlying network interface will not be shut down as long as the session remains open.
     Note that this feature is dependent on \l{QNetworkConfigurationManager::SystemSessionSupport}{system wide session support}.
 */
@@ -292,12 +292,12 @@ QNetworkSession::~QNetworkSession()
     The system will not terminate a network interface until the session reference counter reaches zero.
     Therefore an open session allows an application to register its use of the interface.
 
-    As a result of calling open() the interface will be started if it is not connected/up yet. 
+    As a result of calling open() the interface will be started if it is not connected/up yet.
     Some platforms may not provide support for out-of-process sessions. On such platforms the session
-    counter ignores any sessions held by another process. The platform capabilities can be 
+    counter ignores any sessions held by another process. The platform capabilities can be
     detected via QNetworkConfigurationManager::capabilities().
 
-    Note that this call is asynchronous. Depending on the outcome of this call the results can be enquired 
+    Note that this call is asynchronous. Depending on the outcome of this call the results can be enquired
     by connecting to the stateChanged(), opened() or error() signals.
 
     It is not a requirement to open a session in order to monitor the underlying network interface.
@@ -361,10 +361,10 @@ bool QNetworkSession::waitForOpened(int msecs)
     \l Disconnected if the current session was the last open session.
 
     If the platform does not support out-of-process sessions calling this function does not stop the
-    interface. In this case \l{stop()} has to be used to force a shut down. 
+    interface. In this case \l{stop()} has to be used to force a shut down.
     The platform capabilities can be detected via QNetworkConfigurationManager::capabilities().
 
-    Note that this call is asynchronous. Depending on the outcome of this call the results can be enquired 
+    Note that this call is asynchronous. Depending on the outcome of this call the results can be enquired
     by connecting to the stateChanged(), opened() or error() signals.
 
     \sa open(), stop(), isOpen()
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ void QNetworkSession::close()
 }
 
 /*!
-    Invalidates all open sessions against the network interface and therefore stops the 
+    Invalidates all open sessions against the network interface and therefore stops the
     underlying network interface. This function always changes the session's state() flag to
     \l Disconnected.
 
@@ -426,15 +426,15 @@ bool QNetworkSession::isOpen() const
 }
 
 /*!
-    Returns the state of the session. 
-    
-    If the session is based on a single access point configuration the state of the 
+    Returns the state of the session.
+
+    If the session is based on a single access point configuration the state of the
     session is the same as the state of the associated network interface. Therefore
-    a network session object can be used to monitor network interfaces. 
+    a network session object can be used to monitor network interfaces.
 
     A \l QNetworkConfiguration::ServiceNetwork based session summarizes the state of all its children
-    and therefore returns the \l Connected state if at least one of the service network's 
-    \l {QNetworkConfiguration::children()}{children()} configurations is active. 
+    and therefore returns the \l Connected state if at least one of the service network's
+    \l {QNetworkConfiguration::children()}{children()} configurations is active.
 
     Note that it is not required to hold an open session in order to obtain the network interface state.
     A connected but closed session may be used to monitor network interfaces whereas an open and connected
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ QNetworkSession::SessionError QNetworkSession::error() const
 }
 
 /*!
-    Returns a human-readable description of the last device error that 
+    Returns a human-readable description of the last device error that
     occurred.
 
     \sa error()
@@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ QString QNetworkSession::errorString() const
             QNetworkConfiguration that is used by this session; otherwise an empty string.
 
             The main purpose of this key is to determine which Internet access point is used
-            if the session is based on a \l{QNetworkConfiguration::ServiceNetwork}{ServiceNetwork}. 
+            if the session is based on a \l{QNetworkConfiguration::ServiceNetwork}{ServiceNetwork}.
             The following code snippet highlights the difference:
             \code
                     QNetworkConfigurationManager mgr;
@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ QString QNetworkSession::errorString() const
             this key may return an identifier for either a
             \l {QNetworkConfiguration::ServiceNetwork}{service network} or a
             \l {QNetworkConfiguration::InternetAccessPoint}{Internet access points} configurations,
-            whereas \e ActiveConfiguration always returns identifiers to 
+            whereas \e ActiveConfiguration always returns identifiers to
             \l {QNetworkConfiguration::InternetAccessPoint}{Internet access points} configurations.
         \row
             \li ConnectInBackground
@@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ QVariant QNetworkSession::sessionProperty(const QString &key) const
 
 /*!
     Sets the property \a value on the session. The property is identified using
-    \a key. Removing an already set  property can be achieved by passing an 
+    \a key. Removing an already set  property can be achieved by passing an
     invalid QVariant.
 
     Note that the \e UserChoiceConfiguration and \e ActiveConfiguration
@@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ void QNetworkSession::setSessionProperty(const QString &key, const QVariant &val
 }
 
 /*!
-    Instructs the session to roam to the new access point. The old access point remains active 
+    Instructs the session to roam to the new access point. The old access point remains active
     until the application calls accept().
 
    The newConfigurationActivated() signal is emitted once roaming has been completed.
@@ -603,11 +603,11 @@ void QNetworkSession::ignore()
 }
 
 /*!
-    Instructs the session to permanently accept the new access point. Once this function 
+    Instructs the session to permanently accept the new access point. Once this function
     has been called the session may not return to the old access point.
 
     The old access point may be closed in the process if there are no other network sessions for it.
-    Therefore any open socket that still uses the old access point 
+    Therefore any open socket that still uses the old access point
     may become unusable and should be closed before completing the migration.
 */
 void QNetworkSession::accept()
@@ -617,7 +617,7 @@ void QNetworkSession::accept()
 }
 
 /*!
-    The new access point is not suitable for the application. By calling this function the 
+    The new access point is not suitable for the application. By calling this function the
     session returns to the previous access point/configuration. This action may invalidate
     any socket that has been created via the not desired access point.
 
@@ -633,10 +633,10 @@ void QNetworkSession::reject()
 /*!
     Returns the amount of data sent in bytes; otherwise 0.
 
-    This field value includes the usage across all open network 
+    This field value includes the usage across all open network
     sessions which use the same network interface.
 
-    If the session is based on a service network configuration the number of 
+    If the session is based on a service network configuration the number of
     sent bytes across all active member configurations are returned.
 
     This function may not always be supported on all platforms and returns 0.
@@ -652,10 +652,10 @@ quint64 QNetworkSession::bytesWritten() const
 /*!
     Returns the amount of data received in bytes; otherwise 0.
 
-    This field value includes the usage across all open network 
+    This field value includes the usage across all open network
     sessions which use the same network interface.
 
-    If the session is based on a service network configuration the number of 
+    If the session is based on a service network configuration the number of
     sent bytes across all active member configurations are returned.
 
     This function may not always be supported on all platforms and returns 0.
@@ -699,12 +699,12 @@ void QNetworkSessionPrivate::setUsagePolicies(QNetworkSession &session, QNetwork
 /*!
     \internal
 
-    This function is required to detect whether the client wants to control 
+    This function is required to detect whether the client wants to control
     the roaming process. If he connects to preferredConfigurationChanged() signal
     he intends to influence it. Otherwise QNetworkSession always roams
     without registering this session as a stakeholder in the roaming process.
 
-    For more details check the Forced vs ALR roaming section in the QNetworkSession 
+    For more details check the Forced vs ALR roaming section in the QNetworkSession
     class description.
 */
 void QNetworkSession::connectNotify(const QMetaMethod &signal)
diff --git a/src/network/bearer/qnetworksession_p.h b/src/network/bearer/qnetworksession_p.h
index c5af8d8ca0..909cce5e4b 100644
--- a/src/network/bearer/qnetworksession_p.h
+++ b/src/network/bearer/qnetworksession_p.h
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ public:
 
     //called by QNetworkSession constructor and ensures
     //that the state is immediately updated (w/o actually opening
-    //a session). Also this function should take care of 
+    //a session). Also this function should take care of
     //notification hooks to discover future state changes.
     virtual void syncStateWithInterface() = 0;
 
diff --git a/src/network/doc/snippets/code/src_network_socket_qabstractsocket.cpp b/src/network/doc/snippets/code/src_network_socket_qabstractsocket.cpp
index 01ec19c0ba..af1273dd85 100644
--- a/src/network/doc/snippets/code/src_network_socket_qabstractsocket.cpp
+++ b/src/network/doc/snippets/code/src_network_socket_qabstractsocket.cpp
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ if (socket->waitForConnected(1000))
 
 //! [1]
 socket->disconnectFromHost();
-    if (socket->state() == QAbstractSocket::UnconnectedState || 
+    if (socket->state() == QAbstractSocket::UnconnectedState ||
         socket->waitForDisconnected(1000))
         qDebug("Disconnected!");
 //! [1]
diff --git a/src/network/doc/snippets/network/tcpwait.cpp b/src/network/doc/snippets/network/tcpwait.cpp
index 2be8d7c8ea..fb44e2ded9 100644
--- a/src/network/doc/snippets/network/tcpwait.cpp
+++ b/src/network/doc/snippets/network/tcpwait.cpp
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ int main(int argv, char **args)
 
     QTcpSocket socket;
     socket.connectToHost("localhost", 1025);
-    
+
 //! [0]
     int numRead = 0, numReadTotal = 0;
     char buffer[50];
@@ -58,12 +58,12 @@ int main(int argv, char **args)
 	numRead  = socket.read(buffer, 50);
 
 	// do whatever with array
-	
+
 	numReadTotal += numRead;
-	if (numRead == 0 && !socket.waitForReadyRead()) 
+        if (numRead == 0 && !socket.waitForReadyRead())
 	    break;
     }
 //! [0]
-    
+
     return app.exec();
 }
diff --git a/src/network/kernel/qauthenticator.h b/src/network/kernel/qauthenticator.h
index b784cd7f50..4d96104bc0 100644
--- a/src/network/kernel/qauthenticator.h
+++ b/src/network/kernel/qauthenticator.h
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ public:
 
     bool operator==(const QAuthenticator &other) const;
     inline bool operator!=(const QAuthenticator &other) const { return !operator==(other); }
-    
+
     QString user() const;
     void setUser(const QString &user);
 
diff --git a/src/network/kernel/qhostaddress.cpp b/src/network/kernel/qhostaddress.cpp
index f15c49104d..dc67b0d835 100644
--- a/src/network/kernel/qhostaddress.cpp
+++ b/src/network/kernel/qhostaddress.cpp
@@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ Q_IPV6ADDR QHostAddress::toIPv6Address() const
     Returns the address as a string.
 
     For example, if the address is the IPv4 address 127.0.0.1, the
-    returned string is "127.0.0.1". For IPv6 the string format will 
+    returned string is "127.0.0.1". For IPv6 the string format will
     follow the RFC5952 recommendation.
     For QHostAddress::Any, its IPv4 address will be returned ("0.0.0.0")
 
diff --git a/src/network/kernel/qnetworkinterface.h b/src/network/kernel/qnetworkinterface.h
index f288b8d938..53d5d6e664 100644
--- a/src/network/kernel/qnetworkinterface.h
+++ b/src/network/kernel/qnetworkinterface.h
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ public:
         CanMulticast = 0x20
     };
     Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(InterfaceFlags, InterfaceFlag)
-    
+
     QNetworkInterface();
     QNetworkInterface(const QNetworkInterface &other);
     QNetworkInterface &operator=(const QNetworkInterface &other);
diff --git a/src/network/kernel/qnetworkinterface_unix.cpp b/src/network/kernel/qnetworkinterface_unix.cpp
index 7885d122ea..0ec9554c82 100644
--- a/src/network/kernel/qnetworkinterface_unix.cpp
+++ b/src/network/kernel/qnetworkinterface_unix.cpp
@@ -328,9 +328,9 @@ static QList<QNetworkInterfacePrivate *> createInterfaces(ifaddrs *rawList)
                 }
                 break;
             }
-        if ( if_it != interfaces.end() ) 
+        if ( if_it != interfaces.end() )
             continue;
-        
+
         QNetworkInterfacePrivate *iface = new QNetworkInterfacePrivate;
         interfaces << iface;
         iface->index = ifindex;
diff --git a/src/network/kernel/qnetworkinterface_win.cpp b/src/network/kernel/qnetworkinterface_win.cpp
index 0a2deb8711..02c0801cef 100644
--- a/src/network/kernel/qnetworkinterface_win.cpp
+++ b/src/network/kernel/qnetworkinterface_win.cpp
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ static QHash<QHostAddress, QHostAddress> ipv4Netmasks()
     IP_ADAPTER_INFO staticBuf[2]; // 2 is arbitrary
     PIP_ADAPTER_INFO pAdapter = staticBuf;
     ULONG bufSize = sizeof staticBuf;
-    QHash<QHostAddress, QHostAddress> ipv4netmasks; 
+    QHash<QHostAddress, QHostAddress> ipv4netmasks;
 
     DWORD retval = ptrGetAdaptersInfo(pAdapter, &bufSize);
     if (retval == ERROR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW) {
diff --git a/src/network/kernel/qnetworkinterface_win_p.h b/src/network/kernel/qnetworkinterface_win_p.h
index 34f4e18d5e..d6a3366316 100644
--- a/src/network/kernel/qnetworkinterface_win_p.h
+++ b/src/network/kernel/qnetworkinterface_win_p.h
@@ -112,19 +112,19 @@ typedef struct {
 
 // copied from MSDN online help
 typedef enum {
-  IpPrefixOriginOther = 0, 
-  IpPrefixOriginManual, 
-  IpPrefixOriginWellKnown, 
-  IpPrefixOriginDhcp, 
+  IpPrefixOriginOther = 0,
+  IpPrefixOriginManual,
+  IpPrefixOriginWellKnown,
+  IpPrefixOriginDhcp,
   IpPrefixOriginRouterAdvertisement
 } IP_PREFIX_ORIGIN;
 
 typedef enum {
-  IpSuffixOriginOther = 0, 
-  IpSuffixOriginManual, 
-  IpSuffixOriginWellKnown, 
-  IpSuffixOriginDhcp, 
-  IpSuffixOriginLinkLayerAddress, 
+  IpSuffixOriginOther = 0,
+  IpSuffixOriginManual,
+  IpSuffixOriginWellKnown,
+  IpSuffixOriginDhcp,
+  IpSuffixOriginLinkLayerAddress,
   IpSuffixOriginRandom
 } IP_SUFFIX_ORIGIN;
 
@@ -164,11 +164,11 @@ typedef struct _IP_ADAPTER_UNICAST_ADDRESS {
   ULONG LeaseLifetime;
 } IP_ADAPTER_UNICAST_ADDRESS, *PIP_ADAPTER_UNICAST_ADDRESS;
 
-typedef struct _IP_ADAPTER_ANYCAST_ADDRESS 
+typedef struct _IP_ADAPTER_ANYCAST_ADDRESS
  IP_ADAPTER_ANYCAST_ADDRESS, *PIP_ADAPTER_ANYCAST_ADDRESS;
 
-typedef struct _IP_ADAPTER_MULTICAST_ADDRESS 
- IP_ADAPTER_MULTICAST_ADDRESS, 
+typedef struct _IP_ADAPTER_MULTICAST_ADDRESS
+ IP_ADAPTER_MULTICAST_ADDRESS,
  *PIP_ADAPTER_MULTICAST_ADDRESS;
 
 typedef struct _IP_ADAPTER_DNS_SERVER_ADDRESS
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ typedef struct _IP_ADAPTER_PREFIX {
   struct _IP_ADAPTER_PREFIX* Next;
   SOCKET_ADDRESS Address;
   ULONG PrefixLength;
-} IP_ADAPTER_PREFIX, 
+} IP_ADAPTER_PREFIX,
  *PIP_ADAPTER_PREFIX;
 
 typedef struct _IP_ADAPTER_ADDRESSES {
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ typedef struct _IP_ADAPTER_ADDRESSES {
   DWORD Ipv6IfIndex;
   DWORD ZoneIndices[16];
   PIP_ADAPTER_PREFIX FirstPrefix;
-} IP_ADAPTER_ADDRESSES, 
+} IP_ADAPTER_ADDRESSES,
  *PIP_ADAPTER_ADDRESSES;
 
 typedef struct {
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ typedef struct _IP_ADDR_STRING {
   IP_ADDRESS_STRING IpAddress;
   IP_MASK_STRING IpMask;
   DWORD Context;
-} IP_ADDR_STRING, 
+} IP_ADDR_STRING,
  *PIP_ADDR_STRING;
 
 typedef struct _IP_ADAPTER_INFO {
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ typedef struct _IP_ADAPTER_INFO {
   IP_ADDR_STRING SecondaryWinsServer;
   time_t LeaseObtained;
   time_t LeaseExpires;
-} IP_ADAPTER_INFO, 
+} IP_ADAPTER_INFO,
  *PIP_ADAPTER_INFO;
 
 typedef struct {
diff --git a/src/network/socket/qnativesocketengine_win.cpp b/src/network/socket/qnativesocketengine_win.cpp
index a135abd5e3..3027b77161 100644
--- a/src/network/socket/qnativesocketengine_win.cpp
+++ b/src/network/socket/qnativesocketengine_win.cpp
@@ -1450,7 +1450,7 @@ int QNativeSocketEnginePrivate::nativeSelect(int timeout, bool selectForRead) co
     bool readEnabled = selectForRead && readNotifier && readNotifier->isEnabled();
     if (readEnabled)
         readNotifier->setEnabled(false);
-    
+
     fd_set fds;
 
     int ret = 0;
diff --git a/src/network/socket/qtcpsocket.cpp b/src/network/socket/qtcpsocket.cpp
index fb5d46a9f7..ce37401a89 100644
--- a/src/network/socket/qtcpsocket.cpp
+++ b/src/network/socket/qtcpsocket.cpp
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
 
 //#define QTCPSOCKET_DEBUG
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \class QTcpSocket
 
     \brief The QTcpSocket class provides a TCP socket.
diff --git a/src/network/ssl/qssl.cpp b/src/network/ssl/qssl.cpp
index 6fcd977759..4e33001d8d 100644
--- a/src/network/ssl/qssl.cpp
+++ b/src/network/ssl/qssl.cpp
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
     \enum QSsl::KeyType
 
     Describes the two types of keys QSslKey supports.
-    
+
     \value PrivateKey A private key.
     \value PublicKey A public key.
 */
diff --git a/src/network/ssl/qsslcipher.cpp b/src/network/ssl/qsslcipher.cpp
index 46131fc1aa..b045d2eba9 100644
--- a/src/network/ssl/qsslcipher.cpp
+++ b/src/network/ssl/qsslcipher.cpp
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ QString QSslCipher::keyExchangeMethod() const
 {
     return d->keyExchangeMethod;
 }
- 
+
 /*!
     Returns the cipher's authentication method as a QString.
 */
diff --git a/src/network/ssl/qsslerror.cpp b/src/network/ssl/qsslerror.cpp
index d151b376d5..bf75d2e610 100644
--- a/src/network/ssl/qsslerror.cpp
+++ b/src/network/ssl/qsslerror.cpp
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
     \enum QSslError::SslError
 
     Describes all recognized errors that can occur during an SSL handshake.
-    
+
     \value NoError
     \value UnableToGetIssuerCertificate
     \value UnableToDecryptCertificateSignature
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ public:
 };
 
 /*!
-    Constructs a QSslError object with no error and default certificate. 
+    Constructs a QSslError object with no error and default certificate.
 
 */
 
diff --git a/src/network/ssl/qsslerror.h b/src/network/ssl/qsslerror.h
index 135ba11ece..73549ce648 100644
--- a/src/network/ssl/qsslerror.h
+++ b/src/network/ssl/qsslerror.h
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ public:
     SslError error() const;
     QString errorString() const;
     QSslCertificate certificate() const;
-    
+
 private:
     QScopedPointer<QSslErrorPrivate> d;
 };
diff --git a/src/network/ssl/qsslsocket.cpp b/src/network/ssl/qsslsocket.cpp
index b1cdef7f29..a8bf8f83b8 100644
--- a/src/network/ssl/qsslsocket.cpp
+++ b/src/network/ssl/qsslsocket.cpp
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@
 
 /*!
     \fn void QSslSocket::sslErrors(const QList<QSslError> &errors);
-    
+
     QSslSocket emits this signal after the SSL handshake to indicate that one
     or more errors have occurred while establishing the identity of the
     peer. The errors are usually an indication that QSslSocket is unable to
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@
 
     \a errors contains one or more errors that prevent QSslSocket from
     verifying the identity of the peer.
-    
+
     Note: You cannot use Qt::QueuedConnection when connecting to this signal,
     or calling QSslSocket::ignoreSslErrors() will have no effect.
 
@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ void QSslSocket::connectToHostEncrypted(const QString &hostName, quint16 port, O
     \overload
 
     In addition to the original behaviour of connectToHostEncrypted,
-    this overloaded method enables the usage of a different hostname 
+    this overloaded method enables the usage of a different hostname
     (\a sslPeerName) for the certificate validation instead of
     the one used for the TCP connection (\a hostName).
 
@@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ bool QSslSocket::flush()
 /*!
     \since 4.4
 
-    Sets the size of QSslSocket's internal read buffer to be \a size bytes. 
+    Sets the size of QSslSocket's internal read buffer to be \a size bytes.
 */
 void QSslSocket::setReadBufferSize(qint64 size)
 {
@@ -960,7 +960,7 @@ void QSslSocket::setLocalCertificate(const QSslCertificate &certificate)
     \overload
 
     Sets the socket's local \l {QSslCertificate} {certificate} to the
-    first one found in file \a path, which is parsed according to the 
+    first one found in file \a path, which is parsed according to the
     specified \a format.
 */
 void QSslSocket::setLocalCertificate(const QString &path,
@@ -990,7 +990,7 @@ QSslCertificate QSslSocket::localCertificate() const
     Returns the peer's digital certificate (i.e., the immediate
     certificate of the host you are connected to), or a null
     certificate, if the peer has not assigned a certificate.
-    
+
     The peer certificate is checked automatically during the
     handshake phase, so this function is normally used to fetch
     the certificate for display or for connection diagnostic
@@ -1102,7 +1102,7 @@ void QSslSocket::setPrivateKey(const QSslKey &key)
     creating an SSL server socket. If you are creating an SSL client
     socket, the key and local certificate are required if your client
     must identify itself to an SSL server.
-    
+
     \sa privateKey(), setLocalCertificate()
 */
 void QSslSocket::setPrivateKey(const QString &fileName, QSsl::KeyAlgorithm algorithm,
@@ -1710,7 +1710,7 @@ void QSslSocket::startClientEncryption()
     subclass of QTcpServer and reimplement
     QTcpServer::incomingConnection(). The returned socket descriptor
     is then passed to QSslSocket::setSocketDescriptor().
-    
+
     \sa connectToHostEncrypted(), startClientEncryption()
 */
 void QSslSocket::startServerEncryption()
diff --git a/src/opengl/doc/src/qtopengl-examples.qdoc b/src/opengl/doc/src/qtopengl-examples.qdoc
index 17fee37b7c..67c6aa3c0d 100644
--- a/src/opengl/doc/src/qtopengl-examples.qdoc
+++ b/src/opengl/doc/src/qtopengl-examples.qdoc
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
 
     These examples describe how to use the Qt OpenGL Module. For new code,
     please use the OpenGL classes in the \l {Qt GUI Module}.
-   
+
 
     Qt provides support for integration with OpenGL implementations on all
     platforms, giving developers the opportunity to display hardware accelerated
diff --git a/src/opengl/gl2paintengineex/qgl2pexvertexarray_p.h b/src/opengl/gl2paintengineex/qgl2pexvertexarray_p.h
index 44a0274da4..f1a664c93d 100644
--- a/src/opengl/gl2paintengineex/qgl2pexvertexarray_p.h
+++ b/src/opengl/gl2paintengineex/qgl2pexvertexarray_p.h
@@ -104,20 +104,20 @@ public:
         maxX(-2e10), maxY(-2e10), minX(2e10), minY(2e10),
         boundingRectDirty(true)
     { }
-    
+
     inline void addRect(const QRectF &rect)
     {
         qreal top = rect.top();
         qreal left = rect.left();
         qreal bottom = rect.bottom();
         qreal right = rect.right();
-    
+
         vertexArray << QGLPoint(left, top)
                     << QGLPoint(right, top)
                     << QGLPoint(right, bottom)
                     << QGLPoint(right, bottom)
                     << QGLPoint(left, bottom)
-                    << QGLPoint(left, top);        
+                    << QGLPoint(left, top);
     }
 
     inline void addQuad(const QRectF &rect)
diff --git a/src/plugins/bearer/connman/qconnmanengine.cpp b/src/plugins/bearer/connman/qconnmanengine.cpp
index 589b0e2c24..e85949afb6 100644
--- a/src/plugins/bearer/connman/qconnmanengine.cpp
+++ b/src/plugins/bearer/connman/qconnmanengine.cpp
@@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ void QConnmanEngine::addServiceConfiguration(const QString &servicePath)
         QNetworkConfigurationPrivatePointer ptr(cpPriv);
         accessPointConfigurations.insert(ptr->id, ptr);
         foundConfigurations.append(cpPriv);
-        configInterfaces[cpPriv->id] = serv->getInterface(); 
+        configInterfaces[cpPriv->id] = serv->getInterface();
 
         locker.unlock();
         emit configurationAdded(ptr);
diff --git a/src/plugins/bearer/connman/qconnmanservice_linux.cpp b/src/plugins/bearer/connman/qconnmanservice_linux.cpp
index 56ae2b6e3c..e78a597433 100644
--- a/src/plugins/bearer/connman/qconnmanservice_linux.cpp
+++ b/src/plugins/bearer/connman/qconnmanservice_linux.cpp
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ QVariant QConnmanProfileInterface::getProperty(const QString &property)
     QVariantMap map = getProperties();
     if (map.contains(property)) {
         var = map.value(property);
-    } 
+    }
     return var;
 }
 
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ QVariant QConnmanServiceInterface::getProperty(const QString &property)
     QVariantMap map = getProperties();
     if (map.contains(property)) {
         var = map.value(property);
-    } 
+    }
     return var;
 }
 
diff --git a/src/plugins/bearer/connman/qconnmanservice_linux_p.h b/src/plugins/bearer/connman/qconnmanservice_linux_p.h
index d1524ca753..a437c6609c 100644
--- a/src/plugins/bearer/connman/qconnmanservice_linux_p.h
+++ b/src/plugins/bearer/connman/qconnmanservice_linux_p.h
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ public:
 
     QString requestSession(const QString &bearerName);
     void releaseSession();
-    
+
       // properties
     QString getState();
     QStringList getAvailableTechnologies();
diff --git a/src/plugins/bearer/networkmanager/qnetworkmanagerservice.h b/src/plugins/bearer/networkmanager/qnetworkmanagerservice.h
index 7038dde3d9..7febe27ad2 100644
--- a/src/plugins/bearer/networkmanager/qnetworkmanagerservice.h
+++ b/src/plugins/bearer/networkmanager/qnetworkmanagerservice.h
@@ -139,26 +139,26 @@ class QNetworkManagerInterfacePrivate;
 class QNetworkManagerInterface : public QObject
 {
     Q_OBJECT
-    
+
 public:
-    
+
     QNetworkManagerInterface(QObject *parent = 0);
     ~QNetworkManagerInterface();
-    
+
     QList <QDBusObjectPath> getDevices() const;
     void activateConnection(const QString &serviceName, QDBusObjectPath connection, QDBusObjectPath device, QDBusObjectPath specificObject);
     void deactivateConnection(QDBusObjectPath connectionPath) const;
-    
+
     QDBusObjectPath path() const;
     QDBusInterface *connectionInterface() const;
-    
+
     bool wirelessEnabled() const;
     bool wirelessHardwareEnabled() const;
     QList <QDBusObjectPath> activeConnections() const;
     quint32 state();
     bool setConnections();
     bool isValid();
-    
+
 Q_SIGNALS:
     void deviceAdded(QDBusObjectPath);
     void deviceRemoved(QDBusObjectPath);
@@ -176,9 +176,9 @@ class QNetworkManagerInterfaceAccessPointPrivate;
 class QNetworkManagerInterfaceAccessPoint : public QObject
 {
     Q_OBJECT
-    
+
 public:
-    
+
     enum DeviceState {
         Unknown = 0,
         Unmanaged,
@@ -191,14 +191,14 @@ public:
         Activated,
         Failed
     };
-    
+
     enum ApFlag {
         ApNone = 0x0,
         Privacy = 0x1
     };
-    
+
     Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(ApFlags, ApFlag);
-    
+
     enum ApSecurityFlag {
         ApSecurityNone = 0x0,
         PairWep40 = 0x1,
@@ -212,9 +212,9 @@ public:
         KeyPsk = 0x100,
         Key8021x = 0x200
     };
-    
+
     Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(ApSecurityFlags, ApSecurityFlag);
-    
+
     explicit QNetworkManagerInterfaceAccessPoint(const QString &dbusPathName, QObject *parent = 0);
     ~QNetworkManagerInterfaceAccessPoint();
 
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ public:
     quint32 strength() const;
     bool setConnections();
     bool isValid();
-    
+
 Q_SIGNALS:
     void propertiesChanged(QMap <QString,QVariant>);
     void propertiesChanged( const QString &, QMap<QString,QVariant>);
@@ -245,23 +245,23 @@ class QNetworkManagerInterfaceDevicePrivate;
 class QNetworkManagerInterfaceDevice : public QObject
 {
     Q_OBJECT
-    
+
 public:
-    
+
     explicit QNetworkManagerInterfaceDevice(const QString &deviceObjectPath, QObject *parent = 0);
     ~QNetworkManagerInterfaceDevice();
-    
+
     QString udi() const;
     QString networkInterface() const;
     QDBusInterface *connectionInterface() const;
     quint32 ip4Address() const;
     quint32 state() const;
     quint32 deviceType() const;
-    
+
     QDBusObjectPath ip4config() const;
     bool setConnections();
     bool isValid();
-    
+
 Q_SIGNALS:
     void stateChanged(const QString &, quint32);
 
@@ -274,20 +274,20 @@ class QNetworkManagerInterfaceDeviceWiredPrivate;
 class QNetworkManagerInterfaceDeviceWired : public QObject
 {
     Q_OBJECT
-    
+
 public:
-    
+
     explicit QNetworkManagerInterfaceDeviceWired(const QString &ifaceDevicePath,
                                                  QObject *parent = 0);
     ~QNetworkManagerInterfaceDeviceWired();
-    
+
     QDBusInterface  *connectionInterface() const;
     QString hwAddress() const;
     quint32 speed() const;
     bool carrier() const;
     bool setConnections();
     bool isValid();
-    
+
 Q_SIGNALS:
     void propertiesChanged( const QString &, QMap<QString,QVariant>);
 private:
@@ -299,9 +299,9 @@ class QNetworkManagerInterfaceDeviceWirelessPrivate;
 class QNetworkManagerInterfaceDeviceWireless : public QObject
 {
     Q_OBJECT
-    
+
 public:
-    
+
     enum DeviceCapability {
         None = 0x0,
         Wep40 = 0x1,
@@ -311,11 +311,11 @@ public:
         Wpa = 0x10,
         Rsn = 0x20
        };
-    
+
     explicit QNetworkManagerInterfaceDeviceWireless(const QString &ifaceDevicePath,
                                                     QObject *parent = 0);
     ~QNetworkManagerInterfaceDeviceWireless();
-    
+
     QDBusObjectPath path() const;
     QList <QDBusObjectPath> getAccessPoints();
     QDBusInterface *connectionInterface() const;
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ public:
     quint32 wirelessCapabilities() const;
     bool setConnections();
     bool isValid();
-    
+
 Q_SIGNALS:
     void propertiesChanged( const QString &, QMap<QString,QVariant>);
     void accessPointAdded(const QString &,QDBusObjectPath);
@@ -341,12 +341,12 @@ class QNetworkManagerSettingsPrivate;
 class QNetworkManagerSettings : public QObject
 {
     Q_OBJECT
-    
+
 public:
-    
+
     explicit QNetworkManagerSettings(const QString &settingsService, QObject *parent = 0);
     ~QNetworkManagerSettings();
-    
+
     QDBusInterface  *connectionInterface() const;
     QList <QDBusObjectPath> listConnections();
     bool setConnections();
@@ -362,12 +362,12 @@ class QNetworkManagerSettingsConnectionPrivate;
 class QNetworkManagerSettingsConnection : public QObject
 {
     Q_OBJECT
-    
+
 public:
-    
+
     QNetworkManagerSettingsConnection(const QString &settingsService, const QString &connectionObjectPath, QObject *parent = 0);
     ~QNetworkManagerSettingsConnection();
-    
+
     QDBusInterface  *connectionInterface() const;
     QNmSettingsMap getSettings();
     bool setConnections();
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ public:
     bool isValid();
 
 Q_SIGNALS:
-    
+
     void updated(const QNmSettingsMap &settings);
     void removed(const QString &path);
 
@@ -395,18 +395,18 @@ class QNetworkManagerConnectionActivePrivate;
 class QNetworkManagerConnectionActive : public QObject
 {
     Q_OBJECT
-    
+
 public:
-    
+
     enum ActiveConnectionState {
         Unknown = 0,
         Activating = 1,
         Activated = 2
        };
-    
+
     explicit QNetworkManagerConnectionActive(const QString &dbusPathName, QObject *parent = 0);
     ~ QNetworkManagerConnectionActive();
-    
+
     QDBusInterface  *connectionInterface() const;
     QString serviceName() const;
     QDBusObjectPath connection() const;
@@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ public:
     bool setConnections();
     bool isValid();
 
-    
+
 Q_SIGNALS:
     void propertiesChanged(QList<QDBusObjectPath>);
     void propertiesChanged( const QString &, QMap<QString,QVariant>);
@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ class QNetworkManagerIp4ConfigPrivate;
 class QNetworkManagerIp4Config : public QObject
 {
     Q_OBJECT
-    
+
 public:
     explicit QNetworkManagerIp4Config(const QString &dbusPathName, QObject *parent = 0);
 	~QNetworkManagerIp4Config();
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ public:
     bool isValid();
 
  private:
-	QNetworkManagerIp4ConfigPrivate *d;    
+    QNetworkManagerIp4ConfigPrivate *d;
 };
 
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/plugins/bearer/qnetworksession_impl.h b/src/plugins/bearer/qnetworksession_impl.h
index 12893108dc..23828c885c 100644
--- a/src/plugins/bearer/qnetworksession_impl.h
+++ b/src/plugins/bearer/qnetworksession_impl.h
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ public:
 
     //called by QNetworkSession constructor and ensures
     //that the state is immediately updated (w/o actually opening
-    //a session). Also this function should take care of 
+    //a session). Also this function should take care of
     //notification hooks to discover future state changes.
     void syncStateWithInterface();
 
diff --git a/src/plugins/imageformats/ico/qicohandler.cpp b/src/plugins/imageformats/ico/qicohandler.cpp
index b1ef823068..a45c3875bc 100644
--- a/src/plugins/imageformats/ico/qicohandler.cpp
+++ b/src/plugins/imageformats/ico/qicohandler.cpp
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
 
-/*! 
+/*!
     \class QtIcoHandler
     \since 4.4
     \brief The QtIcoHandler class provides support for the ICO image format.
diff --git a/src/plugins/imageformats/ico/qicohandler.h b/src/plugins/imageformats/ico/qicohandler.h
index c0439b9d11..65c0f5cf59 100644
--- a/src/plugins/imageformats/ico/qicohandler.h
+++ b/src/plugins/imageformats/ico/qicohandler.h
@@ -57,13 +57,13 @@ public:
     bool write(const QImage &image);
 
     QByteArray name() const;
-    
+
     int imageCount() const;
     bool jumpToImage(int imageNumber);
     bool jumpToNextImage();
-    
+
     static bool canRead(QIODevice *device);
-    
+
     bool supportsOption(ImageOption option) const;
     QVariant option(ImageOption option) const;
 
diff --git a/src/plugins/platforms/cocoa/qcocoaeventdispatcher.mm b/src/plugins/platforms/cocoa/qcocoaeventdispatcher.mm
index ed4f8cd1fb..5c487b0bdd 100644
--- a/src/plugins/platforms/cocoa/qcocoaeventdispatcher.mm
+++ b/src/plugins/platforms/cocoa/qcocoaeventdispatcher.mm
@@ -299,27 +299,27 @@ bool QCocoaEventDispatcher::hasPendingEvents()
 static bool IsMouseOrKeyEvent( NSEvent* event )
 {
     bool    result    = false;
-    
+
     switch( [event type] )
     {
-        case NSLeftMouseDown:              
-        case NSLeftMouseUp:      
-        case NSRightMouseDown:   
-        case NSRightMouseUp:     
+        case NSLeftMouseDown:
+        case NSLeftMouseUp:
+        case NSRightMouseDown:
+        case NSRightMouseUp:
         case NSMouseMoved:                // ??
-        case NSLeftMouseDragged: 
+        case NSLeftMouseDragged:
         case NSRightMouseDragged:
-        case NSMouseEntered:     
-        case NSMouseExited:      
-        case NSKeyDown:          
-        case NSKeyUp:            
+        case NSMouseEntered:
+        case NSMouseExited:
+        case NSKeyDown:
+        case NSKeyUp:
         case NSFlagsChanged:            // key modifiers changed?
         case NSCursorUpdate:            // ??
-        case NSScrollWheel:      
-        case NSTabletPoint:      
-        case NSTabletProximity:  
-        case NSOtherMouseDown:   
-        case NSOtherMouseUp:     
+        case NSScrollWheel:
+        case NSTabletPoint:
+        case NSTabletProximity:
+        case NSOtherMouseDown:
+        case NSOtherMouseUp:
         case NSOtherMouseDragged:
 #ifndef QT_NO_GESTURES
         case NSEventTypeGesture: // touch events
@@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ static void setChildrenWorksWhenModal(QWindow *window, bool worksWhenModal)
     Q_UNUSED(worksWhenModal)
 
     // For NSPanels (but not NSWindows, sadly), we can set the flag
-    // worksWhenModal, so that they are active even when they are not modal. 
+    // worksWhenModal, so that they are active even when they are not modal.
 /*
     ### not ported
     QList<QDialog *> dialogs = window->findChildren<QDialog *>();
@@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ void QCocoaEventDispatcherPrivate::cleanupModalSessions()
     // this to actually end the sessions for real (rather than at the
     // point they were marked as stopped), is that ending a session
     // when no other session runs below it on the stack will make cocoa
-    // drop some events on the floor. 
+    // drop some events on the floor.
     QCocoaAutoReleasePool pool;
     int stackSize = cocoaModalSessionStack.size();
 
@@ -859,7 +859,7 @@ void QCocoaEventDispatcherPrivate::processPostedEvents()
         if (currentExecIsNSAppRun) {
             // The event dispatcher has been interrupted. But since
             // [NSApplication run] is running the event loop, we
-            // delayed stopping it until now (to let cocoa process 
+            // delayed stopping it until now (to let cocoa process
             // pending cocoa events first).
             if (currentModalSessionCached)
                 temporarilyStopAllModalSessions();
diff --git a/src/plugins/platforms/xcb/qxcbcursor.cpp b/src/plugins/platforms/xcb/qxcbcursor.cpp
index 1b11ef7f95..ff40c6a9ab 100644
--- a/src/plugins/platforms/xcb/qxcbcursor.cpp
+++ b/src/plugins/platforms/xcb/qxcbcursor.cpp
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ void QXcbCursor::changeCursor(QCursor *cursor, QWindow *widget)
     else
         // No X11 cursor control when there is no widget under the cursor
         return;
-    
+
     xcb_cursor_t c = XCB_CURSOR_NONE;
     if (cursor) {
         if (cursor->shape() == Qt::BitmapCursor) {
diff --git a/src/printsupport/doc/snippets/widgetprinting.cpp b/src/printsupport/doc/snippets/widgetprinting.cpp
index 0204809988..3abef7a9a3 100644
--- a/src/printsupport/doc/snippets/widgetprinting.cpp
+++ b/src/printsupport/doc/snippets/widgetprinting.cpp
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ public:
 private slots:
     void print() {
         QPrinter printer(QPrinter::HighResolution);
-        
+
         printer.setOutputFileName("test.pdf");
 
 //! [0]
diff --git a/src/printsupport/doc/src/qtprintsupport-index.qdoc b/src/printsupport/doc/src/qtprintsupport-index.qdoc
index ea0d89aa34..dac915692e 100644
--- a/src/printsupport/doc/src/qtprintsupport-index.qdoc
+++ b/src/printsupport/doc/src/qtprintsupport-index.qdoc
@@ -40,12 +40,12 @@
   generation facilities.
 
   \tableofcontents
-  
+
   \section1 Classes Supporting Printing
 
   The following classes support the selecting and setting up of printers and
   printing output.
-  
+
   \annotatedlist printing
 
   \section1 Paint Devices and Printing
diff --git a/src/sql/doc/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.cpp b/src/sql/doc/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.cpp
index 48eb324cb8..695e7cdce8 100644
--- a/src/sql/doc/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.cpp
+++ b/src/sql/doc/snippets/code/doc_src_sql-driver.cpp
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ db.setDatabaseName("C:\\test.gdb");
 
 
 //! [25]
-// connect to database using the Latin-1 character set 
+// connect to database using the Latin-1 character set
 db.setConnectOptions("ISC_DPB_LC_CTYPE=Latin1");
 db.open();
 //! [25]
diff --git a/src/sql/doc/src/qsqldatatype-table.qdoc b/src/sql/doc/src/qsqldatatype-table.qdoc
index b278e045bb..8480b5d412 100644
--- a/src/sql/doc/src/qsqldatatype-table.qdoc
+++ b/src/sql/doc/src/qsqldatatype-table.qdoc
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
   \page sql-types.html
   \title Data Types for Qt-supported Database Systems
   \brief Recommended data types for database systems
-  
+
   \ingroup qt-sql
 
   \section1 Recommended Data Types for Qt-Supported Database Systems
diff --git a/src/sql/doc/src/sql-driver.qdoc b/src/sql/doc/src/sql-driver.qdoc
index 28db62537f..3de898c344 100644
--- a/src/sql/doc/src/sql-driver.qdoc
+++ b/src/sql/doc/src/sql-driver.qdoc
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@
 
     \li Open the DOS prompt, go to \c{C:\MySQL\MySQL51\lib\opt}, and run
        the following commands:
-       \list 
+       \list
        \li \c{reimp -d libmysql.lib}
        \li \c{dlltool -k -d libmysql.def -l libmysql.a}
        \endlist
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@
 
     \li Open the DOS prompt, go to
         \c{C:\Qt\4.6.2\src\plugins\sqldrivers\mysql} and run the
-        following command: 
+        following command:
 	\list
         \li \c{qmake "INCLUDEPATH+=C:/MySQL/MySQL51/include" "LIBS+=-L. mysql" mysql.pro}
 	\endlist
diff --git a/src/sql/doc/src/sql-programming.qdoc b/src/sql/doc/src/sql-programming.qdoc
index d4089c8ab2..9b5e9318e0 100644
--- a/src/sql/doc/src/sql-programming.qdoc
+++ b/src/sql/doc/src/sql-programming.qdoc
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
     \li \l{Using the SQL Model Classes}
     \li \l{Presenting Data in a Table View}
     \li \l{Creating Data-Aware Forms}
-    \endlist    
+    \endlist
 
     \section1 Database Classes
 
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
     \l{QSqlDatabase::addDatabase()} {addDatabase()} specifies the type
     of database driver to use for the connection. The set of database
     drivers included with Qt are shown in the table of \l{SQL Database
-    Drivers#Supported Databases} {supported database drivers}. 
+    Drivers#Supported Databases} {supported database drivers}.
 
     The connection in the snippet will be the \e{default} connection,
     because we don't pass the second argument to
@@ -176,11 +176,11 @@
     \page sql-sqlstatements.html
     \title Executing SQL Statements
     \ingroup qt-sql
-    
+
     \previouspage Connecting to Databases
     \contentspage SQL Programming
     \nextpage Using the SQL Model Classes
-    
+
 
     The QSqlQuery class provides an interface for executing SQL
     statements and navigating through the result set of a query.
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@
     \page sql-model.html
     \title Using the SQL Model Classes
     \ingroup qt-sql
-    
+
     \previouspage Executing SQL Statements
     \contentspage SQL Programming
     \nextpage Presenting Data in a Table View
@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@
     \page sql-presenting.html
     \title Presenting Data in a Table View
     \ingroup qt-sql
-    
+
     \previouspage Using the SQL Model Classes
     \contentspage SQL Programming
     \nextpage Creating Data-Aware Forms
@@ -580,7 +580,7 @@
     \page sql-forms.html
     \title Creating Data-Aware Forms
     \ingroup qt-sql
-    
+
     \previouspage Presenting Data in a Table View
     \contentspage SQL Programming
 
diff --git a/src/sql/drivers/mysql/qsql_mysql.cpp b/src/sql/drivers/mysql/qsql_mysql.cpp
index 04ba450d46..a529d8c32d 100644
--- a/src/sql/drivers/mysql/qsql_mysql.cpp
+++ b/src/sql/drivers/mysql/qsql_mysql.cpp
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ class QMYSQLResultPrivate : public QObject
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 public:
-    QMYSQLResultPrivate(const QMYSQLDriver* dp, const QMYSQLResult* d) : driver(dp), result(0), q(d), 
+    QMYSQLResultPrivate(const QMYSQLDriver* dp, const QMYSQLResult* d) : driver(dp), result(0), q(d),
         rowsAffected(0), hasBlobs(false)
 #if MYSQL_VERSION_ID >= 40108
         , stmt(0), meta(0), inBinds(0), outBinds(0)
@@ -788,7 +788,7 @@ bool QMYSQLResult::nextResult()
 {
     if(!d->driver)
         return false;
-#if MYSQL_VERSION_ID >= 40100 
+#if MYSQL_VERSION_ID >= 40100
     setAt(-1);
     setActive(false);
 
@@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ bool QMYSQLResult::nextResult()
         mysql_free_result(d->result);
     d->result = 0;
     setSelect(false);
-   
+
     for (int i = 0; i < d->fields.count(); ++i)
         delete[] d->fields[i].outField;
     d->fields.clear();
@@ -1374,14 +1374,14 @@ QStringList QMYSQLDriver::tables(QSql::TableType type) const
         if(type & QSql::Tables) {
             QString sql = QLatin1String("select table_name from information_schema.tables where table_schema = '") + QLatin1String(d->mysql->db) + QLatin1String("' and table_type = 'BASE TABLE'");
             q.exec(sql);
-            
+
             while(q.next())
                 tl.append(q.value(0).toString());
         }
         if(type & QSql::Views) {
             QString sql = QLatin1String("select table_name from information_schema.tables where table_schema = '") + QLatin1String(d->mysql->db) + QLatin1String("' and table_type = 'VIEW'");
             q.exec(sql);
-            
+
             while(q.next())
                 tl.append(q.value(0).toString());
         }
diff --git a/src/sql/drivers/oci/qsql_oci.cpp b/src/sql/drivers/oci/qsql_oci.cpp
index 8a6161d816..b0950110e0 100644
--- a/src/sql/drivers/oci/qsql_oci.cpp
+++ b/src/sql/drivers/oci/qsql_oci.cpp
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ enum { QOCIEncoding = 2000 }; // AL16UTF16
 // Always set the OCI_ATTR_CHARSET_FORM to SQLCS_NCHAR is safe
 // because Oracle server will deal with the implicit Conversion
 // Between CHAR and NCHAR.
-// see: http://download.oracle.com/docs/cd/A91202_01/901_doc/appdev.901/a89857/oci05bnd.htm#422705 
+// see: http://download.oracle.com/docs/cd/A91202_01/901_doc/appdev.901/a89857/oci05bnd.htm#422705
 static const ub1 qOraCharsetForm = SQLCS_NCHAR;
 #endif
 
@@ -2211,7 +2211,7 @@ bool QOCIDriver::open(const QString & db,
     // Connect without tnsnames.ora if a hostname is given
     QString connectionString = db;
     if (!hostname.isEmpty())
-        connectionString = 
+        connectionString =
         QString::fromLatin1("(DESCRIPTION=(ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=TCP)(Host=%1)(Port=%2))"
                 "(CONNECT_DATA=(SID=%3)))").arg(hostname).arg((port > -1 ? port : 1521)).arg(db);
 
diff --git a/src/sql/drivers/sqlite/qsql_sqlite.cpp b/src/sql/drivers/sqlite/qsql_sqlite.cpp
index 483c640b43..1af5d6274e 100644
--- a/src/sql/drivers/sqlite/qsql_sqlite.cpp
+++ b/src/sql/drivers/sqlite/qsql_sqlite.cpp
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(sqlite3_stmt*)
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
-static QString _q_escapeIdentifier(const QString &identifier) 
+static QString _q_escapeIdentifier(const QString &identifier)
 {
     QString res = identifier;
     if(!identifier.isEmpty() && identifier.left(1) != QString(QLatin1Char('"')) && identifier.right(1) != QString(QLatin1Char('"')) ) {
diff --git a/src/sql/drivers/sqlite2/qsql_sqlite2.cpp b/src/sql/drivers/sqlite2/qsql_sqlite2.cpp
index a85a120973..1a16b85470 100644
--- a/src/sql/drivers/sqlite2/qsql_sqlite2.cpp
+++ b/src/sql/drivers/sqlite2/qsql_sqlite2.cpp
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ void QSQLite2ResultPrivate::init(const char **cnames, int numCols)
     for (int i = 0; i < numCols; ++i) {
         const char* lastDot = strrchr(cnames[i], '.');
         const char* fieldName = lastDot ? lastDot + 1 : cnames[i];
-        
+
         //remove quotations around the field name if any
         QString fieldStr = QString::fromLatin1(fieldName);
         QLatin1Char quote('\"');
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ bool QSQLite2ResultPrivate::fetchNext(QSqlCachedResult::ValueCache &values, int
         firstRow.clear();
         firstRow.resize(colNum);
     }
-    
+
     switch(res) {
     case SQLITE_ROW:
         // check to see if should fill out columns
diff --git a/src/sql/kernel/qsqlquery.cpp b/src/sql/kernel/qsqlquery.cpp
index cac2f1dad4..5b103f1bff 100644
--- a/src/sql/kernel/qsqlquery.cpp
+++ b/src/sql/kernel/qsqlquery.cpp
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ bool QSqlQuery::isNull(int field) const
 }
 
 /*!
-  
+
   Executes the SQL in \a query. Returns true and sets the query state
   to \l{isActive()}{active} if the query was successful; otherwise
   returns false. The \a query string must use syntax appropriate for
@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ bool QSqlQuery::seek(int index, bool relative)
 }
 
 /*!
-  
+
   Retrieves the next record in the result, if available, and positions
   the query on the retrieved record. Note that the result must be in
   the \l{isActive()}{active} state and isSelect() must return true
@@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ bool QSqlQuery::isValid() const
 }
 
 /*!
-  
+
   Returns true if the query is \e{active}. An active QSqlQuery is one
   that has been \l{QSqlQuery::exec()} {exec()'d} successfully but not
   yet finished with.  When you are finished with an active query, you
@@ -1143,7 +1143,7 @@ QString QSqlQuery::executedQuery() const
   behavior is undefined.
 
   For MySQL databases the row's auto-increment field will be returned.
-    
+
   \note For this function to work in PSQL, the table table must
   contain OIDs, which may not have been created by default.  Check the
   \c default_with_oids configuration variable to be sure.
@@ -1199,7 +1199,7 @@ QSql::NumericalPrecisionPolicy QSqlQuery::numericalPrecisionPolicy() const
   call this function, but it may be helpful in order to free resources
   such as locks or cursors if you intend to re-use the query at a
   later time.
-    
+
   Sets the query to inactive. Bound values retain their values.
 
   \sa prepare(), exec(), isActive()
@@ -1216,7 +1216,7 @@ void QSqlQuery::finish()
 
 /*!
   \since 4.4
- 
+
   Discards the current result set and navigates to the next if available.
 
   Some databases are capable of returning multiple result sets for
@@ -1224,7 +1224,7 @@ void QSqlQuery::finish()
   multiple statements). If multiple result sets are available after
   executing a query this function can be used to navigate to the next
   result set(s).
-    
+
   If a new result set is available this function will return true.
   The query will be repositioned on an \e invalid record in the new
   result set and must be navigated to a valid record before data
diff --git a/src/sql/models/qsqlquerymodel_p.h b/src/sql/models/qsqlquerymodel_p.h
index a79b62cda1..9d7b71faec 100644
--- a/src/sql/models/qsqlquerymodel_p.h
+++ b/src/sql/models/qsqlquerymodel_p.h
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ class QSqlQueryModelPrivate: public QAbstractItemModelPrivate
 public:
     QSqlQueryModelPrivate() : atEnd(false), nestedResetLevel(0) {}
     ~QSqlQueryModelPrivate();
-    
+
     void prefetch(int);
     void initColOffsets(int size);
     int columnInQuery(int modelColumn) const;
diff --git a/src/sql/models/qsqlrelationaltablemodel.cpp b/src/sql/models/qsqlrelationaltablemodel.cpp
index 7cc7de2347..fb45468d2e 100644
--- a/src/sql/models/qsqlrelationaltablemodel.cpp
+++ b/src/sql/models/qsqlrelationaltablemodel.cpp
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ bool QRelation::isValid()
 
 
 
-QRelatedTableModel::QRelatedTableModel(QRelation *rel, QObject *parent, QSqlDatabase db) : 
+QRelatedTableModel::QRelatedTableModel(QRelation *rel, QObject *parent, QSqlDatabase db) :
     QSqlTableModel(parent, db), firstSelect(true), relation(rel)
 {
 }
diff --git a/src/testlib/qsignalspy.qdoc b/src/testlib/qsignalspy.qdoc
index e9f2cac531..77dcd99741 100644
--- a/